UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
   
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20072008
OR
   
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 000-51999
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
Federally chartered corporation
42-6000149
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 42-6000149
(I.R.S. employer identification number)
   
Skywalk Level
801 Walnut Street, Suite 200
50309
Des Moines, IA
(Zip code)
(Address of principal executive offices) 
50309

(Zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(515) 281-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class B Stock, par value $100
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.þ Yeso No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (s 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K.o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “largeand large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
       
Large accelerated filero Accelerated filero Non-accelerated filerþ Smaller reporting companyo
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).o Yesþ No
Registrant’s stock is not publicly traded and is only issued to members of the registrant. Such stock is issued and redeemed at par value, $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. At June 30, 2007,2008, the aggregate par value of the stock held by members of the registrant was approximately $1,947,607,000.$3,016,150,000. At February 29, 2008, 27,402,90028, 2009, 28,645,789 shares of stock were outstanding.
 
 

 


 

Table of Contents
     
    
     
  2 
     
  2629 
     
  3136 
     
  3136 
     
  3136 
     
  3137 
     
    
     
  3338 
     
  3439 
     
  3741 
     
  109124 
     
  109124 
     
  119134 
     
  119
121134 
     
  121135 
     
    
     
  121135 
     
  129143 
     
  144163 
     
  146165 
     
  149168 
     
    
     
  150169 
     
  152171 
     
Exhibit 3.2
Exhibit 10.1
Exhibit 10.2
Exhibit 10.3
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 31.1
 Exhibit 31.2
 Exhibit 32.1
 Exhibit 32.2

 

 


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this annual report on Form 10-K, including estimates, projections, statements relating to our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally are identified by the words “believes,” “projects,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” and similar expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed, contemplated, or implied by the forward-looking statements or could affect the extent to which a certain plan, objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized. We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. A detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is included under “Item 1A-Risk Factors” at page 26.29.
PART I
ITEM 1-BUSINESS
Overview
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the Bank, we, us, or our) is a federally chartered corporation that is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes and is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks (collectively, FHLBanks)(FHLBanks). The FHLBanks were created under the authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932 (FHLBank Act). On July 30, 2008 the passage of the “Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008” (Housing Act) amended certain provisions of the FHLBank Act. Prior to the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), an independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. Government, supervised and regulated the FHLBanks and the Federal Home Loan Bank’s Office of Finance (Office of Finance). With the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) was established and became the new independent Federal regulator of the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance, as amended (thewell as for Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Finance Board will be abolished one year after the date of enactment of the Housing Act, which will be on July 30, 2009. During the one-year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Finance Agency’s principal purpose is to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner. In addition, the Finance Agency ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission and remain adequately capitalized. The Finance Agency establishes policies and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks. Each FHLBank Act), primarily to serveoperates as a sourceseparate entity with its own management, employees, and board of reliable, low costdirectors.

2


The Bank’s mission is to provide funding and liquidity for financial institutions engaged inits members and housing finance.associates. The FHLBanks serve the publicBank fulfills its mission by enhancing the availabilitybeing a stable resource that can make short- and long-term funding available to members and housing associates through advances, standby letters of funds for residential mortgagescredit, mortgage purchases, and targeted communityhousing and economic development through their member institutions.activities. We serve member institutions and eligible housing associates in Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota by providing loans, or advances, to those members and purchasing mortgage loans.Dakota. Regulated financial depositories, community development financial institutions, and insurance companies engaged in residential housing finance may apply for membership.
We are a cooperative. This means we are owned by our customers, whom we call members. All members must purchase and maintain membership capital stock in the Bank as a condition of membership based on the amount of their total assets. Each member is also required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support certain business activities with us. State and local housing authoritiesassociates that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow, housing associates are not members of the Bank and, as such, are not requiredpermitted to and cannot purchase capital stock. All stockholders receive dividends on their capital investment when declared.

2


The FHLBanks and the Office of Finance, operating under the supervision and regulation of the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), comprise the Federal Home Loan Bank System (Bank System). The Office of Finance is a joint office of the FHLBanks established by the Finance Board to facilitate the issuance and servicing of FHLBank consolidated obligations and to prepare the FHLBanks’ combined financial reports. The Finance Board is an independent executive agency in the United States (U.S.) Government responsible for supervising and regulating the Bank System and the Office of Finance. The primary duties of the Finance Board are to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a financially safe and sound manner, remain adequately capitalized, and are able to raise funds in the capital markets. To the extent consistent with its primary duties, the Finance Board also ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing and community development finance mission. The Finance Board meets these responsibilities by establishing regulations that govern the operations of the Bank and by conducting periodic examinations of the Bank. The Finance Board is supported by assessments from the FHLBanks. No tax dollars or other appropriations support the operations of the Finance Board or the FHLBanks.
Business Model
Our primary business objectivevision is to be a reliable and stable sourcethe preferred financial provider of low-cost liquidity to our members while safeguarding their investment in us. Our mission, as definedmeeting the housing and economic development needs of the communities we serve together. We strive to achieve our vision by regulation, is to provideproviding funding and liquidity for our members and housing associates [e.g., stateto support housing finance agencies] financial products and services, including but not limited to wholesale loans called advances, that assist and enhance such members’ and housing associates ability to finance housing, including single-family and multi-family housing serving consumers at all income levels, and community lending. Due to our cooperative nature, our assets, liabilities, capital, and financial strategies are reflective of changes in membership composition and member business activities with the Bank.economic development.
The Bank’s members are both stockholders and customers. As a cooperative, we deliver value in a way that not only provides members with attractive product prices and reasonable returns on invested capital, but also provides the Bank with a capital structure that includes adequate retained earnings to support safe and sound business operations. The Bank’s financial policies and practices are designed to support those components.our objectives.
Members are required to buy membership and activity-based capital stock, dependent upon our member’smembers’ total assets and their business activity with us. We use that capital stock to support the issuance of consolidated obligations in the marketplace, all offor which we are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks.
We use the proceeds from our consolidated obligation issuances and member deposits together with our earnings on capital and investments to make advances to members and housing associates, purchase single-family mortgage loans from our members or in participation with other FHLBanks through the Mortgage Partnership Finance (register mark) (MPF (register mark))(MPF) program (Mortgage Partnership Finance and to makeMPF are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago), and purchase investments.

 

3


The majority of ourOur net income is attributable to the difference between the interest income we earn on our advances, mortgage loans, and investments and the interest expense we pay on our consolidated obligations and member deposits.deposits, as well as any gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities. We operate with narrow margins and expect to be profitable over the long-term based on our prudent lending standards, conservative investment strategies, and diligent risk management practices. Because we operate with narrow margins, the Bank’s net income is sensitive to changes in market conditions that impact the interest we earn and pay.
We do not attempt to maximize our return on equity. Our capital stock is not publicly traded and does not change in value. It is purchased by members at a par value of $100 per share and can beis redeemed by members at $100 per share. We typically pay out the majority of our earnings as dividends, retaining only what is necessary to support safe and sound business operations.
A portion of our annual earnings is used to make interest payments on debt issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP). REFCORP debt was issued by the U.S. Treasury to resolve troubled savings and loansloan institutions in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Additionally, by regulation, we are required to contribute ten percent of regulatory income each year to the Affordable Housing Program (AHP). Through the AHP, the Bank provides grants and subsidized advances to members to support housing for households with incomes at or below 80 percent of the area median.
The turmoilyear ended December 31, 2008 presented many challenges to the Bank and its business model as a result of the credit and liquidity crisis which began in 2007. Historically, the mortgageFHLBanks’ credit quality and credit marketsefficiency have led to ready access to funding at competitive rates. This was proven during the last sixfirst nine months of 2007 created an increased demand for the Bank’s advance products by our members. The Bank system maintains a AAA credit rating and the Bank maintains an individual AAA counterparty credit rating. The Bank, with its efficient access to capital markets and AAA credit rating, responded seamlessly to the sudden increase in demand for advances. The Bank ended 2007 with a record advance balance of $40.4 billion. This compares to an advance balance of $21.9 billion at December 31, 2006. The Bank also took advantage of developments in the mortgage-backed securities (MBS) market. Poor sub-prime mortgage credit performance kept traditional investors out of the market and therefore, in order to raise funds, counterparties were aggressively selling highly rated agency MBS. These purchases increased the Bank’s asset-to-capital (leverage) ratio as well as investment income. Investments at December 31, 2007 were $9.2 billion compared with $8.2 billion at December 31, 2006. The Bank’s MPF program remained competitive during the market crisis2008, as the Bank beganfunded record levels of advances to experiencemembers. However, growing concerns regarding the credit crisis intensified in the last four months of 2008 as a slow down in mortgage prepayments as well as increased originationsresult of continued losses reported by financial institutions, mergers and bankruptcies of financial institutions, and the placement of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the continuing credit and liquidity crisis, during the last six monthsfourth quarter of 2007. Consolidated obligations increased2008 the U.S. Government announced several programs to prevent bank failures and support the increase in assets. At December 31, 2007 and 2006 consolidated obligations were $56.1 billion and $37.8. Foreconomic recovery. These programs ended up having a detailed analysis ofnegative impact on the Bank’s financial conditioncost of funds and resultsour advance balances. The impact of operations see “Item 7 — Management’sthese actions and potential future actions on the Bank and the FHLBank System as a whole are further discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis”Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning at page 109.41.
Membership
Our membership is diverse, including both small and large commercial banks, insurance companies, savings and loan associations, and savings banks, and credit unions. In our five-state district, our membership includes the majority of institutions that are eligible to become members.

 

4


Our membership level has stabilized as the number of new members has been offset by exiting members due primarily to mergers and acquisitions. Eligible non-members are primarily smaller institutions that have, thus far, elected not to joinbecome a member of the Bank. Therefore, we do not anticipate a substantial increase in member institutions or that additional members will have a significant impact on the Bank’s future business.
During 2008, the Bank experienced three member bank failures with outstanding advances of $5.1 million. All outstanding advances were paid in full and there was no material effect to the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations from these three member bank failures.
The following table summarizes the Bank’s membership, by type of institution, at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006:
                        
Institutional Entity 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Commercial Banks 1,077 1,086 1,094  1,072 1,077 1,086 
Insurance Companies 31 27 25  36 31 27 
Savings and Loan Associations and Savings Banks 77 76 77 
Savings and Loan Associations 77 77 76 
Credit Unions 58 58 55  60 58 58 
              
  
Total members 1,243 1,247 1,251  1,245 1,243 1,247 
              
AsThe following table summarizes the Bank’s membership, by type of institution and asset size, for 2008, 2007, and 2006:
             
Membership Asset Size 2008  2007  2006 
             
Depository Institutions            
Less than $100 million  47.4%  50.7%  52.9%
$100 million to $500 million  40.2   38.5   37.2 
Excess of $500 million  9.5   8.3   7.8 
Insurance Companies            
Less than $100 million  0.3   0.3   0.1 
$100 million to $500 million  0.7   0.7   0.6 
Excess of $500 million  1.9   1.5   1.4 
          
             
Total  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
          

5


At December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, approximately 9190 percent and 8991 percent of our members were Community Financial Institutions (CFIs). CFIs are defined by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLB Act) to include all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)-insured institutions with average total assets over the three prior years equal to or less than $500 million, as adjusted annually for inflation since 1999.inflation. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the CFI definition was amended to include those institutions that have, as of the date of the transaction at issue, less than $1.0 billion in average total assets over the three years preceding that date (subject to annual adjustment by the Finance Agency Director based on the consumer price index). The expansion of the CFI limit to $1.0 billion added 30 members to the total members eligible for the CFI designation. Institutions designated as CFIs have access tomay pledge certain collateral types not available tothat other members are not permitted to pledge, such as small business, small agri-business, and small farm loans. For 2008, CFIs are FDIC-insured institutions with average total assets equal to or less than $625 million over the prior three-year period. In 2007 and 2006, the average total asset ceiling for CFI designation was $599 million and $587 million.
Business Segments
The Bank manages operations by grouping products and services within two business segments: Member Finance and Mortgage Finance.
Effective July 1, 2008 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology and modified the segment information reported in the footnotes to the financial statements to reflect the manner in which management evaluates the Bank’s financial information. In particular, Housing Finance Authority (HFA) and Small Business Administration (SBA) investments were reclassified from the Member Finance includessegment to the Mortgage Finance segment as a result of their underlying mortgage characteristics. In addition, the Bank modified its allocation of capital to each segment. Previously, the Bank’s allocation of capital only included estimated capital stock for each segment. This was modified to include the estimated amount of capital stock, retained earnings, and other comprehensive income for each segment. A summary of each segments products and services such ascan be found below.
The Member Finance segment includes advances, investments (excluding mortgage-backed securities (MBS), HFA, and non-mortgage investmentsSBA investments), and the related funding and hedging of thesethose assets. Member deposits are also included in this segment. Member Finance income is derived primarily from the spread between the yield on advances and investments and the borrowing, member deposit, and hedging costs related to those assets.
The Mortgage Finance segment includes mortgage loans acquiredpurchased through the MPF program, MBS, Housing Finance Authority (HFA)HFA, and SBA investments, and the related funding and hedging of thesethose assets. Mortgage Finance income is derived primarily from the spread between the yield on mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and HFASBA investments and the borrowing and hedging costs related to those assets.

5


In our evaluation of financial performance for our two operating segments, net interest income is adjusted to include the impact of interest income and expense associated with economic hedges. Interest income and expense associated with economic hedges are recorded in other income in “Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” in the statementsStatements of income. The Bank’s evaluation of performance of the segments does not allocate other income, other expenses, or assessments to the operating segments.Income.

6


Each segment also earns income from invested capital. We allocate invested capitalCapital is allocated to the Member Finance and Mortgage Finance segments based on a percentageeach segment’s amount of the average balance of the business segment’s assets; the remaining capital is then allocated to Member Finance.stock, retained earnings, and other comprehensive income.
We use consolidated obligations and derivatives in both segments as part of our funding and interest rate risk management strategies. Accordingly, these products and services are discussed on a combined basis. See “Products and Services — Member Finance and Mortgage Finance” at page 15.17.
For further discussion of these business segments, including total assets by segment, see “Net Interest Income by Segment” at page 4652 and Note 18 of the financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 at page S-61.S-64.
Products and Services — Member Finance
Advances
We carry out our housing finance and community lending mission primarily through our program of advances. We makelending funds which are called advances to our members and eligible housing associates (collectively, borrowers) on the security of. These advances are secured by mortgages and other eligible collateral. Eligible housing associates include certain approved borrowers, as more fully described under the caption “Housing Associates” within this section.
Members and housing associates use our various advance programsproducts as sources of funding for mortgage lending, affordable housing and other community lending (including economic development), liquidity management, and general asset-liability management. Advances are also may be used to provide funds to any CFIby CFIs for loans to small businesses, small farms, and small agribusinesses. Additionally, advances can provide competitively priced wholesale funding to small CFI members who may lack diverse funding sources. Our primary advance products include the following:
Fixed rate advances that are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advances are an effective tool to help manage long-term lending and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advances that provide a source of short-term and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).
Overnight advances used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. These advances are automatically renewed until the borrower pays down the advances. Interest rates are set daily.
Fixed rate advances that are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advances are an effective tool to help manage long-term lending and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advances that provide a source of short and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).

 

67


Callable advances that may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advances that we may, at our discretion, terminate and require the borrower to repay at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity dates of the advances. Should an advance be terminated, the Bank will offer to provide replacement funding based on the Bank’s available advance products, subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.
Community investment advances are below-market rate funds used by borrowers in both affordable housing projects and community development. The Community Investment Cash Advance Program (CICA) advances are provided at interest rates that represent our cost of funds plus a markup to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for CICA advances and the total amount of CICA advances outstanding at any point in time.
Callable advances that may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advances that we may, at our discretion, terminate and require the borrower to repay at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity dates of the advances. Should an advance be terminated, the Bank intends to offer replacement funding at then current market rates and terms, based on the Bank’s available advance products and subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.
Community investment advances are below-market rate funds used by borrowers in both affordable housing projects and community development. The Community Investment Cash Advance Program (CICA) advances are provided at interest rates that represent our cost of funds plus a markup to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for CICA advances and the total amount of CICA advances outstanding at any point in time.
For information on advances, including our largest borrowers, see “Advances” at page 52.58.
Housing Associates
The FHLBank Act permits us to make advances to eligible housing associates. Housing associates are approved mortgagees under Title II of the National Housing Act that meet certain additional criteria, including: chartered under law and have succession; subject to inspection and supervision by some governmental agency; and lending their own funds as their principal activity in the mortgage field. Because housing associates are not members, they are not subject to certain provisions of the FHLBank Act that are applicable to members and cannot own our capital stock. The same regulatory lending requirements that apply to our members generally apply to housing associates. Because housing associates are not members, eligible collateral is limited to Federal Housing Administration (FHA) mortgages or Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) securities backed by FHA mortgages for pledged collateral. State housing finance agenciesassociates may pledge additional collateral such as cash deposits,deposited in the Bank, or certain residential mortgage loans, with the Bankincluding securities backed by such mortgages, for advances facilitating residential or commercial mortgage lending to benefit low incomelow- and moderate-income individuals or families.

 

78


At December 31, 2007, we had a par value of $2.6 million in advances outstanding to two housing associates compared to a par value of $3.3 million in advances outstanding to two housing associates at December 31, 2006. Housing associates eligible to borrow from us at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 included five state housing finance agencies and one tribal housing corporation.
Prepayment Fees
We price advances at a spread over our cost of funds. ForWe may charge a prepayment fee for advances that terminate prior to their stated maturity we charge a prepayment fee except for advances that are terminated onor outside a predetermined call or put date. The fees charged are priced to make us economically indifferent to the prepayment of the advance.
Collateral
We are required by lawregulation to obtain and maintain a security interest in eligible collateral at the time we originate or renew an advance and throughout the life of the advance. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the government-sponsored housing enterprises (GSE), including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac),Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash or depositsdeposited in the Bank; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured small business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and agri-business lines of credit. As additional security, the FHLBank Act provides that the Bank has a lien on each borrower’s capital stock in the Bank.Bank; however, capital stock cannot be pledged as collateral to secure credit exposures.
Under the FHLBank Act, any security interest granted to the Bank by any member of the Bank, or any affiliate of any such member, has priority over the claims and rights of any party (including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar party having the rights of a lien creditor), other than claims and rights that (1) would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and (2) are held by actual bona fide purchasers for value or by parties that are secured by actual perfected security interests. The Bank may perfect its security interest in accordance with applicable state laws through means such as filing Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) financing statements or through taking possession of collateral.
We generally make advances to borrowers under a blanket lien, which grants us a security interest in all eligible assets of the member to fully secure the member’s indebtedness to the Bank. The Bank generally perfects its security interest under the UCC in the collateral pledged.pledged under the UCC. Other than securities collateral and cash deposits, the Bank does not initially take control of collateral pledged by blanket lien borrowers. In the event of deterioration in the financial condition of a blanket lien borrower, we have the ability to require delivery of pledged collateral sufficient to secure the borrower’s indebtedness to the Bank.

 

89


With respect to nonblanket lien borrowers (typically insurance companies and housing associates), we generally take control of collateral through the delivery of cash, securities or mortgages to the Bank or its custodian. For additional information on the Bank’s collateral requirements refer to the “Advances” section on page 108.
Standby Letters of Credit
We issue letters of credit on behalf of our members and housing associates to facilitate business transactions with third parties. Letters of credit may be used to facilitate residential housing finance or other housing activity, facilitate community lending, and assist with asset-liability management,management. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the Bank’s authorization to issue letters of credit was expanded to support tax-exempt state and provide liquidity or other funding.local bond issuances. Members and housing associates must fully collateralize letters of credit to the same extent that they are required to collateralize advances.with eligible collateral.
Investments
The Member Finance investment portfolio is used for liquidity purposes, to maintain our target leverage ratio, and to provide earnings to the Bank. Investment income bolstersmay also bolster or strengthen our capacity to meet our affordable housing and community investment commitments, cover operating expenditures, and satisfy our REFCORP assessment.
To ensure the availability of funds to meet member credit needs, we maintain a short-term investment portfolio comprised of unsecured and secured investments. Unsecured investments generally include interest-bearing deposits, federal funds, commercial paper with highly rated counterparties, and obligations of GSEs. Secured investments may include securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Bank also maintains a long-term investment portfolio, which generally includes secured and unsecured obligations of GSEs and state and local housing agencies.associates. The long-term investment portfolio generally provides us with higher returns than those available in the short-term money markets. Investments
Additionally, the Bank maintains a liquidity portfolio, which includes investments in obligationsTemporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) debt. This debt is backed by the full faith and credit of GSEs primarily support management of contingent liquidity.the U.S. Government.
Under Finance BoardAgency regulations, we are prohibited from investing in certain types of securities, including:
Instruments such as common stock that represent an ownership interest in an entity other than stock in small business investment companies and certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
Instruments issued by non-U.S. entities other than those issued by U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks.
Noninvestment-grade debt instruments other than certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities and instruments that were downgraded after purchase by the Bank.
Non-U.S. dollar securities.
Instruments such as common stock that represent an ownership interest in an entity other than stock in small business investment companies and certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
Instruments issued by non-U.S. entities other than those issued by U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks.

 

910


Noninvestment-grade debt instruments other than certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities and instruments that were downgraded after purchase by the Bank.
Non-U.S. dollar securities.
In the normal course of business, we may have investments in instruments or obligations of members and their affiliates, including interest-bearing deposits, commercial paper, TLGP, and overnight and term Federal funds. Such investments are governed by the same credit policies and counterparty approval processes as investments with nonmembers. We do not consider whether an approved counterparty is a member or affiliate of a member when contemplating an investment activity. All investment transactions are at arms length and at current market rates. Investments in member and counterparty TLGP debt are not subject to the same counterparty term limits due to the explicit government guarantee.
The Bank does not have any subsidiaries. With the exception of a limited partnership interest in a small business investment corporation,Small Business Investment Company (SBIC), the Bank has no equity position in any partnerships, corporations, or off-balance sheet special purpose entities. Our investment in the limited partnership interest was $3.8$3.9 million at December 31, 2007.2008.
Deposits
We accept deposits from our members, eligible nonmembers, and housing associates. We offer several types of deposit programs, including demand, overnight, and term deposits. Deposit programs provide some of our funding while providing members a low-risk earning asset.
Products and Services — Mortgage Finance
Mortgage Loans
The Bank invests in mortgage loans through the MPF Program, which is a secondary mortgage market structure under which we purchase eligible mortgage loans from participating financial institution members (PFIs) (collectively, MPF loans). MPF loans are conforming conventional and Government (i.e., insured or guaranteed by the FHA, the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), the Rural Housing Service of the Department of Agriculture (RHS) or the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties with maturities ranging from 5 years to 30 years or participationsyears. MPF loans may also represent the Bank’s participation in such mortgage loans.loans from other FHLBanks.

11


There are currently five MPF Loanloan products from which PFIs may choose. Four of these products (Original MPF, MPF 125, MPF Plus, and Original MPF Government) are closed loan products in which the Bank purchases loans that have been acquired or have already been closed by the PFI with its own funds. However, under the MPF 100 product, the Bank “table funds” MPF loans; that is, the Bank provides the funds through the PFI as the Bank’s agent to make the MPF loan to the borrower. The PFI performs all the traditional retail loan origination functions under this and all other MPF products. With respect to the MPF 100 product, the Bank is considered the originator of the MPF loan for accounting purposes since the PFI is acting as our agent when originating the MPF loan; however, we do not collect any origination fees.

10


The current products we offer under the MPF program are differentiateddiffer primarily byin their credit risk structures. While the credit risk structures differ among products, Finance BoardAgency regulations require that all pools of MPF loans we purchase have a credit risk sharing arrangement with our participating membersPFIs that limits our credit risk exposure to a AA or higher investment grade instrument from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO). We maintain an allowance for credit losses on our mortgage loans that management believes is adequate to absorb any related losses incurred by the Bank.
The MPF Program enables participating FHLBanks the ability to purchase and fund MPF loans with their member PFIs.PFIs and through participations with other FHLBanks. In addition, the FHLBank of Chicago (MPF Provider) provides programmatic and operational support to those FHLBanks that participate in the program (MPF Banks). The MPF Provider developed the MPF Program in order to help fulfill the housing mission and to provide an additional source of liquidity to FHLBank members that choose to sell mortgage loans into the secondary market rather than holding them in their own portfolio.
The MPF Program is designed to allocate the risks of MPF loans among the MPF Banks and PFIs and to take advantage of their respective strengths. PFIs have direct knowledge of their mortgage markets and have developed expertise in underwriting and servicing residential mortgage loans. By allowing PFIs to originate MPF loans, whether through retail or wholesale operations, the MPF Program gives control of these functions that most impact credit quality to PFIs. The MPF Banks are responsible for managing the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk associated with owning MPF loans.
For conventional MPF loan products, PFIs assume or retain a portion of the credit risk on the MPF loans they fund and sell to an MPF Bank by providing credit enhancement (CE) either through a direct liability to pay credit losses up to a specified amount or through a contractual obligation to provide supplemental mortgage guaranty insurance (SMI). The PFI’s CE Amountcredit enhancement amount covers losses for MPF loans under a master commitment. PFIs are paid a credit enhancement fee for managing credit risk, and in some instances all or a portion of the credit enhancement fee may be performance based.

12


Effective February 26, 2009 the Bank signed agreements to participate in a MPF loan product called MPF Xtra (MPF Xtra is a trademark of the FHLBank of Chicago). Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae.
For a detailed discussion and analysis of our mortgage portfolio see “Mortgage Loans” within the “Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007” section at page 55.61. A detailed discussion of the different MPF products offered by the Bank and their related credit risk is provided in “Mortgage Assets” at page 95.110.
MPF Provider
The MPF Provider establishesmaintains the structure of MPF loan products and the eligibility rules for MPF loans.loans as established by the FHLBanks participating in the MPF Program. In addition, the MPF Provider manages the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the back-office processing of MPF loans in its role as master servicer and master custodian. The MPF Provider has engaged Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (Wells Fargo) as the vendor for master servicing and as the primary custodian for the MPF Program. The MPF Provider has also contracted with other custodians meeting MPF Program eligibility standards at the request of certain PFIs.

11


The MPF Provider publishes and maintains the MPF Origination Guide, MPF Underwriting Guide, and MPF Servicing Guide (together MPF Guides), which detail the requirements PFIs must follow in originating, underwriting, or selling and servicing MPF loans. The MPF Provider maintains the infrastructure through which MPF Banks may fund or purchase MPF loans through their PFIs. In exchange for providing these services, the MPF Provider receives a fee from each of the MPF Banks.
Effective SeptemberMay 1, 2007,2008 the Bank and the FHLBankFHLBanks established an MPF Program Governance Committee comprised of Chicago entered into a revised MPF Services Agreement (New Agreement) to replace the former MPF Investment and Services Agreement (former agreement) dated November 1, 1999, as amended. The termrepresentatives from each of the New Agreement commenced on September 1, 2007 and continues until termination by either party upon one hundred eighty (180) days’ written notice.six participating MPF Banks. The New Agreement sets forth amended terms and conditionsGovernance Committee provides guidance for the strategic decisions of our participation in the MPF program,Program, including but not limited to changes in pricing methodology. All day-to-day policy and operating decisions remain the responsibility of the MPF provider’s obligation regarding transaction processing services for the Bank, including acting as a master servicer and master custodian for the Bank with respect to the MPF loans.Provider.
Participating Financial Institution Agreement
Our members (or eligible housing associates) must specifically apply to become a PFI. We review the general eligibility of the member’s servicing qualifications and ability to supply documents, data, and reports required to be delivered by PFIs under the MPF program. We also review the PFIs’ financial condition as it relates to their ability to meet the obligations of a PFI. The member and the Bank sign an MPF program PFI Agreement that creates a relationship framework for the PFI to do business with us as a PFI. The PFI Agreement provides the terms and conditions for the origination of the MPF loans to be purchased by us and establishes the terms and conditions for servicing MPF loans.

13


The PFI’s credit enhancement obligation (the credit enhancement amount) arises under its PFI Agreement while the amount and nature of the obligation are determined with respect to each master commitment, which is required for sales of loans to the Bank. Under the Finance Board’sAgency’s Acquired Member Asset regulation, the PFI must “bear the economic consequences” of certain losses with respect to a master commitment based upon the MPF product and other criteria. In other words, the purchase and funding are structured so that the credit risk associated with MPF loans is shared with PFIs.
Typically, a PFI will sign a master commitment to cover all the conventional MPF loans it intends to deliver to us in a year or other time period specified in the master commitment agreement. However, a PFI may also sign a master commitment for original MPF government loans and it may choose to deliver MPF loans under more than one conventional product, or it may choose to use different servicing options and thus have several master commitments opened at any one time. Master commitments may be for shorter periods than one year and may be extended or increased by agreement of the Bank and the PFI. The master commitment defines the pool of MPF loans for which the credit enhancement amount is set so that the risk associated with investing in such pool of MPF loans is equivalent to investing in a AA-rated asset without giving effect to the Bank’s obligation to incur losses up to the amount of the First Loss Account (FLA). See discussion in “Mortgage��Mortgage Assets” at page 95.110.

12


MPF Servicing
PFIs may choose to sell MPF loans to the Bank and either retain the servicing or transfer the servicing. If a PFI chooses to retain the servicing, they receive a servicing fee to manage the servicing activities. If the PFI chooses to transfer servicing rights to a third-party provider, the servicing is transferred concurrently with the sale of the MPF loan to the Bank.
Throughout the servicing process, the master servicer monitors the PFI’s compliance with MPF program requirements and makes periodic reports to the MPF Provider.
Investments
The Mortgage Finance investment portfolio includes investments in MBS, HFA, and HFA,SBA, which due to their risk profiles, have hedging and funding strategies similar to mortgage loans purchased under the MPF program. By regulation, we are permitted to invest in the following asset types, among others:
Obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.
Mortgages, obligations, or other securities that are, or ever have been, sold by Freddie Mac pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455.
Instruments that the Bank has determined are permissible investments for fiduciary or trust funds under the laws of the state of Iowa.

14


Obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.
Mortgages, obligations, or other securities that are, or ever have been, sold by Freddie Mac pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455.
Instruments that the Bank has determined are permissible investments for fiduciary or trust funds under the laws of the state of Iowa.
We have limited our investments in MBS to those that are guaranteed by the U.S. Government, are issued by a GSE, or carry the highest investment grade ratingsrating by any NRSRO at the time of purchase.
We have participated in the MPF shared funding program, which provides a means to distribute both the benefits and the risks of the mortgage loans among a number of parties. The MPF shared funding program was created to (1) provide the FHLBanks with an alternative for managing interest rate and prepayment risks by giving the FHLBanks the ability to transfer those risks to other investors; (2) provide an additional source of liquidity that would allow further expansion of the MPF program; and (3) benefit other FHLBanks and their members by providing investment opportunities in high quality assets.
Under the MPF shared funding program, a participating member of the FHLBank of Chicago sponsors a trust (trust sponsor) and transfers into the trust loans eligible to be MPF loans that the participating member of the FHLBank of Chicago originates or acquires. Upon transfer of the assets into the trust, the trust issues certificates with tranches that have credit risk characteristics consistent with the MPF program policy and are compliant with the applicable regulations. The tranches are backed by the underlying mortgage loans and all or nearly all of the tranches receive public credit ratings determined by an NRSRO.

13


The senior tranches (A Certificates) have a credit rating of AA or AAA and may have different interest rate risk profiles and durations. The A Certificates, which may be structured to present risk and investment characteristics attractive to different types of investors, arewere sold to the FHLBank of Chicago, either directly by the trust or by the trust sponsor. The lower-rated tranches (B Certificates) provide the credit enhancement for the A Certificates and are sold to the trust sponsor. The FHLBank of Chicago may subsequently sell some or all of its A Certificates to its members and to other FHLBanks and their members. No residuals are created or retained on the statementsStatements of conditionCondition of the FHLBank of Chicago or any other FHLBank.
Under Finance BoardAgency regulations, we are prohibited from investing in whole mortgages or other whole loans other than
  those acquired under the Bank’s mortgage finance program.MPF program described above.
 
  certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
 
  certain marketable direct obligations of state, local, or tribal government units or agencies having at least the second highest credit rating from an NRSRO.
  MBS or asset-backed securities backed by manufactured housing loans or home equity loans.
 
  certain foreign housing loans authorized under section 12(b) of the FHLBank Act.
The Finance Board’sAgency’s Financial Management Policy (FMP) further limits the Bank’s investment in mortgage-backedMBS and asset-backed securities. This policy requires that the total book value of MBS owned by the Bank may not exceed 300 percent of the Bank’s capital at the time of purchase. The Finance BoardAgency has excluded MPF shared funding certificates from this FMP limit.

15


On March 24, 2008, the Finance Agency (known as the Finance Board at the time of passage) passed a resolution authorizing the FHLBanks to increase their purchases of agency MBS. Pursuant to the resolution, the limit on the FHLBank’s MBS investment authority would increase from 300 percent of regulatory capital to 600 percent of regulatory capital for two years. The resolution required an FHLBank to notify the Finance Agency prior to its first acquisition under the expanded authority and include in its notification a description of the risk management principles underlying its purchase. The expanded authority is limited to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. The securities purchased under the increased authority must be backed by mortgages that were originated after January 1, 2008 and comply with Federal bank regulatory guidance on non-traditional and subprime mortgage lending. The Bank provided notification to the Finance Agency, and did not receive an objection, for its intention to exercise the expanded investment authority and increase its investments in additional agency MBS to 600 percent of regulatory capital. The Board approved a strategy for the Bank to increase its investments in additional agency MBS in accordance with the Finance Agency resolution up to 450 percent of regulatory capital. At December 31, 20072008 and December 31, 20062007 the book value of MBS owned by the Bank, excluding MPF shared funding certificates, represented approximately 292 percent and 219 percent and 187 percent of total capital (including capital stock classified as mandatorily redeemable). regulatory capital.
In addition, we are prohibited from purchasing the following types of securities:
Interest-only or principal-only stripped MBS.
Residual interest or interest accrual classes of collateralized mortgage obligations and real estate mortgage investment conduits.
Fixed rate or variable rate MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, and real estate mortgage investment conduits that on the trade date are at rates equal to their contractual caps and that have average lives that vary by more than six years under an assumed instantaneous interest rate change of 300 basis points.
Interest-only or principal-only stripped MBS.
Residual interest or interest accrual classes of collateralized mortgage obligations and real estate mortgage investment conduits.
Fixed rate or variable rate MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, and real estate mortgage investment conduits that on the trade date are at rates equal to their contractual caps and that have average lives that vary by more than six years under an assumed instantaneous interest rate change of 300 basis points.
Standby Bond Purchase Agreements
We enter into standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within our district whereby we are required to purchase HFA bonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. We may be requested to hold investments in the HFA bonds until the designated remarketing agent can find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby agreement. When purchased, these HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments on the Statements of Condition. The bond purchase commitments entered into by us expire after seven years, currently no later than 2015. For additional details on our standby bond purchase agreements, refer to “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” at page 92.

 

1416


Products and Services — Member Finance and Mortgage Finance
We use consolidated obligations and derivatives in the same manner for both Member Finance and Mortgage Finance as part of our funding and interest rate risk management strategies. These products and services are discussed below on a combined basis.
Consolidated Obligations
Our primary source of funds to support our business segments is the sale of consolidated obligations, in the capital markets. Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. Consolidated obligations are not obligations of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government does not guarantee them. Currently, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) has rated the consolidated obligations Aaa/P-1 and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P) has rated them AAA/A-1+.
Although we are primarily liable for the portion of consolidated obligations issued on our behalf, we are also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. The Finance Board,Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Although it has never happened, to the extent that an FHLBank makes any payment on a consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank that is primarily liable for such consolidated obligation, Finance BoardAgency regulations provide that the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the noncomplying FHLBank for any payments made on behalf of the noncomplying FHLBank and other associated costs (including interest to be determined by the Finance Board)Agency). If, however, the Finance BoardAgency determines that the noncomplying FHLBank is unable to satisfy its repayment obligations, the Finance BoardAgency may allocate the outstanding liabilities of the noncomplying FHLBank among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank’s participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance BoardAgency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations between the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.
Finance BoardAgency regulations govern the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations. The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance which has authority under section 11(a) of the FHLBank Act to issue joint and several consolidated obligations on behalf of the FHLBanks. No FHLBank is permitted to issue individual debt under section 11(a) without Finance BoardAgency approval.

 

1517


Pursuant to Finance BoardAgency regulations, the Office of Finance has adopted policies and procedures for consolidated obligations that may be issued by the FHLBanks. The policies and procedures relate to the frequency and timing of issuance of consolidated obligations, issue size, minimum denomination, selling concessions, underwriter qualifications and selection, currency of issuance, interest rate change or conversion features, call or put features, principal amortization features, and selection of clearing organizations and outside counsel. The Office of Finance has responsibility for facilitating and approving the issuance of the consolidated obligations in accordance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Office of Finance has the authority to restrict or deny the FHLBanks’ requests to issue consolidated obligations that are otherwise allowed by its policies and procedures if the Office of Finance determines that such action would be inconsistent with the Finance BoardAgency requirement that consolidated obligations be issued efficiently and at the lowest all-in cost over time. The Office of Finance’s authority to restrict or prohibit our requests for issuance of consolidated obligations has not adversely impacted our ability to finance our operations.
Consolidated obligations are generally issued with either fixed or variable rate payment terms that use a variety of indices for interest rate resets including LIBOR, and Constant Maturity Treasury.Treasury, and the Federal funds rate. To meet the specific needs of certain investors in consolidated obligations, both fixed and variable rate obligations may also contain certain embedded features that may result in complex coupon payment terms and call features. When such consolidated obligations are issued on behalf of the Bank, we may concurrently enter into derivative agreements containing offsetting features that effectively alter the terms of the bond to a simple variable rate tied to an index. The Office of Finance may coordinate communication between underwriters, the Bank, and financial institutions that enter into interest rate exchange agreements to facilitate issuance.
The Office of Finance may also coordinate transfers of FHLBank consolidated obligations among other FHLBanks. We may, from time to time, assume the outstanding primary liability of another FHLBank rather than issue new consolidated obligations for which the Bank is the primary obligor. If an FHLBank has acquired excess funding, that FHLBank may offer its debt to the other 11 FHLBanks at the current market rate of interest consistent with what may be expected in the auction process. We may choose to assume the outstanding primary liability of another FHLBank as it would have a known price compared with issuing debt through the auction process where actual pricing is unknown prior to issuance.
Finance BoardAgency regulations require that each FHLBank maintain the following types of assets, free from any lien or pledge, in an amount at least equal to the amount of that FHLBank’s participation in the total consolidated obligations outstanding:
  Cash.
 
  Obligations of or fully guaranteed by the U.S.
 
  Secured advances.
Mortgages that have any guarantee, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. or any agency of the U.S.

 

1618


Investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state of Iowa.
Other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by Standard & Poor’s, or AAA by Fitch, Inc. (Fitch).
Mortgages that have any guarantee, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. or any agency of the U.S.
Investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state of Iowa.
Other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch, Inc. (Fitch).
We were in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. See discussion in “Regulatory“Statutory Requirements” at page 65.72.
In addition to being responsible for facilitating and executing the issuance of consolidated obligations, the Office of Finance services all outstanding debt. It also collects information on the Bank System’s unsecured credit exposure to individual counterparties, serves as a source of information for the FHLBanks on capital market developments, and manages the BankFHLBank System’s relationship with the rating agencies for consolidated obligations.obligations, and prepares the FHLBank System’s Combined Financial Reports.
The consolidated obligations the FHLBanks may issue consist of consolidated bonds and consolidated discount notes.
Consolidated Bonds
Consolidated bonds satisfyBonds have historically satisfied our intermediate- and long-term funding requirements. Typically, the maturity of these securities ranges from one year to 2030 years, but the maturity is not subject to any statutory or regulatory limit. We also issue index amortizing notes which have amortization schedules linked to specific reference pools of mortgages. The redemption schedule of the note is dependent on the amortization schedule of the underlying reference pool. The notes are redeemed at the final maturity date, regardless of the then-outstanding amount of the reference pool.
We work with a variety of authorized securities dealers and the Office of Finance to meet our debt issuance needs. Depending on the amount and type of funding needed, consolidated bonds may be issued through a competitively bid transactions, such as the TAPauction process (TAP program or auctions, orand callable auction) on a negotiated basis.basis, or through a debt transfer between FHLBanks.
Consolidated bondsBonds issued through the TAP program are generally fixed rate, noncallable structures issued in standard maturities of 18 months or two, three, five, seven, or ten years. The goal of the TAP program is to aggregate frequent smaller issues into a larger bond issue that may have greater market liquidity. We participate in the TAP program to provide funding for our portfolio.

 

1719


We may request specific amounts of certain consolidated bonds to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with underwriters of a bond selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same bonds to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. Auction structures are determined by the Bank in consultation with the Office of Finance and the securities dealer community. We may receive zeroup to 100 percent of the proceeds of the consolidated bonds issued via competitive auction depending on (1) the amounts and costs for the consolidated bonds bid by underwriters; (2) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same issue, if any, are willing to pay for the obligations; and (3) the guidelines for allocation of consolidated bond proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.
We may also participate in the Global Debt Program that is coordinated by the Office of Finance. The Global Debt Program allows the FHLBanks to diversify their funding sources to include overseas investors. Global Debt Program bonds may be issued in maturities ranging from one year to 30 years and can be customized with different terms and currencies. All FHLBanks that participateparticipating in the program approve the priceterms of the individual issues.
We may also issue Amortizing Prepayment Linked Securities (APLS). APLS pay down with a specified reference pool of mortgages determined at issuance and have a final stated maturity of sevenfour years to ten15 years. APLS can be issued in a wide variety of sizes and maturities to meet numerous portfolio objectives. Like all consolidated obligations, APLS carry the highest ratings from both Moody’s and S&P (Aaa/AAA) and are not obligations of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government does not guarantee them.
During the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. The cost of the Bank’s long-term debt increased relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund both short- and long-term assets. The Bank continued to issue long-term debt during the last three months of 2008.
For further analysis of our consolidated bonds see “Consolidated Obligations” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” at page 57.pages 63 and 69.
Consolidated Discount Notes
Consolidated discountDiscount notes satisfyhave historically satisfied our short-term funding requirements. These securities have maturities of up to 365/366 days and are offered daily through a consolidated discount note selling group and through other authorized underwriters. Consolidated discountDiscount notes are sold at a discount and mature at par.

20


On a daily basis, we may request specific amounts of certain consolidated discount notes with specific maturity dates to be offered by the Office of Finance at a specific cost for sale to underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same discount notes to be offered for sale for their benefit the same day. The Office of Finance commits to issue consolidated discount notes on behalf of the participating FHLBanks when underwriters in the selling group submit orders for the specific discount notes offered for sale. We may receive zero to 100 percent of the proceeds of the consolidated discount notes issued via this sales process depending on (1) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same issue, if any, are willing to pay for the discount notes; (2) the order amounts for the consolidated discount notes submitted by underwriters; and (3) the guidelines for allocation of consolidated discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.

18


Twice weekly, we may request specific amounts of consolidated discount notes with fixed terms to maturity ranging from four weeks to 26 weeks to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same discount notes to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. The discount notes offered for sale via competitive auction are not subject to a limit on the maximum costs the FHLBanks are willing to pay. We may receive zero to 100 percent of the proceeds of the consolidated discount notes issued via competitive auction depending on (1) the amounts of the consolidated discount notes bid by underwriters and (2) the guidelines for allocation of consolidated discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.
For further analysis of our consolidated discount notes see “Consolidated Obligations” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” at page 57.pages 63 and 69.
Derivatives
The Bank uses derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate and prepayment risks. The Finance Board’sAgency’s regulations and the Bank’s financial risk management policyEnterprise Risk Management Policy (ERMP) establish guidelines for derivatives. We can use interest rate swaps, swaptions, interest rate cap and floor agreements, calls, puts, and futures and forward contracts as part of our interest rate and prepayment risk management and funding strategies for both business segments. The Finance Board’sAgency’s regulations and the Bank’s policies prohibit trading in or the speculative use of these instruments and limit exposure to credit risk arising from the instruments.
We primarily use derivatives to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. The goal of our interest rate risk management strategy is not to eliminate interest rate risk, but to manage it within appropriate limits. One key way we manage interest rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets and liabilities which, together with their associated derivatives, are conservatively matched with respect to the expected repricings of the assets and liabilities.

21


In general, we use derivatives as a fair value hedge of an underlying financial instrument and/or as an economic hedge, which does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment but serves as an asset-liability management tool. We also use derivatives to manage embedded options in assets and liabilities to hedge the market value of existing assets, liabilities, and anticipated transactions.
A more detailed discussion regarding our use of derivatives is located in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning at page 3741 and in “Risk Management” beginning at page 82.96.

19


Capital and Dividends
Capital
From its enactment in 1932, the FHLBank Act provided for a subscription-based capital structure for the FHLBanks. The amount of capital stock that each FHLBank issued was determined by a statutory formula establishing how much FHLBank stock each member was required to purchase. With the enactment of the GLB Act, the statutory subscription-based member stock purchase formula was replaced with requirements for total capital, leverage capital, and risk-based capital for the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks were also required to develop new capital plans to replace the previous statutory structure.
We implemented our capital plan on July 1, 2003. In general, the capital planBank’s Capital Plan requires each member to own stock in an amount equal to the aggregate of a membership stock requirement and an activity-based stock requirement. We may adjust these requirements within ranges established in the capital plan.Capital Plan. All stock issued is subject to a five year notice of redemption.
Bank capital stock is not publicly traded. It can be issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only by the Bank at its stated par value of $100 per share. Generally capital stock may be redeemed upon five years’ notice. In addition, we have the discretion to repurchase excess stock from members. Ranges have been built into the capital plan to allow us to adjust stock purchase requirements to meet our regulatory capital requirements, if necessary. For a detailed description of the capital planCapital Plan see Exhibit 4.1 to the Bank’s Registration Statement on Form 10, as amended, filed on July 10, 2006.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, as a result of market conditions, the Bank indefinitely discontinued its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. Members may continue to use this excess activity-based capital stock to satisfy activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conserve its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.
Dividends
The Bank’s Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends in either cash or capital stock or a combination thereof. Under Finance Board Final Rule 2006-23 “Limitation on Issuance of Excess Stock” (Rule 2006-23) that became effective in January 2007,Agency regulation, an FHLBank is prohibited from paying a dividend in the form of additional shares of FHLBank capital stock if, after the issuance, the outstanding excess stock at the FHLBank would be greater than one percent of its total assets. By regulation the Bank may pay dividends from current earnings or previously retained earnings. Under Rule 2006-23, anAn FHLBank may not declare a dividend based on projected or anticipated earnings. The Board of Directors may not declare or pay dividends if we will not beit would result in complianceBank non-compliance with our capital requirements. Furthermore, under Rule 2006-23,per regulation, an FHLBank may not declare or pay a dividend if the par value of the FHLBanksFHLBank’s stock is impaired or is projected to become impaired after paying such dividend. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, before declaring or paying any dividend, we must certify to the Finance BoardAgency that we will remain in compliance with regulatory liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of our current obligations coming due during the next quarter.

22


The Bank’s
Effective June 19, 2008 the Bank replaced its reserve capital policy includeswith a limitation onretained earnings policy. Under this policy, the paymentBank’s retained earnings minimum level is defined by the aggregation of market risk, credit risk, and operational risk components.
Under the policy, if Economic Value of Capital Stock (EVCS), defined as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and derivatives, divided by the Book Value of Capital Stock (BVCS), is less than or equal to $100 per share, the Bank is required to increase its retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share or actual retained earnings fell below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank was required to establish a dividend cap at not more than 80 percent of current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, that may return the Bank to its targeted level of retained earnings within twelve months.
In February 2009, management believed it would be prudent, due to the highly unusual market conditions and the fact that the circumstances causing the EVCS shortfall are largely out of the direct control of the Bank, to revise the retained earnings policy. The modified policy states that if actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank, as determined by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends notat less than the current earned dividend, or establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to exceed net income in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted inaddress the U.S. (GAAP) earned in the fiscalretained earnings shortfall within a practicable period for which the dividend is declared. of time.
Dividend payments are discussed in further detail in “Dividends” at page 73.

20


In April 2007, the Board of Directors approved a revised schedule for the payment of dividends to Bank members and an exception to the reserve capital policy for the transition dividend. Under the revised schedule, dividends are generally expected to correlate with calendar quarters and the associated earnings. The transition dividend was paid in May 2007 and calendar quarter dividends began in the second quarter of 2007 with payment in August 2007.80.
Competition
In general, the current competitive environment may presentpresents a challenge for the Bank in our achievement of financial goals. We continuously reassess the potential for success in attracting and retaining customers for our products and services.
Demand for the Bank’s advances is affected by, among other things, the cost of other available sources of funds for our borrowers. We compete with other suppliers of secured and unsecured wholesale funding that include investment banks and dealers, commercial banks, other GSEs or government agencies such as the Farm Credit System, FDIC, Federal Reserve, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. Certain holding companies have subsidiary institutions located in various states that may be members of different FHLBanks. To the extent a holding company has access through multiple subsidiaries to more than one FHLBank,FHLBank; the holding company can choose the most cost effective advance product available from among the FHLBanks to which it has access. Thus, FHLBanks may compete with each other to fund advances to members in different FHLBank districts that are subsidiaries of a holding company. The availability of alternative funding sources to members can significantly influence the demand for our advances and can vary as a result of a variety of factors including market conditions, member creditworthiness and size, and availability of collateral.

23


Recent legislative and regulatory actions have provided members with additional funding alternatives. In October 2008, the FDIC announced its TLGP, through which the FDIC provided a guarantee on certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt, issued on or before October 31, 2009, in the event the issuing institution subsequently fails or its holding company files for bankruptcy. Coverage from this liquidity guarantee program is currently limited through June 30, 2012, even if the debt maturity exceeds that date. The Bank’s members may use this guarantee program, if eligible, to issue their unsecured debt rather than seek advances from the Bank. These additional funding alternatives increased competition with the Bank’s advance products as well as contributed to the Bank’s increased long-term cost of funds.
The purchaseBank’s primary source of mortgage loansfunding is through the MPF program is subject to significant competition on the basisissuance of prices paid for mortgage loans, customer service, and ancillary services such as automated underwriting. We compete primarily with other GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and private investors for acquisition of conventional fixed rate mortgage loans.
consolidated obligations. We compete with the U.S. government,Government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Farm Credit System, and other GSEs as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities for funds raised through the issuance of unsecured debt in the national and global debt markets. In the absence of increased demand, increased supply of competing debt products may result in higher debt costs or lesser amounts of debt issued at the same cost. In addition, the availability and cost of funds raised through the issuance of certain types of unsecured debt may be adversely affected by regulatory initiatives that tend to reduce investments by certain depository institutions in unsecured debt with greater price volatility or interest rate sensitivity than fixed rate, fixed maturity instruments of the same maturity.other government actions. Although the available supply of funds hasBank’s debt issuances have kept pace with ourthe funding needs of our members, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case.

21


In addition, the sale of callable debt and the simultaneous execution of callable derivative agreements that mirror the debt have been an important source of competitive funding for the Bank. The availability of markets for callable debt and derivative agreements may be an important determinant of the Bank’s relative cost of funds. There is considerable competition among high-credit-quality issuers for callable debt and for derivative agreements. There can be no assurance the current breadth and depth of these markets will be sustained.
Our borrowing costs and access to funds were also adversely affected by changes in investor perception of the systemic risks associated with the housing GSEs. Issues relating to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks have, at times, created pressure on debt pricing, as investors have perceived such obligations as bearing greater risk than some other debt products. In response to investor and financial concerns, in September 2008, the Finance Agency placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in conservatorship. Additionally, the U.S. Treasury put in place a set of financing agreements to ensure that Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks continue to meet their obligations to holders of bonds that they have issued or guaranteed. Beginning in the last three months of 2008, as a result of these government actions, the Bank experienced higher borrowing costs for its debt. These higher borrowing costs, if sustained in the future, will continue to negatively impact our business.
The purchase of mortgage loans through the MPF program is subject to significant competition on the basis of prices paid for mortgage loans, customer service, and ancillary services such as automated underwriting. We compete primarily with other GSEs such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other financial institutions and private investors for acquisition of conventional fixed rate mortgage loans.

24


Taxation
The Bank is exempt from all federal, state and local taxation except for real estate property taxes, which are a component of the Bank’s lease payments for office space or on real estate owned by the Bank.
Assessments
Affordable Housing Program
To fund their respective AHPs, the FHLBanks each must set aside the greater of 10 percent of theirthe Bank’s current year regulatory income to fund next year’s AHP obligation.obligation, or the Bank’s pro rata share of an aggregate of $100 million to be contributed in total by the FHLBanks. Such proration is made on the basis of current year regulatory income. The required annual AHP contribution for a FHLBank shall not exceed its current year regulatory income. Regulatory income is defined by the Bank as net income calculated in accordance with GAAP before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP. The treatment of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is based on a regulatory interpretation issued by the Finance Board.Agency. We accrue our AHP assessment on a monthly based on our net income.basis. We reduce the AHP liability as program funds are distributed.
Resolution Funding Corporation
Congress requires that each FHLBank annually pay to the REFCORP 20 percent of net income calculated in accordance with GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for the REFCORP. We accrue our REFCORP assessment on a monthly basis.
The FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP will terminate when the aggregate actual quarterly payments made by all of the FHLBanks exactly equal the present value of a $300 million annual annuity that commences on the date on which the first obligation of the REFCORP was issued and ends on April 15, 2030. The Finance BoardAgency determines the discounting factors to use in this calculation in consultation with the Department of Treasury.
The Finance BoardAgency is required to shorten the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is an excess quarterly payment. An excess quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment exceeds $75 million. The Finance BoardAgency is required to extend the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is a deficit quarterly payment. A deficit quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment falls short of $75 million.

 

2225


Because the FHLBanks’ recentcumulative REFCORP payments have generally exceeded $300 million per year, those extra payments have defeased $24.2$42.5 million of the $75 million benchmark payment due on OctoberApril 15, 2013 and all scheduled payments due thereafter. The defeased benchmark paymentspayment (or portionsportion thereof) can be reinstated if future actual REFCORP payments fall short of the $75 million benchmark in any quarter. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the FHLBanks’ benchmark payments or portions of them were reinstated due to actual REFCORP payments falling short of the $300 million annual requirement. Cumulative amounts to be paid by the Bank to REFCORP cannot be determined at this time because the amount is dependent upon future earnings of each FHLBank and interest rates.
Liquidity Requirements
The Bank needs liquidity to satisfy member demand for short- and long-term funds, to repay maturing consolidated obligations, and to meet other business obligations. The Bank is required to maintain liquidity in accordance with certain Finance BoardAgency regulations and with policies established by the Board of Directors. See additional discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis — “Liquidity Requirements” at page 65.72.
Regulatory Oversight, Audits, and Examinations
The Finance BoardAgency is an independent executive agency in the U.S. Government responsible for supervising and regulating the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. The Housing Act establishes the Officeposition of Finance.Director of the Finance Agency as the head of such agency. The Finance Board consists of five full time members, four of whom areAgency Director is appointed by the President of the U.S. with the consent of the Senate to serve seven-year terms. The fifth board member is the Secretary of HUD.for a five-year term. The Finance Board administers the FHLBank Act andAgency Director is authorized to issue rules, regulations, and orders affecting the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance.FHLBanks.
To assess the safety and soundness of the Bank, the Finance BoardAgency conducts annual, on-site examinations of the Bank as well as periodic off-site reviews. Additionally, we are required to submit monthly financial information including the statementstatements of condition, results of operations, and various other reports.
The Finance BoardAgency requires that we satisfy certain minimum liquidity and capital requirements. Liquidity requirements are discussed in “Regulatory“Statutory Requirements” at page 65.72. Capital requirements are discussed in “Capital Requirements” at page 67.74.

 

2326


The Finance BoardAgency has broad authority to bring administrative and supervisory actions against an FHLBank and its directors and executive officers. The Finance BoardAgency may initiate proceedings to suspend or remove FHLBank directors and executive officers for cause. The Finance BoardAgency may issue a notice of charges seeking the issuance of a temporary or permanent cease and desist order to an FHLBank or any director or executive officer if the Finance BoardAgency determines that any such party is engaging in, has engaged in, or the Finance BoardAgency has cause to believe the party is about to engage in
any unsafe or unsound practices in conducting the business of the FHLBank.
any conduct that violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any applicable law, order, rule, or regulation.
any conduct that violates conditions imposed in writing by the Finance Board in connection with the granting of any application or other request by the FHLBank or any written agreement between the FHLBank and the Finance Board.
any unsafe or unsound practices in conducting the business of the FHLBank.
any conduct that violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any applicable law, order, rule, or regulation.
any conduct that violates conditions imposed in writing by the Finance Agency in connection with the granting of any application or other request by the FHLBank or any written agreement between the FHLBank and the Finance Agency.
The Finance BoardAgency may issue a notice seeking the assessment of civil monetary penalties against an FHLBank or, in some cases, any director or executive officer that
violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any order, rule, or regulation issued under the FHLBank Act.
violates any final or temporary cease and desist order issued by the Finance Agency pursuant to the FHLBank Act.
violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any order, rule, or regulation issued under the FHLBank Act.
violates any final or temporary cease and desist order issued by the Finance Board pursuant to the FHLBank Act.
  violates any written agreement between an FHLBank and the Finance Board.Agency.
 
  engages in any conduct that causes or is likely to cause a loss to an FHLBank.
The Finance BoardAgency is funded through assessments levied against the FHLBanks.FHLBanks and other regulated entities. No tax dollars or other appropriations from the U.S. governmentGovernment support the operations of the Finance Board.Agency. The Finance BoardAgency allocates its applicable operating and capital expenditures to the FHLBanks based on each FHLBank’s percentage of the Bank System’s total capital. Unless otherwise instructed in writing by the Finance Board,Agency, each FHLBank pays the Finance BoardAgency its pro rata share of an assessment in equal monthlysemiannual installments during the annual period covered by the assessment.
The Comptroller General of the U.S. governmentGovernment has authority under the FHLBank Act to audit or examine the Finance BoardAgency and the Bank and to decide the extent to which they fairly and effectively fulfill the purposes of the FHLBank Act. Further, the Government Corporation Control Act provides that the Comptroller General may review any audit of the financial statements conducted by an independent public accounting firm. If the Comptroller General conducts such a review, he/she must report the results and provide his/her recommendations to the Congress, the Office of Management and Budget, and the FHLBank in question. The Comptroller General may also conduct his/her own audit of any financial statements of the Bank.

 

2427


The Bank submits annual management reports to the Congress, the President of the U.S., the Office of Management and Budget, and the Comptroller General. These reports include statements of condition, statements of income, statements of changes in capital, statements of cash flows, a statement of internal accounting and administrative control systems, and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements.
The Bank is required to file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K. The SEC maintains a website that contains these reports and other information regarding the Bank’s electronic filings located atwww.sec.gov. These reports may also be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Further information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-800-SEC-0330.
We also make our quarterly and annual financial reports available on our Internet Website atwww.fhlbdm.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available. Quarterly and annual financial reports for the FHLBanks on a combined basis are also available at the Website of the Office of Finance as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available. The Internet Website address to obtain these filings iswww.fhlb-of.com.
Information contained in the above mentioned websites, or that can be accessed through those websites, is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and does not constitute a part of this or any report filed with the SEC.
Personnel
As of February 29, 2008,28, 2009, the Bank had 188215 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

2528


ITEM 1A–RISK1A-RISK FACTORS
The following discussion summarizes the most significant risks we face. This discussion is not exhaustive of all risks, and there may be other risks we face which are not described below. The risks described below, if realized, could negatively affect our business operations, financial condition, and future results of operations and, among other things, could result in our inability to pay dividends on our capital stock.
Our Funding Depends Upon Our AbilityChanges due to AccessRecently Enacted Legislation and Other Ongoing Actions by the Capital Markets
Our primary source of funds is the sale of consolidated obligationsU.S. Government in Response to Recent Disruptions in the capitalFinancial Markets may have an Adverse Impact on our Business
Recent disruptions in the financial markets includinghave significantly impacted the short-term discount note market. Our abilityfinancial services industry, our members, and the Bank. Recent actions taken by the U.S. Government include the following:
The U.S. Government placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship.
The U.S. Government enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) to obtain fundsaddress disruptions in the financial markets through the saleTroubled Asset Relief Program (TARP).
The U.S. Treasury initiated a program to purchase equity interests in certain financial institutions.
The FDIC established the TLGP, which guarantees repayment of consolidated obligations depends in partcertain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt, issued on prevailing conditionsor before October 2009, in the capital markets, including investor demand,event the issuing institution subsequently fails or its holding company files for bankruptcy.
The FDIC issued a final rule to increase deposit insurance premiums charged to FDIC-insured institutions that have secured debt above defined limits.
The Federal Reserve initiated various funding programs to financial institutions.
These initiatives have adversely impacted our competitive position in regard to accessing debt financing as well as the rate we pay for funds. The U.S. Government placing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship has resulted in the debt securities of those entities being more attractive to investors than FHLBank System debt. Furthermore, the FDIC’s TLGP, which are beyond our control. Accordingly, we may not be able to obtain funding on acceptable terms, if at all. If we cannot access funding when neededcarries the full faith and on acceptable terms, our ability to support and continue our operations could be adversely affected, which could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and valuecredit of the Bank to our membership.
Our access to fundsU.S. Government, has resulted in the capital markets also may be affected by unpredictable events or circumstances at other FHLBanks. The FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations have been assigned Aaa/P-1 and AAA/A-1+ ratings by Moody’s and S&P. Rating agencies may from time to time changeTLGP debt securities of financial institutions being highly competitive with FHLBank System debt. As a rating or issue negative reports on the FHLBank system or on a particular FHLBank. Negative publicity may result, in reduced investor confidence, which could adversely affect our cost of funds and the ability to issue consolidated obligations on acceptable terms. A higher cost of funds or the impairment of the ability to issue consolidated obligations on acceptable terms could also adversely affect the FHLBanks’ financial condition and results of operations and value of the Bank to our membership. We do not believehas experienced increased funding costs during the FHLBankslast three months of 2008. Going forward, these increased funding costs may have suffered a material adverse impact on their ability to issue consolidated obligations due to negative publicity. We cannot, however, predict the effect of further changes in, or developments in regard to, these risks on our ability to raise funds in the marketplace or on other aspects of the Bank’s operations.
We Use Derivative Instruments to Reduce Our Interest-rate Risk, And We May Not Be Able to Enter into Effective Derivative Instruments on Acceptable Terms
We use derivative instruments to reduce our interest rate and mortgage prepayment risk, but no hedging strategy can completely protect us from such risk. The Bank’s effective use of these instruments depends upon our ability to enter into these instruments with acceptable counterparties and terms, and upon our ability to determine the appropriate hedging positions by weighing our assets, liabilities, and prevailing and changing market conditions. If we are unable to manage our hedging positions effectively, we may be unable to manage our interest rate and other risks, which may result in earnings volatility, and could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

 

2629


These initiatives may further reduce our members’ demand for advances. The U.S. Treasury’s program to purchase equity interests in certain financial institutions as well as funds obtained under the TLGP have provided our members with additional access to liquidity. Furthermore, the proposal by the FDIC to increase deposit insurance premiums, if adopted as proposed, would in certain circumstances have the effect of increasing the effective borrowing costs of our advances to members. To the extent that these initiatives result in a significant decrease in our aggregate amount of advances, the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership may be adversely impacted.
The FHLBanks are Subject to Complex Laws and Regulations Such That Legislative and Regulatory Changes Could Negatively Affect our Business
The FHLBanks are supervised and regulated by the Finance Agency and subject to rules and regulations promulgated by the Finance Agency. From time to time, Congress may pass legislation and the Finance Agency may promulgate regulations that significantly affect the rights and obligations of the FHLBanks and the manner in which the FHLBanks carry out their housing-finance mission and business operations.
For example, in July 2008, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate passed and the President of the United States signed into law the Housing Act, a housing relief package that, among other things, created the Finance Agency, a new single regulator for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks, and addressed other GSE reform issues that have been considered over the past few years. The Housing Act, among other things, enables the U.S. Treasury to temporarily increase purchases of debt of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks and authorizes purchases of equity of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as requires the Finance Agency to consult with the Federal Reserve on a variety of issues related to safety and soundness. These legislative changes have increased competition for FHLBank System debt and have resulted in new regulations which will impact the FHLBanks.
New or amended legislation enacted by Congress and new regulatory requirements adopted by the Finance Agency could negatively affect the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition, or value of the Bank to our membership.
Changes in Economic Conditions Could Impact the Bank’s Ability to Pay Dividends
Our net income is attributable to the difference between the interest income we earn on our advances, mortgage loans, and investments and the interest expense we pay on our consolidated obligations and member deposits, as well as any gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities. We operate with narrow margins and expect to be profitable based on our prudent lending standards, conservative investment strategies, and diligent risk management practices. Because we operate with narrow margins, the Bank’s net income is sensitive to changes in market conditions that impact the interest we earn and pay.

30


Continued deterioration of economic conditions has led to decreased investor demand for long-term debt in the market, which has increased funding costs and reduced the availability of long-term funding. While the Bank has continued to provide our members with funding and liquidity through advances, economic conditions have negatively impacted our operating margins and therefore may impact the Bank’s ability to pay dividends in future periods. In an effort to conserve its retained earnings, the Bank has recently reduced its quarterly dividend payment.
Adverse Economic Conditions Impacting the Bank’s Financial Position Could Impact the Bank’s Ability to Redeem Capital Stock at Par
Our capital stock is not publicly traded. All members must purchase and maintain capital stock in the Bank as a condition of membership. It can be issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only by the Bank. Generally, capital stock may be redeemed upon five years’ notice and excess capital stock may be voluntarily repurchased. In an effort to conserve its capital, the Bank recently discontinued its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess capital stock for an indefinite period. This action will ensure that the Bank’s capital levels remain adequate throughout the current stressed economic environment.
Continued deterioration of economic conditions may adversely impact the Bank’s operations and, consequently, the ability of the Bank to redeem capital stock at its stated par value of $100 per share. Additionally, the Bank must meet regulatory capital requirements which could be negatively impacted due to worsening financial performance. If deemed necessary, the Bank may be required to call upon its members to purchase additional capital stock to meet those regulatory capital requirements.
Compliance With Regulatory Contingency Liquidity Guidance Could Adversely Impact Our Earnings
On March 6, 2009, we received final guidance from the Finance Agency calling for us to maintain sufficient liquidity through short-term investments in an amount at least equal to our cash outflows under two different scenarios as described in Liquidity Requirements at page 72. We are still required to maintain five calendar days of contingent liquidity per Finance Agency regulations. The new guidance revises and formalizes guidance provided to the FHLBanks in the fourth quarter of 2008 and is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in access to the FHLBank debt markets in response to a rise in capital markets volatility. To satisfy this additional requirement, we maintain balances in shorter-term investments, which may earn lower interest rates than alternate investment options and may, in turn, negatively impact net interest income. In certain circumstances, we may need to fund overnight or shorter-term advances with short-term discount notes that have maturities beyond the maturities of the related advances, thus increasing our short-term advance pricing or reducing net income through lower net interest spread. To the extent these increased prices makes our advances less competitive, advance levels and, therefore, our net interest income may be negatively impacted.
We Are Jointly and Severally Liable for Payment of Principal and Interest on the Consolidated Obligations Issued by the Other FHLBanks
Each of the FHLBanks relies upon the issuance of consolidated obligations as a primary source of funds. Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of all FHLBanks, backed only by the financial resources of the FHLBanks. We are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance, regardless of whether the Bank receives all or any portion of the proceeds from any particular issuance of consolidated obligations. The Finance Board,Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation at any time, whether or not the FHLBank who was the primary obligor has defaulted on the payment of that obligation. Furthermore, the Finance BoardAgency may allocate the liability for outstanding consolidated obligations among one or more FHLBanks on a pro rata basis or on any other basis the Finance BoardAgency may determine. Accordingly, we could incur significant liability beyond our primary obligation under consolidated obligations. Moreover, we may not pay dividends to, or redeem or repurchase capital stock from, any of our members if timely payment of principal and interest on the consolidated obligations of the entire FHLBank System has not been made. As a result, our ability to pay dividends to our members or to redeem or repurchase shares of our capital stock may be affected not only by our own financial condition, but also by the financial condition of the other FHLBanks.

31


Additionally, due to the Bank’s relationship with other FHLBanks, we could be impacted by events other than the default of a consolidated obligation. Events that impact other FHLBanks such as member failures, capital deficiencies, and other-than-temporary impairment charges may cause the Finance Agency, at its discretion, or the FHLBanks jointly, at their discretion, to require another FHLBank to either provide capital or buy assets of another FHLBank. If the Bank were called upon by the Finance Agency to do either of these items, it may impact our financial condition.
We Face Competition for Advances, Loan Purchases, and Access to Funding
Our primary business is making advances to our members. Demand for advances is impacted by, among other things, alternative sources of liquidity and loan funding for our members. We compete with other suppliers of secured and unsecured wholesale funding that include investment banks and dealers, commercial banks, other GSEs, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. Additionally, we face competition for our advances as a result of recent government actions such as the FDIC establishing the TLGP, which will guarantee certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt, issued on or before October 2009. The availability of alternative funding sources to members can significantly influence the demand for our advances.
Our funding costs also impact the pricing of our advances. We compete with the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs, including other FHLBanks, as well as corporate entities, for funds raised through the issuance of debt in the national and global markets. Increases in supply of competing debt products may result in higher debt costs or lower amounts of debt issued at the same cost by the FHLBanks. Although the FHLBank System’s debt issuances have kept pace with the funding requirements of our members, there can be no assurance that this will continue.
Additionally, many of our competitors are not subject to the same body of regulation applicable to the Bank, which enables those competitors to offer products and terms that we may not be able to offer. Efforts to effectively compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding by changing the pricing of our advances may result in a decrease in the profitability of our advance business. A decrease in the demand for advances, or a decrease in the profitability on advances would negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
We Could be Adversely Affected by Our Exposure to Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risk if the market value of an obligation declines as a result of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the obligor or if the market perceives a decline in the credit quality of a security instrument. We assume secured and unsecured credit risk exposure in that a borrower or counterparty could default and we may suffer a loss if we are not able to fully recover amounts owed to us in a timely manner.

32


We attempt to mitigate credit risk through collateral requirements and credit analysis. We require collateral on advances, mortgage loan credit enhancements, certain investments, and derivatives. Specifically, we require that all outstanding advances and mortgage loan credit enhancements be fully collateralized. We evaluate the types of collateral pledged by our borrowers and assign a borrowing capacity to the collateral, generally based on a percentage of its estimated market value. If a member fails, the Bank would take ownership of the collateral covering our advances and mortgage loan credit enhancements. However, if market price of the collateral is less than the obligation or there is not a market into which we can sell the collateral, the Bank may incur losses that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Although management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bank may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’s collateral. The Bank mitigates this risk through applying collateral discounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit. The Bank may incur losses that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Changes in Economic Conditions Impacting the Value of Collateral Held by the Bank Could Negatively Impact Our Business
Advances to our members and eligible housing associates are secured by mortgages and other eligible collateral. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the GSE’s, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured small business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and agri-business lines of credit. The Bank estimates the value of collateral securing each borrower’s obligations by using collateral discounts, or haircuts. Additionally, members can provide a blanket security agreement, pledging other assets as additional collateral.
In 2008, continued deterioration of economic conditions led to a significant decrease in real-estate property values in some parts of the country. As a result, real-estate collateral held by the Bank from its members may have decreased in value. In order to remain fully collateralized, the Bank required members to pledge additional collateral, when deemed necessary. This requirement may impact those members that lack additional assets to pledge as collateral. If members are unable to secure their obligations with the Bank, the Bank’s advance levels could decrease, negatively impacting our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

33


We Could be Adversely Affected by Our Exposure to Interest RatesRate Risk
We realize income primarily from the spread between interest earned on our outstanding advances, mortgage assets (including MPF, MBS, HFA and MBS)SBA investments), and non-mortgage investments, and interest paid on our consolidated obligations, member deposits, and other liabilities. We may experience instances when either our interest-bearinginterest bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than our interest-earninginterest earning assets, or vice versa. In either case, interest rate movements contrary to our position could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
We Use Derivative Instruments to Reduce Our Interest-Rate Risk, And We May Not Be Able to Enter into Effective Derivative Instruments on Acceptable Terms
We use derivative instruments to reduce our interest rate and mortgage prepayment risk, but no hedging strategy can completely protect us from such risk. The Bank’s effective use of derivative instruments depends upon our ability to enter into these instruments with acceptable counterparties and terms, and upon our ability to determine the appropriate hedging positions by weighing our assets, liabilities, and prevailing and changing market conditions. The cost of entering into derivative instruments has increased dramatically as a result of (1) consolidations, mergers, and failures which have led to fewer counterparties, resulting in less liquidity in the derivatives market; (2) increased volatility in the marketplace due to uncertain economic conditions; and (3) increased uncertainty related to the potential change in regulations regarding over-the-counter derivatives. If we are unable to manage our hedging positions effectively, we may be unable to manage our interest rate and other risks, which may result in earnings volatility, and could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Exposure to Option Risk in our Financial Assets and Liabilities Could Have an Adverse AffectEffect on Our Business
Our mortgage assets provide homeowners the option to prepay their mortgages prior to maturity. The effect of changes in interest rates can be exacerbated byexacerbate prepayment and extension risk, which is the risk that mortgage assets will be refinanced by the mortgagor in low interest rate environments or will remain outstanding longer than expected at below-market yields when interest rates increase. Our advances, consolidated obligations, and derivatives may provide the Bank, borrower, issuer, or counterparty with the option to call or put the asset or liability. These options leave the Bank susceptible to unpredictable cash flows associated with our financial assets and liabilities. The exercise of the option and the prepayment or extension risk is dependent on general market conditions and if not managed appropriately could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

 

2734


We Could be Adversely Affected by Our Exposure to Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risk if the market value of an obligation declines as a result of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the obligor or if the market perceives a decline in the credit quality of a security instrument. We also assume secured and unsecured credit risk exposure in that a borrower or counterparty could default and we may suffer a loss if we are not able to fully recover amounts owed to us in a timely manner.
We attempt to mitigate this credit risk through collateral requirements. We require collateral on obligations due to the Bank including advances, mortgage loan credit enhancements, certain investments, and derivatives. Specifically, we require that all outstanding advances and mortgage loan credit enhancements be fully collateralized. We evaluate the types of collateral pledged by our borrowers and assign a borrowing capacity to the collateral, generally based on a percentage of its market value. Should a member fail, the Bank would take ownership of the collateral covering our advances and mortgage loan credit enhancements. However, if the underlying collateral fails, the market price of the collateral is less than the obligation, or there is not a market into which we can sell the collateral, the Bank may incur losses that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Changes in Economic Conditions or Federal Monetary Policy Could Effect OurAffect our Business
The Bank is sensitive to general business and economic conditions. These conditions include short- and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which we conduct our business. Significant changes in any one or more of these conditions could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on interest-earning assets, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and the demand for our debt.
Our RelianceThe Terms of Any Liquidation, Merger, Or Consolidation Involving the Bank May Have an Adverse Impact on Information Systems and Other Technology Could have a Negative Effect on our BusinessMembers’ Investment in the Bank
Under the FHLBank Act, holders of Class B stock own our retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any. With respect to liquidation, our Capital Plan provides that, after payment of creditors, holders of Class B stock shall receive the par value of their Class B stock as well as any retained earnings in an amount proportional to the holder’s share of total shares of Class B stock.
Our Capital Plan also provides that the Bank’s Board of Directors shall determine the rights and preferences of the Bank’s stockholders in connection with any merger or consolidation, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency. We rely heavily upon information systems and other technologycannot predict how the Finance Agency might exercise its statutory authority with respect to conduct and manageliquidations, reorganizations, mergers, or consolidations or whether any actions taken by the Finance Agency in this regard would be inconsistent with the provisions of our business. If weCapital Plan or the rights of the holders of our Class B stock. Consequently, there can be no assurance that if any liquidation, merger, or consolidation were to experience a failure or interruptionoccur involving us, that it would be consummated on terms that do not adversely affect our members’ investment in any of our information systems or other technology, we may be unable to conduct and manage our business effectively. Although we have implemented processes, procedures, and a business resumption plan, they may not be able to prevent, timely and adequately address, or mitigate the negative effects of any failure or interruption. Any failure or interruption could significantly harm our customer relations, risk management, and profitability, which could have a negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.us.

28


Reliance on the FHLBank of Chicago as MPF Provider Could have a Negative Effect on our Business
As part of our business, we participate in the MPF program with the FHLBank of Chicago. As MPF Provider, the FHLBank of Chicago establishes the structure of MPF loan products and the eligibility rules for MPF loans. In addition, the MPF Provider manages the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the back-office processing of MPF loans in its role as master servicer and master custodian. If the FHLBank of Chicago changes their MPF provider role or ceases to operate the program, this may have a negative impact on the Bank’s mortgage finance business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, if the FHLBank of Chicago, or its third party vendors, experiencesexperience operational difficulties, either directly or through its vendors, such difficulties could have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

35


Effective February 26, 2009 the Bank signed agreements to participate in a MPF loan product called MPF Xtra. Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae. Should the FHLBank of Chicago or Fannie Mae experience any operational difficulties, those difficulties could have a negative impact on the value of the Bank to our membership.
We Face Competition for Advances, Loan Purchases,Our Reliance on Information Systems and Access to FundingOther Technology Could have a Negative Effect on our Business
OneWe rely heavily upon information systems and other technology to conduct and manage our business. If we were to experience a failure or interruption in any of our primary businesses is making advancesinformation systems or other technology, we may be unable to conduct and manage our members. Demand for advances is impacted by, among other things, alternative sources of liquiditybusiness effectively. Although we have implemented processes, procedures, and loan funding for our members. We compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding, including investment banks, commercial banks, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks and GSEs. Such suppliers may provide more favorable terms or more attractive credit or collateral standards on loans than we do on our advances. Many of our competitors are not subject to the same body of regulation applicable to the Bank, which enables those competitors to offer products and terms that wea business resumption plan, they may not be able to offer. The availability toprevent, timely and adequately address, or mitigate the negative effects of any failure or interruption. Any failure or interruption could significantly harm our members, particularly to members with strong creditworthiness, of alternative funding sources that are more attractive than those funding products offered by us may significantly decrease the demand for our advances. Furthermore, efforts to effectively compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding by changing the pricing of our advances may result incustomer relations, risk management, and profitability, which could have a decrease in the profitability of our advance business. A decrease in the demand for advances, or a decrease in the profitabilitynegative effect on advances would negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
High Penetration Levels in our Five-State District and Continued Industry Consolidation May Impact our Ability to Increase Future earnings and Grow or Maintain our Asset Size
The membership in our five-state district includes the majority of institutions that are eligible to become members. Therefore, in order for the Bank to increase its advance levels, we must look to our current membership to increase activity with the Bank. If the Bank does not remain competitive within the market place, the Bank is at risk of shrinking in asset size. Additionally, the financial services industry has been experiencing consolidation. This consolidation may reduce the number of existing and potential members in our district which could possibly result in loss of business. The possibility of shrinking in asset size and loss of business may impact the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

29


We are Subject to Complex Laws and Regulations
The FHLBanks are governed by the FHLBank Act and regulations adopted by the Finance Board. From time to time, Congress has amended the FHLBank Act in ways that have significantly affected the rights and obligations of the Bank and the manner in which we carry out our mission. New or modified legislation enacted by Congress or new or modified regulations or policies adopted by the Finance Board could possibly have an impact on our ability to conduct business. Regulatory changes could restrict the growth of our existing business or prohibit the creation of new products or services, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Changes in regulatory or statutory requirements or in their application could result in, among other things, changes in the Bank’s cost of funds, retained earnings requirements, debt issuance, dividend payment limits, form of dividend payments, capital redemption and repurchase limits, permissible business activities, the size, scope, or nature of the Bank’s lending, investment, or mortgage purchase program activities, or increased compliance costs. Changes that restrict dividend payments, the growth of the Bank’s current business, or the creation of new products or services could negatively affect the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition, or value of the Bank to our membership. Further, the regulatory environment affecting members could be changed in a manner that would negatively affect their ability to acquire or own the Bank’s capital stock or take advantage of the Bank’s products and services.
Legislation is pending in Congress that would, among other things, establish a new regulator for the GSEs (the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac) and address other GSE reform issues. There can be no assurances that legislation that would have a material adverse effect on the Bank will not be enacted.
The Terms of Any Liquidation, Merger, Or Consolidation Involving the Bank May Have an Adverse Impact on Members’ Investment in the Bank
Under the FHLBank Act, holders of Class B stock own our retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any. With respect to liquidation, our capital plan provides that, after payment of creditors, holders of Class B stock shall receive the par value of their Class B stock as well as any retained earnings in an amount proportional to the holder’s share of total shares of Class B stock.
Our capital plan also provides that the Bank’s Board of Directors shall determine the rights and preferences of the Bank’s stockholders in connection with any merger or consolidation, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Board. We cannot predict how the Finance Board might exercise its statutory authority with respect to liquidations, reorganizations, mergers, or consolidations or whether any actions taken by the Finance Board in this regard would be inconsistent with the provisions of our capital plan or the rights of the holders of our Class B stock. Consequently, there can be no assurance that any liquidation, merger or consolidation involving us will be consummated on terms that do not adversely affect our members’ investment in us.

30


Limitation, by the Bank’s Reserve Capital Policy, of the Bank’s dividend to net income in Accordance with GAAP
In August 2006, our Board of Directors amended the reserve capital policy to include a limitation on the payment of dividends not to exceed net income in accordance with GAAP earned in the fiscal period for which the dividend is declared. If the Bank’s GAAP net income in the fiscal period for which the dividend is declared is low or reflective of a loss, the Bank’s dividend will be correspondingly limited or not paid for that period. If the reserve capital policy limit causes lower to no dividends for a period, future business with the Bank may be impacted, which would negatively impact our financial condition, operating results, and value of the Bank to our membership.
ITEM 1B–UNRESOLVED1B-UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2–PROPERTIES2-PROPERTIES
The Bank executed a 20 year lease with an affiliate of our member, Wells Fargo, for approximately 43,000 square feet of office space commencing on January 2, 2007. The office space is located in a building at 801 Walnut Street, Suite 200, Des Moines, Iowa and is used for all primary Bank functions.
We also maintain a leased off-site back-up facility with approximately 4,100 square feet in Urbandale, Iowa. Small offices are leased in Missouri and South Dakota to support sales personnel in those regions.
ITEM 3–LEGAL3-LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are not currently aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings against the Bank that could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

36


ITEM 4–SUBMISSION4-SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
UnderIn accordance with the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations, members now elect all directors that will serve on the only matter thatBank’s Board of Directors for terms beginning January 1, 2009. Directors are divided into two classes: (1) those who are officers and directors of a member institution which is submitted to shareholders for vote is the annual electionlocated in one of the Bank’s elected directors. The majority ofstates within the Bank’s directorsfive-state district and who are elected by members located in that state (“member directors”); and from its membership. The FHLBank Act requires that the Finance Board appoint the other eight directors serving on our Board.

31


Nominations for directorships(2) those who are madeelected by a member’s boardplurality of directors or authorized designee. Members can onlythe votes of all members of the Bank (“independent directors”). For member directorship elections, each member is entitled to nominate and vote in the state where they are located. Each nominee is required to be a U.S. citizen, and be an officer or director of a member located in the voting state to be represented by the elective directorship that is a member as of the preceding December 31. The nominee’s member institution must have met all of its minimum capital requirements established by its appropriate Federal banking agency or appropriate state regulator.
Members are permitted to vote all their eligible shares for one candidate for each open seat incandidates representing the state in which the member’s principal place of business is located. A member is located. Eligible shares consistentitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship, one vote for each share of those shares acapital stock that the member is required to hold as of the preceding December 31record date for voting, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the limitationtotal number of votes that noeach member may cast is permittedlimited to cast more votes than the average number of shares of Bankthe Bank’s capital stock that arewere required to be held by all members locatedin that state as of the record date for voting. The remaining independent directors are nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors after consultation with the FHLBank’s Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’s five-state district. For each independent directorship, a member is entitled to cast the same number of votes as it would for a member directorship. Candidates for independent directorships must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the stateelection in order to be represented. A member cannot split its votes among multiple nominees for a single directorship and, if there are multiple directorships to be filled for a voting state, cannot cumulatively vote for a single nominee.elected.
The Board of Directors of the Bank does not solicit proxies, nor were member institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in the election.
For 2009, the Finance Board regulations prohibit our directors, officers, employees, attorneys, or agents from directly or indirectly supportingAgency has designated seven independent directorships for the nomination or election ofBank, which has resulted in one less independent director seat than in 2008 and a particular individual for an elective directorship.17-member board beginning January 1, 2009. See the “2008 Director Election Results” below.
20072008 Director Election Results
On October 25, 2007,Elections were held during the stockholdersthird and fourth quarters of the Bank elected Messrs. Joesph C. Stewart III2008 for those member and Eric A. Hardmeyer as directors to the Bank to each serve for a three-year term commencing on January 1,independent directorships with terms ending December 31, 2008. The following information summarizes the results of the election.elections.
In Missouri, one directorshipOn October 1, 2008, Van D. Fishback was open. Joseph C. Stewart III won with 340,769 votes. Two other nominees received 337,899 and 124,571 votes, respectively. There were 898,087 votes not cast.
In North Dakota, one directorship was open. Eric A. Hardmeyer won with 173,705 votes. One other nominee received 34,439 votes. There were 63,621 votes not cast.
The Financedeclared elected by the Bank to its Board designated one open Board seat for the state of Minnesota. The incumbent director, Michael J. Finley, was the only eligible candidate from the state of Minnesota who chose to stand for election. Accordingly, the Board declared Mr. Finley elected to the Bank’s BoardDirectors for a three-yearfour-year member directorship term commencing January 1, 2008.2009. The member directorship was filled without an election because Mr. Fishback was the only individual who accepted a nomination for the one open South Dakota directorship.
On November 13, 2008, Iowa director Michael K. Guttau, chairman of the Bank’s Board, was re-elected to a four-year member directorship term commencing on January 1, 2009. Additionally, Minnesota director Dennis A. Lind was re-elected to a three-year member directorship term commencing on January 1, 2009.
On December 11, 2008, Paula R. Meyer and John F. Kennedy, Sr., were both elected to four-year independent directorship terms beginning on January 1, 2009.

37


For further details of the results of the director elections, including the number of votes cast for, against or withheld, as well as the number of abstentions, see Item 5.02 of our current reportreports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 26, 2007.1, 2008, November 13, 2008, and December 11, 2008. See “Directors” at page 121135 for a list of directors at December 31, 2007,2008, and for those whose terms will continue in 2008.2009.

32


PART II
ITEM 5–MARKET5-MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Current members own the majority of the Bank’s capital stock. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried on the Bank’s statementStatement of condition.Condition. There is no established market for the Bank’s stock and the Bank’s stock is not publicly traded. The Bank’s stock may be redeemed with a five year notice from the member or voluntarily repurchased by the Bank at par value at the Bank’s discretion and subject to certain limits. Recently, the Bank determined to indefinitely discontinue its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess capital stock. Par value of each share of capital stock is $100 per share. At February 29, 2008,28, 2009, we had 1,2431,245 current members that held 27.028.5 million shares of capital stock. At February 29, 200828, 2009 we had 35ten former members and one member who withdrew membership that held 0.4$11.0 million or 0.1 million shares of capital stock, which were classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.
On April 26, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a revised schedule for the payment of dividends to Bank members and an exception to the reserve capital policy for the transition dividend. Under the revised schedule, dividends paid correlate with calendar quarters and the associated earnings. Dividend payments coincide with our quarterly earnings releases approximately 45 to 60 days after each quarter end. Prior to April 26, 2007, the Bank’s dividends were paid every three months in March for December, January, and February; June for March, April, and May; September for June, July, and August; and December for September, October, and November. In order to make the transition to the revised dividend schedule, the Bank paid a dividend in May 2007 based on actual earnings for March 2007 and the equivalent of two month’s earnings taken from retained earnings. In accordance with Bank procedures, dividend payments to members were based on the daily average capital stock held by members during the month of March 2007.
The Board of Directors declared the following cash dividends in 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Annual Annual  Annual Annual 
Quarter declared and paid Amount Rate Amount Rate  Amount1 Rate Amount1 Rate 
  
First quarter $20.1  4.25% $14.3  3.00% $25.7  4.50% $20.1  4.25%
Transition (May) 20.6 4.25 NA   NA NA 20.6 4.25 
Second quarter NA  18.4 3.80  26.6 4.00 NA  
Third quarter 20.3 4.25 21.1 4.25  30.1 4.00 20.3 4.25 
Fourth quarter 23.3 4.50 20.6 4.25  24.3 3.00 23.3 4.50 
1This table is based on the period of declaration and payment. The dividend generally applies to the financial performance for the quarter prior to the quarter declared.
For additional information regarding the Bank’s dividends, see “Capital and Dividends” at page 2022 and “Dividends” at page 73.80.

 

3338


ITEM 6–SELECTED6-SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this report. The financial position data at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 and results of operations data for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 are derived from the financial statements and notes for those years included in this report. The financial position data at December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 20032004 and the results of operations data for the two years ended December 31, 20042005 and 20032004 are derived from financial statements and notes not included in this report.

34


Statements of Condition
                     
Statements of Condition December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
Short-term investments1
 $3,810  $2,330  $3,826  $5,287  $2,599 
Mortgage-backed securities  9,307   6,837   4,380   4,925   3,702 
Other investments2
  2,252   77   13   15   164 
Advances  41,897   40,412   21,855   22,283   27,175 
Mortgage loans, net  10,685   10,802   11,775   13,018   15,193 
Total assets  68,129   60,736   42,028   45,657   48,858 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     200   500   500   500 
Consolidated obligations3
  62,784   56,065   37,751   41,197   44,493 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  11   46   65   85   59 
Affordable Housing Program  40   43   45   47   29 
Payable to REFCORP  1   6   6   51   14 
Total liabilities  65,112   57,683   39,779   43,397   46,464 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,781   2,717   1,906   1,932   2,232 
Retained earnings  382   361   344   329   163 
Capital-to-asset ratio5
  4.43%  5.03%  5.35%  4.94%  4.88%
                     
  December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2007  2006  2005  2004  2003 
Short-term investments1
 $2,330  $3,826  $5,287  $2,599  $1,936 
Mortgage-backed securities  6,837   4,380   4,925   3,702   2,494 
Other investments  77   13   15   164   1,094 
Advances  40,412   21,855   22,283   27,175   23,272 
Mortgage loans, net  10,802   11,775   13,018   15,193   16,052 
Total assets  60,767   42,041   45,722   49,048   45,073 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  200   500   500   500   500 
Consolidated obligations2
  56,065   37,751   41,197   44,493   40,349 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock5
  46   65   85   59    
Affordable Housing Program  43   45   47   29   26 
Payable to REFCORP  6   6   51   14   10 
Total liabilities  57,715   39,792   43,462   46,654   42,848 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,717   1,906   1,932   2,232   2,117 
Retained earnings  361   344   329   163   109 
Capital-to-asset ratio3
  5.02%  5.35%  4.94%  4.88%  4.94%
                     
Operating Results and Performance Ratios Years Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
Interest income $2,368.4  $2,460.8  $2,211.4  $1,878.0  $1,428.4 
Interest expense  2,122.8   2,289.7   2,057.1   1,584.4   929.8 
Net interest income  245.6   171.1   154.3   293.6   498.6 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans  0.3      (0.5)     (5.0)
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  245.3   171.1   154.8   293.6   503.6 
Other (loss) income  (27.8)  10.3   8.7   46.8   (336.8)
Other expense  44.1   42.4   41.5   39.0   31.1 
Total assessments6
  46.0   37.6   32.6   80.2   36.1 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle4 7
           6.5   (0.1)
Net income  127.4   101.4   89.4   227.7   99.5 
 
Return on average assets8
  0.18%  0.21%  0.20%  0.48%  0.21%
Return on average total capital  3.88   4.25   3.91   9.57   4.30 
Return on average capital stock  4.27   4.97   4.61   10.68   4.59 
Net interest spread  0.18   0.07   0.03   0.40   0.91 
Net interest margin  0.35   0.37   0.35   0.62   1.03 
Operating expenses to average assets8 9
  0.06   0.08   0.09   0.08   0.06 
Annualized dividend rate  3.87   4.31   3.83   2.82   2.13 
Cash dividends paid10
 $106.7  $84.3  $74.4  $61.2  $46.1 
Operating Results and Performance Ratios
                     
  Years Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2007  2006  2005  2004  2003 
Interest income $2,460.8  $2,211.4  $1,878.0  $1,428.4  $1,155.3 
Interest expense  2,289.7   2,057.1   1,584.4   929.8   852.1 
Net interest income  171.1   154.3   293.6   498.6   303.2 
(Reversal of) provision for credit losses on mortgage loans     (0.5)     (5.0)  2.7 
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  171.1   154.8   293.6   503.6   300.5 
Other income  10.3   8.7   46.8   (336.8)  (90.3)
Other expense  42.4   41.5   39.0   31.1   25.8 
Total assessments4
  37.6   32.6   80.2   36.1   48.9 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle5 6
        6.5   (0.1)   
Net income  101.4   89.4   227.7   99.5   135.5 
                     
Return on average assets  0.21%  0.20%  0.48%  0.21%  0.32%
Return on average total capital  4.25   3.91   9.57   4.30   6.80 
Return on average capital stock  4.97   4.61   10.68   4.59   7.08 
Net interest margin  0.37   0.35   0.62   1.03   0.72 
Operating expenses to average assets7
  0.08   0.09   0.08   0.06   0.06 
Annualized dividend rate  4.31   3.83   2.82   2.13   3.00 
Cash dividends paid8
 $84.3  $74.4  $61.2  $46.1  $56.8 

35


 
1 Short-term investments include: interest-bearing deposits, certificates of deposit, securities purchased under agreements to resell, Federal funds sold, commercial paper, and GSE obligations. Short-term investments have terms less than one year.
 
2 The par amount of the outstanding consolidatedOther investments include: TLGP debt obligations, for all 12 FHLBanks was $1,189.6 billion, $951.7 billion, $937.4 billion, $869.2 billion,state or local housing agency obligations, SBIC, and $759.5 billion at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively.municipal bonds.
 
3 Capital-to-asset ratio is capital stock plus retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a percentage of total assets at the endThe par amount of the period.outstanding consolidated obligations for all 12 FHLBanks was $1,251.5 billion, $1,189.6 billion, $951.7 billion, $937.4 billion, and $869.2 billion at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

39


 
4Total assessments include: AHP and REFCORP.
5 The Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 150,Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity,on January 1, 2004, and recorded a $47.2 million reclassification from capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and a $0.1 million loss related to the fair value adjustment on the stock reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock.
 
5Capital-to-asset ratio is capital stock plus retained earnings and accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income as a percentage of total assets at the end of each year.
6Total assessments include AHP and REFCORP.
7 Effective January 1, 2005,2006, the Bank changed its method of accounting for premiums and discounts related to and received on mortgage loans and MBS under Statement of Financial Accounting StandardsSFAS 91,Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases. The Bank recorded an $8.8a $6.5 million gain beforeafter assessments to change the amortization period from estimated lives to contractual maturities.
 
78Average assets do not reflect the affect of reclassifications due to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation (FIN) No. 39-1,Amendment of FIN No. 39(FIN 39-1).
9 Operating expenses to average assets ratio is compensation and benefits and operating expenses as a percentage of average assets.
 
810 Cash dividends paid excludes dividends paid on mandatorily redeemable capital stock that is recorded as interest expense. Effective 2005, cash dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock is classified as interest expense in accordance with SFAS 150 and amounted to $1.6 million, $2.6 million, $2.9 million, and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005. Cash dividends paid excludes dividends paid on mandatorily redeemable capital stock that is recorded as interest expense.

 

3640


ITEM 7–MANAGEMENT’S7-MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONSOPERATION
The Bank’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is designed to provide information that will help the reader develop a better understanding of the Bank’s financial statements, key financial statement changes from year to year, and the primary factors driving those changes, as well as how recently issued accounting principles affect the Bank’s financial statements. The MD&A is organized as follows:
Contents
     
  3842 
Executive Overview  42 
Conditions in the Financial Markets  3843 
39
41
41
41
46
  47 
  47 
Net Interest Income  47 
48
51
Net Interest Income by Segment  52 
Provision for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans  53 
Other Income  5253 
Hedging Activities  54 
52
55
56
Other Expenses  57 
Statements of Condition  57 
Financial Highlights  5957 
Advances  58 
Mortgage Loans  5961 
Investments  62 
60
Consolidated Obligations  63 
Deposits  65 
Capital  7466 
Derivatives  66 
69
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  7581 
Legislative and Regulatory Developments  87 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  7992 
Contractual Obligations  95 
  82
96 

 

3741


Forward — Looking Information
Statements contained in this report, including statements describing the objectives, projections, estimates, or future predictions in our operations, may be forward-looking statements. These statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such asbelieves, projects, expects, anticipates,estimates,intends, strategy, plan, may,andwillor their negatives or other variations on these terms. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk or uncertainty, and actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied or could affect the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized.
There can be no assurance that unanticipated risks will not materially and adversely affect our results of operations. For a description of some of the risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” at page 26.29. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. We take responsibility for any forward-looking statement only as of the date the statement was made. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement.
Executive Overview
The Bank is a cooperatively owned government-sponsored enterpriseGSE serving shareholdingshareholder members in a five-state region (Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota). The Bank’s mission is to serve asprovide funding and liquidity for its members and housing associates. The Bank fulfills its mission by being a reliablestable resource that can make short- and stable sourcelong-term funding available to members and housing associates through advances, standby letters of liquidity to our members to support housing finance, including affordablecredit, mortgage purchases, and targeted housing and economic development.development activities. Our member institutions include commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and insurance companies. We fulfill our mission by providing
The year ended December 31, 2008 presented many challenges to the Bank and its business model as a result of the credit and liquidity crisis which began in 2007. Historically, the FHLBanks’ credit quality and efficiency led to our membersready access to funding at competitive interest rates. This was proven during the first nine months of 2008, as the Bank funded record levels of advances to members. However, growing concerns regarding the credit and liquidity crisis intensified in the formlast four months of advances2008 as a result of: continued losses reported by financial insitutions, mergers and by purchasing mortgage loans from them.
During 2007, the Bank increased attention to delivering member value. The Bank funded $112.0 billion in advancesbankruptcies of financial institutions, and purchased $371.0 million of single family mortgage loans. The Bank introduced new productsFannie Mae and services such as member owned option advances that provide borrowers with a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility. The Bank increased its leverage position primarily through the purchase of $3.3 billion in MBS which contributed to increases in investments of $1.0 billion during 2007. These activities contributedFreddie Mac being placed into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the Bank’s increased net incomecontinuing credit and liquidity crisis, during the fourth quarter of $101.4 million, of which2008 the Bank distributed $84.3 million as dividendsU.S. Government announced several programs designed to membersprevent bank failures and retained the remaining $17.1 million in retained earnings during 2007.
In 2008, despite the expectations of continuing market volatility, the Bank expects to continue operating safely, soundly, and profitably while fulfilling our mission. We will continue to focussupport economic recovery. These programs ultimately had a negative impact on delivering member value by striving to meet members’ expectations and credit needs. We will seek to attract new members among eligible institutions in our five-state district. The Bank’s market risk exposures will be managed to maintain the Bank’s risk limits within Board-approved levels. Credit risk will be mitigated through sound underwritinglong-term cost of funds and robust collateral standards. Finally, to continue delivering member value, the Bank will closely monitor its external environment, including the general economyour advance balances. For more information see “Liquidity and legislativeCapital Resources” at page 69 and regulatory initiatives.for more information on advance volumes see “Advances” at page 58.

 

3842


The Bank’s net interest income was positively impacted throughout the first nine months of 2008 primarily due to (1) higher investment purchases, advance balances, and MPF originations and (2) favorable short-term funding costs and spreads. For the year ended December 31, 2008 the Bank’s net interest income increased to $245.6 million compared with $171.1 million for the same period in 2007. Net income increased to $127.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $101.4 million for the same period in 2007.
Although the Bank’s net income increased in 2008 when compared with 2007, the Bank experienced net losses during the last two months of 2008. The net losses were primarily due to two events. First, in response to liquidity concerns, the Finance Agency provided guidance that all the FHLBanks increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members. The Bank considered this guidance to be prudent in the current economic conditions as well as in line with its mission of being a stable and reliable source of liquidity to its members. As a result, the Bank issued fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund additional liquidity purchases. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative net interest spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the liquidity portfolio. Second, the Bank experienced significant losses on its derivative and hedging activities. This was primarily due to interest rate caps that provide protection in an increasing interest rate environment. As rates dropped significantly during the last two months of 2008, the Bank recorded unrealized losses on these interest rate caps. See additional discussion in “Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006” at page 47.
Conditions in the Financial Markets
Historical records will characterize 2008 as the first full year of an ongoing credit and liquidity market crisis that commenced in 2007. For the FHLBanks, market access to funds, costs of funds, investor and dealer sponsorship, and the profile of debt outstanding, changed markedly as the credit and liquidity market crisis deepened over the course of 2008.
Throughout the first two quarters of 2008, ongoing deterioration in the state of the credit markets increased investor anxiety and risk aversion. The Bank’s primary sourcefear of revenues is derived from net interestloss motivated many investors to allocate a larger portion of their holdings to short-term, high-quality fixed income from advances, investments,securities, including FHLBank debt. Additionally, as credit markets continued to demonstrate price and mortgage loans. Volumesspread volatility, as well as poor liquidity, the U.S. Government announced expanded dealer and yields for our interest earning assets were primarily impactedbank liquidity facilities and the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee (FOMC) cut the Federal Funds target rate by economic conditions, conditionstwo percent to 2.25 percent when compared with 4.25 percent at the end of 2007.
During the third quarter of 2008, a rapid deterioration in investor confidence in the credit and mortgageequity markets triggered significant changes in the number, ownership structure, and capabilities of top companies within the financial services industry. Elevated concern about loan losses for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac resulted in the Finance Agency placing them into conservatorship. Large investment banks, such as Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs suffered sharp declines in market interest rates.capitalization. This ultimately led to Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy, Merrill Lynch agreeing to be purchased by Bank of America, and Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs requesting regulatory approval to convert to bank holding companies.

43


The unprecedented change in the landscape of the financial services industry motivated many investors to assume a defensive posture towards both credit and spread risk. In general, investors became more cautious towards any investments linked to the U.S. housing market, including MBS and senior debt issued by the GSEs, including FHLBank debt.
During the year ended December 31, 2007 general economicfourth quarter of 2008, the U.S. Government announced several additional actions and financialinitiatives to bolster credit market volatilityconfidence and interest rates hadliquidity, including the FDIC’s announcement of the TLGP. The TLGP was designed to provide FDIC-insured institutions with the temporary ability to issue short-term unsecured debt with a full faith and credit guarantee from the U.S. Government that would remain valid until June 30, 2012. As a result, FHLBank long-term debt spreads increased in early October, relative to both LIBOR and U.S. Treasury securities. Additionally, the FOMC cut the Federal funds target rate to a positive and negative impact onrange of 0.00 percent to 0.25 percent during the Bank’s net interest income. Income was positively impacted by (1) advance, investment, and MPF volumes; (2) changes in the Bank’s funding costs and spreads; and (3) earnings on invested capital. In an effort to protect the Bank from negative impacts to incomefourth quarter of 2008 as a result of changesdeteriorating labor markets and declining consumer spending, business investment, and industrial production.
In addition, on October 3, 2008, the U. S. Government enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act, which, among other things, authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury to establish the $700 billion Troubled Asset Relief Program to either purchase equity in interest rateslarge U.S. financial institutions or purchase distressed assets, particularly illiquid residential and market volatility, hedging expenses increased.
Economic Conditions
Gross Domestic Product (GDP)commercial mortgages and MBS, from U.S. financial institutions with the intention of increasing liquidity in 2005the secondary mortgage markets and 2006 increased 3.2 percent. During 2007, average GDP was 2.1 percent per quarter. Duringreducing potential losses for owners of these securities. For additional discussion on government actions and initiatives taken during the last half of 20072008, refer to the “Legislative and Regulatory Developments” section at page 87.
The impact of these events has been a de-leveraging of the global economy faced a creditfinancial system. At the end of 2008, financial markets remained severely strained with significant risks to economic growth despite the collaborative efforts by the U.S. Government and liquidity crisis in part due to the subprime mortgage credit issues and as a result, there was a need for the Federal ReserveReserve. These entities will continue to consider additional ways to use their available tools to further support credit markets and other Central Banks to provide funding.
Mortgage Market Conditions
Many investors stayed out of the market due to the poor performance of securities backed by subprime mortgages with increased delinquencies and foreclosures. Low origination volumes due to stricter lending standards and a decreasing pool of traditional investors created an investment opportunity for the Bank. The combination of fewer buyers as well as securities dealers trying to liquidate positions on their balance sheet allowed the Bank to take advantage of attractively priced, high quality MBS. Increased LIBOR option-adjusted spreads (LOAS) during this same time period, increased the earnings potential on high quality non-subprime MBS. While we cannot predict future outcomes, to date we have experienced only a small amount of credit losses on our holdings of mortgage loans and none on our MBS. This can be accredited to the Bank’s conservative policies pertaining to collateral and investments.economic activity.

 

3944


Financial Market Conditions
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2007,2008, average short-term market interest rates were slightly higher while long-term market interest rates declinedlower when compared with 2006.2007. The following table shows information on key average market interest rates for the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 and key market interest rates at December 31, 20072008 and 2006:2007:
                                
 December 31, December 31,      December 31, December 31,     
 2007 2006 December 31, December 31,  2008 2007 December 31, December 31, 
 12-Month 12-Month 2007 2006  12-Month 12-Month 2008 2007 
 Average Average Ending Rate Ending Rate  Average Average Ending Rate Ending Rate 
  
Fed effective1
  5.03%  4.97%  3.06%  5.17%  1.93%  5.03%  0.14%  3.06%
Three-month LIBOR1
 5.30 5.20 4.70 5.36  2.93 5.30 1.43 4.70 
2-year U.S. Treasury1
 1.99 4.35 0.77 3.05 
10-year U.S. Treasury1
 4.63 4.79 4.03 4.70  3.64 4.63 2.21 4.03 
30-year residential mortgage note2
 6.34 6.41 6.17 6.18  6.05 6.34 5.14 6.17 
1 Source is Bloomberg.
 
2 Average calculated usingThe Mortgage Bankers Association Weekly Application Survey and December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 ending rates from the respective last weeks in 20072008 and 2006.2007.
Continued creditCredit and liquidity concerns causedconditions in the financial markets throughout 2008 contributed to the lower interest rate environment when compared with 2007. As mentioned above, the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) toFunds target rate was significantly cut during 2008 as a result of deteriorating labor markets and a weakening economy. In addition, LIBOR, an important and influential benchmark rate in the Fed funds rate an additional 50 basis pointsglobal financial markets, declined significantly during the fourth quarter of 2007 bringing the rate to 4.25 percent, 100 basis points lower than year end 2006. From 2006 to 2007, the average Fed funds rate increased 6 basis points to 5.03%. The three-month LIBOR was up 10 basis points2008 when compared with the 2006 average2007 due to a lack of liquidity and during the same time period, the 10-year Treasury declined by 16 basis points while the mortgage rate was down 7 basis points.
Developmentsconfidence in the agency debt market impacted the Bank’s cost of funds during the period. credit markets.
Agency spreads to LIBOR tightened on the Bank’s shorter maturities (maturities of two years or less)less than 1 year) during 20072008 in comparison with 2006,2007, which decreased the Bank’s short-term funding costs. AgencyIn contrast, agency spreads to LIBOR widened on the Bank’s longer maturities (maturities greater than two years)(1 year and greater) during the second half of the year when compared with 2006,2007, which increased the Bank’s long-term funding costs. Changes
                         
  Fourth  Fourth  Year-to-date  Year-to-date       
  Quarter  Quarter  December 31,  December 31,       
  2008  2007  2008  2007  December 31,  December 31, 
  3-Month  3-Month  12-Month  12-Month  2008  2007 
  Average  Average  Average  Average  Ending Rate  Ending Rate 
FHLB spreads to LIBOR (basis points)1
                        
3-month  (154.5)  (61.3)  (73.0)  (33.3)  (131.5)  (47.8)
2-year  60.7   (17.1)  7.9   (15.5)  19.4   (14.5)
5-year  80.6   (9.9)  23.9   (11.9)  73.1   (9.0)
10-year  124.2   (0.7)  47.4   (6.4)  109.1   2.2 
1Source is Office of Finance.

45


Historically, the FHLBanks credit quality and efficiency led to ready access to funding at competitive rates. This was proven during the first nine months of 2008, as the Bank funded record levels of advances to members. However, during the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. As demonstrated in the table above, average agency spreads on the Bank’s longer maturities during 2008 were duepositive to LIBOR compared with sub-LIBOR average agency refunding needsspreads during 2007. This caused the cost of the Bank’s long-term debt to increase relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund longer-term advances. To offset the risk this mismatch in funding introduced, the Bank increased advance pricing.
Mortgage Market Conditions
Throughout 2008, global demand for MBS decreased as a result of continued disruptions in the mortgage markets. Sales of high-quality non-subprime investments coupled with investor balance sheet constraints related to the credit and liquidity crisis caused agency MBS spreads to widen to historical levels.
The Bank has exposure to interest rate risk through its mortgage assets as a result of the declineembedded prepayment option available to homeowners. Generally, as interest rates decrease, homeowners are more likely to refinance fixed rate mortgages, resulting in marketincreased prepayments. Conversely, an increase in interest rates.rates may result in slower than expected prepayments and an extension in mortgage assets.
             
  Fourth Quarter  Fourth Quarter    
  2007  2006  December 31, 
  3-Month  3-Month  2007 
  Average  Average  Ending Rate 
FHLB spreads to LIBOR (basis points)1
            
3-month  (61.3)  (17.0)  (47.8)
2-year  (17.1)  (15.1)  (14.5)
5-year  (9.9)  (13.2)  (9.0)
10-year  (0.7)  (11.5)  2.2 
 
1   Source is Office of Finance.
Throughout the first nine months of 2008, as interest rates decreased, the Bank experienced a normal increase in prepayments. During the last three months of 2008, as credit markets tightened, it became more difficult for homeowners to refinance, therefore the Bank experienced a slow down in prepayments. This slowdown caused an extension in the weighted average-life of the Bank’s mortgage portfolio. This extension, coupled with uncertainty surrounding the expected prepayments of the mortgage portfolio, increased the Bank’s hedging and funding needs.
While we cannot predict future outcomes, to date we have not experienced any credit losses or other-than-temporary impairment write downs on our MBS portfolio and have only experienced a small amount of credit losses on our mortgage loan portfolio.

 

4046


Results of OperationsOperation for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006
Net Income
The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing our results of operations. Average balances are calculated on a daily weighted average basis. Amounts used to calculate percentage variances are based on numbers in thousands. Accordingly, recalculations may not produce the same results when the amounts are disclosed in millions.
Net income was $101.4$127.4 million for the year ended December 31, 20072008 compared with $89.4$101.4 million in 2006.2007. The increase of $12.0$26.0 million was primarily due to increased net interest income, of $16.8 million,which was partially offset by an increase in losses on derivatives and hedging activities and increased assessments of $5.0 million.assessments. Assessments increased in response to increased net income. See further discussion of changes in net interest income in the “net“Net Interest Income” section following. For additional discussion of changes in net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities, see the “Hedging Activities” section at page 54.
Net income increased $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 when compared to 2006. The increase was primarily due to increased net interest income” section following.income, offset by increased assessments. Assessments increased in response to increased net income before assessments.
Net income decreased $138.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily due to decreased net interest income of $139.3 million and decreased net gains on derivatives and hedging activities of $36.6 million partially offset by decreased assessments of $47.6 million.income. See further discussion of changes in net interest income in the “net interest income”“Net Interest Income” section following. For additional discussion of changes in net gains on derivatives and hedging activities see the “hedging activities” section at page 48.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the primary performance measure of the Bank’s ongoing operations. Fluctuations in average asset, liability, and capital balances, and the related yields and costs are the primary causes of changes in our net interest income. Net interest income is managed within the context of tradeoff between market risk and return. We closely monitor the various marketDue to our cooperative business model and business factors that impact earnings, aslow risk profile our profitability tendslevels tend to be relatively low compared to other financial institutions and more consistent with short-term market interest rates. This is due to our cooperative business model and modest risk profile.institutions.

 

4147


The following tables present average balances and rates of major interest rate sensitive asset and liability categories for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. The tables also present the net interest spread between yield on total interest-earning assets and cost of total interest-bearing liabilities and the net interest margin between yield on total assets and the cost of total liabilities and capital (dollars in millions).
                                                       
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
 Interest Interest Interest  Interest Interest Interest 
 Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/  Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ 
 Balance Cost Expense Balance Cost Expense Balance Cost Expense  Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense 
Interest-earning assets  
Interest-bearing deposits $51  5.24% $2.7 $239  4.59% $11.0 $356  3.48% $12.4 
Interest-bearing deposits2
 $24  0.45% $0.1 $8  5.28% $0.4 $50  4.95% $2.5 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 222  5.36% 11.9 305  5.07% 15.5 305  3.29% 10.0     222 5.36 11.9 305 5.07 15.5 
Federal funds sold 3,625  5.20% 188.7 2,770  5.01% 138.7 1,574  3.39% 53.4  4,119 1.75 72.0 3,625 5.20 188.7 2,770 5.01 138.7 
Short-term investments1
 2,212  5.27% 116.5 913  5.04% 46.0 1,171  3.23% 37.8 
Mortgage-backed securities1
 4,974  5.30% 263.6 4,741  5.24% 248.3 3,599  4.69% 168.7 
Other investments1
 39  5.58% 2.2 14  4.39% 0.6 156  3.63% 5.6 
Advances2
 24,720  5.31% 1,313.6 22,216  5.12% 1,136.6 25,651  3.51% 901.6 
Mortgage loans3
 11,248  4.99% 561.6 12,392  4.96% 614.7 14,130  4.87% 688.5 
Short-term investments3
 467 2.41 11.2 2,255 5.27 118.8 1,102 4.95 54.5 
Mortgage-backed securities3
 8,403 3.88 326.5 4,974 5.30 263.6 4,741 5.24 248.3 
Other investments3
 145 4.28 6.2 39 5.58 2.2 14 4.39 0.6 
Advances4
 45,653 3.11 1,418.6 24,720 5.31 1,313.6 22,216 5.12 1,136.6 
Mortgage loans5
 10,647 5.01 533.7 11,248 4.99 561.6 12,392 4.96 614.7 
Loans to other FHLBanks 14 0.68 0.1       
                                      
Total interest-earning assets 47,091  5.23% 2,460.8 43,590  5.07% 2,211.4 46,942  4.00% 1,878.0  69,472 3.41 2,368.4 47,091 5.23 2,460.8 43,590 5.07 2,211.4 
Noninterest-earning assets 270   251   276    182   270   251   
                                      
Total assets $47,361  5.20% $2,460.8 $43,841  5.04% $2,211.4 $47,218  3.98% $1,878.0  $69,654  3.40% 2,368.4 $47,361  5.20% $2,460.8 $43,841  5.04% $2,211.4 
                                      
  
Interest-bearing liabilities  
Deposits $1,072  4.79% $51.4 $736  4.78% $35.2 $806  3.02% $24.3  $1,354  1.64% $22.2 $1,072  4.79% $51.4 $736  4.78% $35.2 
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 8,597  4.93% 424.0 5,423  4.97% 269.3 5,268  3.04% 160.2  26,543 2.32 616.4 8,597 4.93 424.0 5,423 4.97 269.3 
Bonds 34,233  5.22% 1,786.2 34,106  5.05% 1,721.0 37,399  3.69% 1,378.2  37,752 3.92 1,481.2 34,233 5.22 1,786.2 34,106 5.05 1,721.0 
Other interest-bearing liabilities 478  5.87% 28.1 579  5.46% 31.6 580  3.72% 21.7  68 4.43 3.0 478 5.87 28.1 579 5.46 31.6 
                                      
Total interest-bearing liabilities 44,380  5.16% 2,289.7 40,844  5.04% 2,057.1 44,053  3.60% 1,584.4  65,717 3.23 2,122.8 44,380 5.16 2,289.7 40,844 5.04 2,057.1 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities 595   713   786    656   595   713   
    ��                                  
Total liabilities 44,975  5.09% 2,289.7 41,557  4.95% 2,057.1 44,839  3.53% 1,584.4  66,373 3.20 2,122.8 44,975 5.09 2,289.7 41,557 4.95 2,057.1 
Capital 2,386   2,284   2,379    3,281   2,386   2,284   
                                      
Total liabilities and capital $47,361  4.83% $2,289.7 $43,841  4.69% $2,057.1 $47,218  3.36% $1,584.4  $69,654  3.05% $2,122.8 $47,361  4.83% $2,289.7 $43,841  4.69% $2,057.1 
                                      
  
Net interest income and spread  0.07% $171.1  0.03% $154.3  0.40% $293.6   0.18% $245.6  0.07% $171.1  0.03% $154.3 
                          
  
Net interest margin  0.37%  0.35%  0.62%   0.35%  0.37%  0.35% 
              
  
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities  106.11%  106.72%  106.56%   105.71%  106.11%  106.72% 
              
  
Composition of net interest income  
Asset-liability spread  0.11% $49.7  0.09% $41.2  0.45% $209.6   0.20% $140.7  0.11% $49.7  0.09% $41.2 
Earnings on capital  5.09% 121.4  4.95% 113.1  3.53% 84.0   3.20% 104.9  5.09% 121.4  4.95% 113.1 
              
Net interest income $171.1 $154.3 $293.6  $245.6 $171.1 $154.3 
              
1Average balances do not reflect the affect of reclassifications due to FIN 39-1.
2Certificates of deposit were reclassified from interest-bearing deposits to short-term investments.
3 The average balances of available-for-sale securities are reflected at amortized cost; therefore the resulting yields do not give effect to changes in fair value.
 
24 Advance interest income includes advance prepayment fee income of $0.9 million, $1.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.3$0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.
 
35 Nonperforming loans are included in average balances used to determine average rate.

 

4248


Average assets increased to $69.7 billion in 2008 from $47.4 billion in 2007 fromand $43.8 billion in 2006 and $47.2 billion in 2005.2006. The increase in 20072008 was primarily attributable to increases inincreased average advances, short-term investments,MBS, and FedFederal funds sold, which were partially offset by decreased average short-term investments and mortgage loans. See the “Asset-liability“Asset-Liability Spread” at page 4450 for further discussion.
Average liabilities increased to $66.4 billion in 2008 from $45.0 billion in 2007 fromand $41.6 billion in 2006 and $44.8 billion in 2005.2006. The increase in 20072008 was primarily due to increased levels of discount notes neededas a result of increased assets. Additionally, during the last three months of 2008 as investor desire was concentrated in shorter-term maturities, longer-term debt costs increased causing the Bank to support advance growth. The decrease in 2006 was due primarilyissue discount notes to reduced levels of consolidated obligations needed to support the decrease in average asset balances.fund both short- and long-term assets.
Average capital increased $101.5 million$0.9 billion in 20072008 compared to 2006.2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support increased member activities related to advances coupled with growth in retained earnings.advances. Average capital decreased $94.3 million in 2006 compared with 2005. In 2006, the decrease was primarilyalso increased due to a decline in activity-based capital stock requirements to support decreased member activities related to average advances and mortgage loans. The decrease wasincreased retained earnings, partially offset by growthincreased unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities recorded in retained earnings.accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of current market conditions.
Our net interest income is affected by changes in the dollar volumes of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the average rates of those assets and liabilities. The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense between 20072008 and 20062007 as well as between 20062007 and 2005.2006. Changes that cannot be attributed to either rate or volume have been allocated to the rate and volume variances based on relative size (dollars in millions).
                                                
 Variance - 2007 vs. 2006 Variance - 2006 vs. 2005  Variance — 2008 vs. 2007 Variance — 2007 vs. 2006 
 Total Increase Total Total Increase Total  Total Increase Total Total Increase Total 
 (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase  (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase 
 Volume Rate (Decrease) Volume Rate (Decrease)  Volume Rate (Decrease) Volume Rate (Decrease) 
Interest income  
Interest-bearing deposits $(9.7) $1.4 $(8.3) $(4.7) $3.3 $(1.4) $0.3 $(0.6) $(0.3) $(2.3) $0.2 $(2.1)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  (4.4) 0.8  (3.6)  5.5 5.5   (11.9)   (11.9)  (4.4) 0.8  (3.6)
Federal funds sold 44.5 5.5 50.0 52.4 32.9 85.3  22.7  (139.4)  (116.7) 44.5 5.5 50.0 
Short-term investments 68.3 2.2 70.5  (9.7) 17.9 8.2   (63.9)  (43.7)  (107.6) 60.5 3.8 64.3 
Mortgage-backed securities 12.4 2.9 15.3 58.1 21.5 79.6  147.0  (84.1) 62.9 12.4 2.9 15.3 
Other investments 1.4 0.2 1.6  (6.0) 1.0  (5.0) 4.6  (0.6) 4.0 1.4 0.2 1.6 
Advances 133.2 43.8 177.0  (133.5) 368.5 235.0  800.9  (695.9) 105.0 133.2 43.8 177.0 
Mortgage loans  (56.8) 3.7  (53.1)  (86.3) 12.5  (73.8)  (30.1) 2.2  (27.9)  (56.8) 3.7  (53.1)
Loans to other FHLBanks 0.1  0.1    
                          
Total interest income 188.9 60.5 249.4  (129.7) 463.1 333.4  869.7  (962.1)  (92.4) 188.5 60.9 249.4 
                          
  
Interest expense  
Deposits 16.1 0.1 16.2  (2.3) 13.2 10.9  11.0  (40.2)  (29.2) 16.1 0.1 16.2 
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 156.9  (2.2) 154.7 4.8 104.3 109.1  511.4  (319.0) 192.4 156.9  (2.2) 154.7 
Bonds 6.5 58.7 65.2  (130.1) 472.9 342.8  170.9  (475.9)  (305.0) 6.5 58.7 65.2 
Other interest-bearing liabilities  (5.8) 2.3  (3.5)  9.9 9.9   (19.5)  (5.6)  (25.1)  (5.8) 2.3  (3.5)
                          
Total interest expense 173.7 58.9 232.6  (127.6) 600.3 472.7  673.8  (840.7)  (166.9) 173.7 58.9 232.6 
                          
  
Net interest income $15.2 $1.6 $16.8 $(2.1) $(137.2) $(139.3) $195.9 $(121.4) $74.5 $14.8 $2.0 $16.8 
                          
The two components of the Bank’s net interest income are earnings from our asset-liability spread and earnings on capital. See further discussion in “Asset-liability“Asset-Liability Spread” below and “Earnings on Capital” at page 45.51.

 

4349


The yield on total interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities are impacted by our use of derivatives to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities. For the effect of the Bank’s net hedging activities by product see “Hedging Activities” at page 48.54.
Asset-liability Spread
Asset-liability spread equals the yield on total assets minus the cost of total liabilities. Asset-liability spread income increased $91.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with 2007 and increased $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 when compared with 2006 and2006.
In 2008, the Bank’s asset-liability spread income was impacted by the following:
Interest income on our advance portfolio (including advance prepayment fees, net) increased $0.1 billion or approximately eight percent to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $1.3 billion for 2007. This was primarily due to increased advance volumes during the first three quarters of 2008, partially offset by declining interest rates. During the last quarter of 2008, advance levels declined $168.4due to the announcement of several U.S. Government programs which increased funding options for our members.
Interest income from mortgage backed securities increased $62.9 million or approximately 24 percent to $326.5 million for the year ended December 31, 20062008 from $263.6 million for 2007. This was primarily due to the Bank purchasing $3.7 billion of agency MBS during 2008 as a result of attractive pricing and the Bank’s desire to increase its leverage position.
Interest income from mortgage loans held for portfolio decreased $27.9 million or approximately five percent to $533.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $561.6 million for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to paydowns of the existing portfolio exceeding new loan acquisitions during the first nine months of 2008.
Interest expense from bonds decreased $0.3 billion or approximately 17 percent to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $1.8 billion for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the lower interest rate environment throughout 2008.
Interest expense from discount notes increased $192.4 million or approximately 45 percent to $616.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $424.0 million for 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased volume in response to increased member advance activity during the first nine months of 2008. Additionally, during the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. The cost of the Bank’s long-term debt increased relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund both short- and long-term assets.

50


Although the Bank’s asset-liability spread increased during 2008 when compared with 2005.
The increase in2007, the Bank’s asset-liability spread was negatively impacted during the last two months of 2008. In light of the growing concerns of the credit and liquidity crisis, the Finance Agency provided guidance that each FHLBank hold increased liquidity to ensure the availability of funds for its members. In order to increase our liquidity, the Bank issued fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund the additional liquidity. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative net asset-liability spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the short-term liquid assets.
Asset-liability spread income duringincreased in 2007 when compared with 2006 was due to increased net interest spreads as a result of three factors: (1) higher market interest rates due in part to increased credit spreads during 2007 led to higher asset yields; (2) the market concerns caused primarily by poor performance in the mortgage sector led to higher than average yields on our MBS; and (3) the market’s flight-to-quality caused the Bank’s short-term debt costs in relationship to LIBOR to decline to historically low levels. However this resulted in relatively more expensive funding on a long-term basis. The Bank’s net interest income was impacted by the above events as follows:
Interest income on our advance portfolio (including advance prepayment fees, net) increased $177.0 million or approximately 16 percent to $1,313.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with $1,136.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This was primarily due to increased advance volumes and secondarily due to increased interest rates.
Interest income from mortgage backed securities increased $15.3 million or approximately 6 percent to $263.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $248.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This was also due primarily to higher volumes and secondarily due to higher yields.
Interest income from mortgage loans held for portfolio decreased $53.1 million or approximately 9 percent to $561.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $614.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was primarily due to pay-downs of the existing portfolio exceeding new loan acquisitions. Although pay-downs continue to exceed new loan acquisitions, pay-downs slowed in 2007 when compared with 2006.
Interest expense from consolidated obligation bonds increased $65.2 million or approximately 4 percent to $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $1.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to increased costs on longer-term debt.
Interest expense from discount notes increased $154.7 million or approximately 57 percent to $424.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $269.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This increase was due to the increased volume in response to increased member advance activity during the second half of 2007, partially offset by lower costs on short-term debt.

44


Net interest spread decreased in 2006 when compared with 2005 because the interest rate swaps hedging mortgage assets did not qualify for hedge accounting during 2005. As a result, a significant amount of net interest expense on derivatives was recorded in other income in 2005. The classification of the interest payments and accruals on economic hedges in other income resulted in higher earnings on asset-liability spread than would have otherwise been expected. Additionally, as the cost of liabilities funding the swapped mortgage assets increased in 2005 due to increased short- and intermediate-term rates, the yield on mortgage assets represented the fixed rate yield and was not impacted by the swap accruals. Because the yield on mortgage assets was not impacted by the swap accruals as the swap expense was reported in other income, the overall yield on mortgage assets increased. We subsequently terminated the derivatives in the economic hedge relationship related to mortgage loans in the fourth quarter of 2005.
Earnings on Capital
We invest our capital to generate earnings, generally for the same repricing maturity as the assets being supported. Earnings on capital is computed asdecreased $16.5 million for the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities multiplied byyear ended December 31, 2008 compared with 2007 primarily due to the difference between the amount of assets and the amount of liabilities. A considerable portion of our netlower interest income is derived fromrate environment. As short-term interest rates have declined, the earnings contribution from capital decreased. This impact was partially offset by increased average capital balances. Average capital increased $0.9 billion during the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with 2007 primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support member activities related to advances during the first nine months of the year. Average capital also increased due to increased retained earnings, partially offset by increased unrealized losses on invested capital.available-for-sale securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of current market conditions.
Earnings on capital increased $8.3 million infor the year ended December 31, 2007 and $29.1 million in 2006. In 2007, the increase was greatercompared with 2006 due to larger average capital balances. Average capital increased $102.0 million$0.1 billion during 2007 compared with 2006 primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support member advances coupled with growth inactivities related to advances. Average capital also increased due to increased retained earnings. In 2006, the increase was due to higher interest rates but was somewhat offset by a decrease in activity-based average capital. Average capital decreased $95.0 million in 2006 primarily due to a decline in capital stock to support member advances and mortgage loans.
Future asset-liability spreads and earnings on capital could be affected positively or negatively by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, competition, developments affecting GSEs, and actions by rating agencies, regulators, or Congress.

 

4551


Net Interest Income by Segment
The Bank’s segment results are analyzed on an adjusted net interest income basis. Adjusted net interest income includes the impact of net interest income plus interest income and expense associated with economic hedges. A description of these segments is included in the “Business Segments” section at page 5.6. The following shows the Bank’s financial performance by operating segment and a reconciliation of financial performance to net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in millions):
             
  2007  2006  2005 
             
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan provision by operating segment            
             
Member Finance $145.1  $122.1  $111.2 
Mortgage Finance $24.3  $32.5  $46.9 
          
             
Total $169.4  $154.6  $158.1 
          
Reconciliation to the Bank’s operating segment results to net interest income
             
Adjusted net interest income $169.4  $154.6  $158.1 
Net interest expense on economic hedges  1.7   0.2   135.5 
          
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $171.1  $154.8  $293.6 
          
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision            
             
Member Finance $117.7  $139.0  $114.8 
Mortgage Finance $125.4  $30.4  $39.8 
          
 
Total $243.1  $169.4  $154.6 
          
             
Reconciliation of the Bank’s operating segment results to net interest income 
             
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $243.1  $169.4  $154.6 
Adjustments for net interest expense on economic hedges  2.2   1.7   0.2 
          
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $245.3  $171.1  $154.8 
          
Member Finance
Member Finance adjusted net interest income decreased $21.3 million during 2008 when compared with 2007. The decrease during 2008 was primarily attributable to lower returns on invested capital, partially offset by higher asset-liability spread income. As short-term interest rates declined, the earnings contribution from capital decreased. The decline in invested capital was partially offset by an increase in the segment’s asset-liability spread income. The segment’s average assets increased $23.0$19.5 billion to $50.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007 as a result of increased advance activities during the first nine months of 2008.
Member Finance adjusted net interest income increased $24.2 million during 2007 when compared with 2006. The increase during 2007 was largelyprimarily attributable to higher returns on invested capital due to an increase in the segment’s average asset balances. The segment’s average assets increased $4.4 billion to $31.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the same period in 2006 primarily due to increased average advances.
Member Finance adjusted net interest income increased $10.9 million during 2006 when compared with 2005. The increase was attributable to higher returns on invested capital due to the increased interest rate environment partially offset by lower average asset balances. The segment’s average assets decreased $2.8 billion during the year ended December 31, 2006 when compared with the same period in 2005 primarily due to decreased average advances and investments.
Factors influencing the higher returns on invested capital are discussed in “Net Interest Income” beginning at page 41.

 

4652


Mortgage Finance
The Mortgage Finance segmentadjusted net interest income increased $95.0 million in 2008 when compared with 2007. The increase during 2008 was primarily attributable to higher asset-liability spread income. Asset-liability spread income increased as the segment’s average assets increased $2.8 billion to $19.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007. The segment’s average assets increased primarily due to an increase in average MBS of $3.4 billion to $8.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007. During 2008, the Bank purchased MBS at attractive spreads to LIBOR and funded the MBS with long-term debt issued at favorable rates, thereby enhancing the segment’s net interest income. Interest income from MBS increased $62.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with the same period in 2007.
Mortgage Finance adjusted net interest income decreased $8.2$9.4 million in 2007 when compared with 2006 and $14.4 million in 2006 when compared with 2005.2006. The decreases in both 2007 and 2006 weredecrease was largely attributable to lower average asset balances, partially offset by higher returns on invested capital. The segment’s average assets decreased $0.9 billion to $16.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 from $17.1 billion forcompared with the same period in 2006 and $17.7 billion for 2005 primarily due to a decline in our average mortgage loans held for portfolio, as paydowns exceeded new loan originations. The decline in both 2007 and 2006 was partially offset by an increase in average MBS.increased MBS balances. Average MBS increased to $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with $4.7 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $3.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005.same period in 2006. Income from MBS increased $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the year ended December 31, 2006 and $79.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the same period in 2005.
Factors influencing the higher returns on invested capital are discussed in “Net Interest Income” beginning at page 41.
2006.
Provision for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans
We recorded an increase to oura provision for credit losses of $295,000 and $69,000 during 2007,2008 and a decrease of $0.5 million during 2006. The increase in 2007 and decrease in 20062007. These provisions were based upon the Bank’s quarterly evaluation that reviewed the performance and characteristics of the mortgage loans in the Bank’s MPF portfolio. For additional discussion see “Mortgage Assets” beginning at page 95.
110.
Other Income
The following table presents the components of other (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in millions):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Service fees $2.2 $2.4 $2.5  $2.4 $2.2 $2.4 
Net realized gain on available-for-sale securities   2.7 
Net gain (loss) on trading securities 1.5   
Net realized gain on held-to-maturity securities 0.5    1.8 0.5  
Net gain on derivatives and hedging activities 4.5 2.3 38.9 
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities  (33.2) 4.5 2.3 
Other, net 3.1 4.0 2.7   (0.3) 3.1 4.0 
              
  
Total other income $10.3 $8.7 $46.8 
Total other (loss) income $(27.8) $10.3 $8.7 
              

 

4753


Other (loss) income can be volatile from period to period depending on the type of financial activity reported. Other income decreased $38.1 million in 2008 compared with 2007 and increased $1.6 million in 2007 compared with 2006 and decreased $38.1 million in 2006 compared with 2005.2006. The changesdecrease in other income during both 2007 and 2006 were2008 was primarily due to changes in net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.activities, partially offset by net gains (losses) on trading securities and net realized gains on held-to-maturity securities. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2008 the Bank realized a net loss of $4.9 million as a result of Lehman Brothers filing bankruptcy. The increase in other income during 2007 when compared with 2006 was primarily due to changes in net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities and net realized gains on held-to-maturity securities. For additional information about the Bank’s net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities see “Hedging Activities” at page 48.
below.
Hedging Activities
If a hedging activity qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, the Bank includes the periodic cash flow components of the hedging instrument related to interest income or expense in the relevant income statement caption consistent with the hedged asset or liability. In addition, the Bank reports as a component of other income in net“Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities,activities”, the fair value changes of both the hedging instrument and the hedged item. The Bank records the amortization of certain upfront fees paid or received on interest rate swaps and cumulative fair value adjustments from terminated hedges in interest income or expense.
If a hedging activity does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the Bank reports the hedging instrument’s components of interest income and expense, together with the effect of changes in fair value in other income; however, there is no corresponding fair value adjustment for the hedged asset or liability.
As a result, accounting for derivatives and hedging activities affects the timing of income recognition and the effect of certain hedging transactions are spread throughout the income statement in net interest income and other income.

 

4854


The following tables categorize the net effect of hedging activities on net income by product for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in millions). The table excludes the interest component on derivatives as this amount will be offset by the interest component on the hedged item. Because the purpose of the hedging activity is to protect net interest income against changes in interest rates, the absolute increase or decrease of interest income from interest-earning assets or interest expense from interest-bearing liabilities is not as important as the relationship of the hedging activities to overall net interest income.
                     
  2007 
Net effect of     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
                     
Amortization/accretion $(1.0) $(2.0) $(34.1) $  $(37.1)
                
                     
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  2.6      0.5      3.1 
Gains (losses) — Economic Hedges  (0.6)     4.2   (2.2)  1.4 
                
Reported in Other Income  2.0      4.7   (2.2)  4.5 
                
                     
Total $1.0  $(2.0) $(29.4) $(2.2) $(32.6)
                
                     
  2008 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(44.6) $(1.7) $27.5  $  $(18.8)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  2.5      (6.5)     (4.0)
Losses – Economic Hedges  (3.5)  (1.2)  (1.4)  (23.1)  (29.2)
                
Reported in Other Loss  (1.0)  (1.2)  (7.9)  (23.1)  (33.2)
                
Total $(45.6) $(2.9) $19.6  $(23.1) $(52.0)
                
                     
  2006 
Net effect of     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
                     
Amortization/accretion $(2.2) $(2.1) $(43.2) $  $(47.5)
                
                     
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  3.6      (0.9)     2.7 
Gains (losses) — Economic Hedges  (0.2)     0.1   (0.3)  (0.4)
                
Reported in Other Income  3.4      (0.8)  (0.3)  2.3 
                
                     
Total $1.2  $(2.1) $(44.0) $(0.3) $(45.2)
                
                     
  2007 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(1.0) $(2.0) $(34.1) $  $(37.1)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities  2.6      0.5      3.1 
(Losses) Gains – Economic Hedges  (0.6)     4.2   (2.2)  1.4 
                
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  2.0      4.7   (2.2)  4.5 
                
Total $1.0  $(2.0) $(29.4) $(2.2) $(32.6)
                
                     
  2005 
Net effect of     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
                     
Amortization/accretion $(1.7) $(2.9) $(25.9) $  $(30.5)
                
                     
Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities  1.8      4.2      6.0 
Gains — Economic Hedges  8.5   24.4         32.9 
                
Reported in Other Income  10.3   24.4   4.2      38.9 
                
                     
Total $8.6  $21.5  $(21.7) $  $8.4 
                
                     
  2006 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(2.2) $(2.1) $(43.2) $  $(47.5)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  3.6      (0.9)     2.7 
(Losses) Gains – Economic Hedges  (0.2)     0.1   (0.3)  (0.4)
                
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  3.4      (0.8)  (0.3)  2.3 
                
Total $1.2  $(2.1) $(44.0) $(0.3) $(45.2)
                

 

4955


Amortization/accretion. The effect of hedging on amortization and amortization/accretion varies from period to period depending on the Bank’s activities, such asincluding terminating certain consolidated obligation and mortgage asset hedge relationships to manage our risk profile, and the amount of upfront fees received or paid on derivative transactions.profile. Consolidated obligation amortization/accretion expense decreased in 2007while advance amortization/accretion increased for 2008 compared with 2006 and increased in 2006 compared with 20052007 primarily due to changesincreased consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationship terminations. During 2008, hedge relationship termination activity increased due to the voluntary unwind of certain interest rate swaps to reduce the Bank’s counterparty risk profile. Additionally, during third quarter of 2008 the Bank terminated all consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationships where Lehman Brothers was the counterparty on the derivative contract. See additional discussion of these termination events under the “Derivatives” section at page 66. This termination activity results in increased amortization/accretion from basis adjustment amortization expense from terminated hedges.adjustments, which represents the final market value on the hedged item, and is amortized/accreted over the remaining life of the hedged item.
Net realized and unrealized (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.Hedge ineffectiveness occurs when changes in fair value of the derivative and the related hedged item do not perfectly offset each other. Hedge ineffectiveness gains and losses during the2008 and 2007 and 2006 were primarily due to advance hedge relationships. Hedge ineffectiveness gainsconsolidated obligation and losses during 2005 were primarily due to advances and consolidated obligationadvance hedge relationships. Hedge ineffectiveness is driven by changes in the benchmark interest rate and volatility. As the benchmark interest rate changes and the magnitude of that change intensifies, so will the impact on the Bank’s net realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives and hedging activities. Additionally, volatility in the marketplace may intensify this impact.
(Losses) Gains (losses) — Economic Hedges.During 2007,2008, economic hedges were primarily used to manage interest rate and prepayment risks in our balance sheet. Changes in (losses) gains on economic hedges are primarily driven by the Bank’s use of economic hedges due to changes in our balance sheet profile, changes in interest rates and volatility, and the loss of hedge accounting for certain hedge relationships failing retrospective hedge effectiveness testing. Economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting and as a result the Bank records a fair market value gain or loss on the derivative instrument without recording the corresponding lossgain or gainloss on the hedged item. In addition, the interest accruals on the hedging instrumenthedges are recorded as a component of other income instead of a component of net interest income. Gains on economic hedges increased $1.8 million during 2007 when compared with 2006 primarily due to increased(Losses) gains on economic hedges ofwere impacted by the Bank’s consolidated obligations which was partially offset by increasedfollowing events during 2008 compared with 2007:
Market value changes on derivative instruments. The Bank held interest rate caps and swaptions on its balance sheet as economic hedges against adverse changes in interest rates. Due to volatility in the market, the Bank recorded $23.1 million in losses on economic hedges of balance sheet risk. Economic hedges of consolidated obligations increased in 2007 due to thethese derivatives during 2008.
The loss of hedge accounting onfor certain advance and consolidated obligation hedge relationships that failed to meet the ongoing effectiveness requirements in SFAS 133. Balance sheet economic hedges increased in 2007 due to the Bank’s increased usage of swaptions, caps, and floors as a result of Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy during the third quarter of 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 133, the Bank performs a retrospective hedge effectiveness test at least quarterly. If a hedge relationship fails this test, the Bank can no longer receive hedge accounting and the derivative is accounted for as an amended Financial Risk Management Policy with lowereconomic hedge. The low and volatile interest rate risk tolerance levels,environment in 2008 increased volatility in the market, and changeshedge relationship failures due to the composition of the Bank’s balance sheet.
Gains on economic hedges in 2005 resulted from economic interest rate swaps on our fixed rate mortgage portfolio funded with variable rate debt. Because the interest rate swaps on the mortgage assets were economic hedges and did not qualify forfailed retrospective hedge accounting, the related interest accruals were recorded in other income instead of net interest income. These economic hedges were terminated in late 2005 in part to eliminate the earnings volatility associated with these economic hedges.effectiveness testing.

 

5056


Other Expenses
The following table shows the components of other expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in millions):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Compensation and benefits $24.8 $22.6 $20.3  $26.3 $24.8 $22.6 
  
Occupancy cost 1.6 0.7 0.7  1.3 1.6 0.7 
Other operating expenses 13.0 15.7 15.3  12.8 13.0 15.7 
              
Total operating expenses 14.6 16.4 16.0  14.1 14.6 16.4 
  
Finance Board 1.5 1.5 1.7 
Finance Agency 1.9 1.5 1.5 
Office of Finance 1.5 1.0 1.0  1.8 1.5 1.0 
              
  
Total other expense $42.4 $41.5 $39.0  $44.1 $42.4 $41.5 
              
Compensation and benefits increased $1.5 million in 2008 compared with 2007 and $2.2 million in 2007 compared with 2006 and $2.3 million in 2006 compared with 2005.2006. The increases reflect expenses for making staff additions, increasing market costs associated with salaries and employee benefits, employee training and development, and funding our portion of the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (Pentegra Defined Benefit(DB Plan).
Total operating expenses decreased $1.8 million in 2007 compared with those in 2006. While professional fees decreased $2.6 million, there was an offsetting increase of $0.9 million related to occupancy cost.

51


Statements of Condition at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007
Financial Highlights
The Bank’s members are both stockholders and customers. Our primary business objective is to be a reliable source of low-cost liquidity to our members while safeguarding their capital investment in us. Due to our cooperative nature, our assets, liabilities, capital, and financial strategies reflect changes in membership composition and member business activities with the Bank.

57


The Bank’s total assets increased 4512 percent to $60.8$68.1 billion at December 31, 20072008 from $42.0$60.7 billion at December 31, 2006.2007. Total liabilities increased 4513 percent to $65.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from $57.7 billion at December 31, 2007 from $39.82007. Total capital decreased one percent to $3.0 billion at December 31, 2006. Total capital increased 36 percent to2008 from $3.1 billion at December 31, 2007 from $2.2 billion at December 31, 2006.2007. The overall financial condition for the periods presented has been influenced by changes in member advance activity,advances, mortgage loan balances,loans, investment activity,purchases, and funding activities. See further discussion of changes in the Bank’s financial condition in the appropriate sections that follow.
Advances
Our advance portfolio increased $18.5$1.5 billion or 85four percent to $41.9 billion at December 31, 2008 from $40.4 billion at December 31, 2007 from $21.9 billion at December 31, 2006. Advance balances increased significantly due to increased activity from2007. Throughout the first nine months of 2008, the Bank funded record levels of advances as a result of our members in response to the market creditcompetitive pricing and liquidity crisis that began in the second half of 2007 as discussed in the “Conditions in Financial Markets” at page 39. During this period our advances were a competitive alternative for our members and our efficient access to the capital markets allowed usmarkets. The Bank’s advances totaled $63.9 billion at September 30, 2008. During the last quarter of 2008, the U.S. Government announced several programs providing more borrowing options to provide our membership withmembers. These programs impacted the Bank’s borrowing costs, thereby increasing advance pricing as well as increased the liquidity options for our members. As a stable, low cost sourceresult, advances declined significantly during the last quarter of funding. In addition, the Bank offered two new callable advance products during 2007 which further increased advances at December 31, 2007.2008.
Members are required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support outstanding advances. Changes in advances are accompanied by changes in capital stock, unless the member already owns excess activity-based capital stock. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, advance activity-based capital stock (excluding excess activity-based capital stock) as a percentage of the advance portfolio was 4.45 percent.
See additional discussion regarding our collateral requirements in the “Advances” section within “Risk Management” on page 96.

 

5258


The composition of our advances based on remaining term to scheduled maturity at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 was as follows (dollars in millions):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Simple fixed rate advances  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $  % $1  % $1  *% $  %
One month or less 14,737 36.8 2,592 11.9  2,852 7.0 14,737 36.8 
Over one month through one year 3,793 9.5 2,413 11.0  5,220 12.8 3,793 9.5 
Greater than one year 7,907 19.8 5,592 25.6  10,108 24.9 7,907 19.8 
                  
 26,437 66.1 10,598 48.5  18,181 44.7 26,437 66.1 
Simple variable rate advances  
One month or less 23 0.0 17 0.1  4 * 23 * 
Over one month through one year 126 0.3 344 1.6  418 1.1 126 0.3 
Greater than one year 3,433 8.6 3,617 16.5  4,560 11.2 3,433 8.6 
                  
 3,582 8.9 3,978 18.2  4,982 12.3 3,582 8.9 
  
Callable advances  
Fixed rate 235 0.6 268 1.2  262 0.6 235 0.6 
Variable rate 1,033 2.6    7,527 18.5 1,033 2.6 
Putable advances  
Fixed rate 7,249 18.1 5,833 26.7  8,122 20.0 7,249 18.1 
Community investment advances  
Fixed rate 1,021 2.5 892 4.1  1,000 2.5 1,021 2.5 
Variable rate 104 0.2 45 0.2  104 0.3 104 0.2 
Callable — fixed rate 61 0.2 71 0.3 
Putable — fixed rate 300 0.8 166 0.8 
Callable – fixed rate 62 0.1 61 0.2 
Putable – fixed rate 423 1.0 300 0.8 
                  
Total par value 40,022 100.0% 21,851  100.0% 40,663  100.0% 40,022  100.0%
  
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain (loss) 383  (3) 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges 7 7 
Cumulative fair value gain 1,082 383 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 152 7 
          
  
Total advances $40,412 $21,855  $41,897 $40,412 
          
*Amount is less than 0.1 percent.
Cumulative fair value gains increased $699 million at December 31, 2008 when compared to December 31, 2007. Generally, all of the cumulative fair value gains on advances are offset by the net estimated fair value losses on the related derivative contracts. Basis adjustments increased $145 million at December 31, 2008 when compared to December 31, 2007, due to the voluntary termination of certain interest rates swaps including the termination of interest rate swaps with Lehman Brothers during the third quarter of 2008. For additional details see the “Derivatives” section at page 66.

 

5359


The following tables show advance balances for our five largest member borrowers at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                            
 Percent of  Percent of 
 2007 Total  2008 Total 
Name City State Advances1 Advances  City State Advances1 Advances 
      
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Sioux Falls SD $11,300  28.2%
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA $5,450  13.4%
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 3,131 7.7 
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 2,884 7.2  Des Moines IA 2,994 7.4 
TCF National Bank Wayzata MN 2,375 5.9  Wayzata MN 2,475 6.1 
Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company Cedar Rapids IA 2,225 5.6 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company3
 Des Moines IA 1,863 4.7 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company3
 Minneapolis MN 2,250 5.5 
              
     20,647 51.6  16,300 40.1 
      
Housing associates     3   302 0.7 
All others     19,372 48.4  24,061 59.2 
              
      
Total advances (at par value)     $40,022  100.0% $40,663  100.0%
              
                            
 Percent of  Percent of 
 2006 Total  2007 Total 
Name City State Advances1 Advances  City State Advances1 Advances 
      
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 3
 Sioux Falls SD $11,300  28.2%
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 2,884 7.2 
TCF National Bank Wayzata MN 2,375 5.9 
Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA $1,600  7.3% Cedar Rapids IA 2,225 5.6 
AmerUs Life Insurance Company3
 Des Moines IA 1,511 6.9 
TCF National Bank Wayzata MN 1,425 6.5 
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 1,300 6.0 
Bank Midwest, N.A. Kansas City MO 586 2.7 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 1,863 4.7 
              
     6,422 29.4  20,647 51.6 
      
Housing associates     4   3 * 
All others     15,425 70.6  19,372 48.4 
              
      
Total advances (at par value)     $21,851  100.0% $40,022  100.0%
              
1 Amounts represent par value before considering unamortized commitment fees, premiums and discounts, and hedging fair value adjustments.
 
2 Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company andmerged into Transamerica Life Insurance Company are affiliates.on October 1, 2008.
 
3 In 2007 Aviva Life and AnnuitySuperior Guaranty Insurance Company acquired AmerUs Life Insurance Company.is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
*Amount is less than 0.1 percent.

 

5460


At December 31, 2008 the Bank’s advances with housing associates increased $299 million when compared to the same period in 2007 as a result of eligible housing associates increasing their outstanding advances to demonstrate their borrowing authority.
Mortgage Loans
The following table shows information at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 on mortgage loans held for portfolio (dollars in millions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Single family mortgages  
Fixed rate conventional loans  
Contractual maturity less than or equal to 15 years $2,567 $2,941  $2,408 $2,567 
Contractual maturity greater than 15 years 7,762 8,308  7,845 7,762 
          
Subtotal 10,329 11,249  10,253 10,329 
  
Fixed rate government-insured loans  
Contractual maturity less than or equal to 15 years 3 3  2 3 
Contractual maturity greater than 15 years 458 508  421 458 
          
Subtotal 461 511  423 461 
          
  
Total par value 10,790 11,760  10,676 10,790 
  
Premiums 97 113  86 97 
Discounts  (93)  (108)  (81)  (93)
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges 8 10 
Allowance for credit losses   
Basis adjustments from mortgage loan commitments 4 8 
          
  
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net $10,802 $11,775  $10,685 $10,802 
          
Mortgage loans decreased $1.0$0.1 billion or 8one percent at December 31, 20072008 as we purchased $0.4$1.2 billion of loans through the MPF programand received principal repayments of $1.4$1.3 billion in 2007. In 2006, we purchased $0.4 billion of loans and received principal repayments of $1.6 billion. The weighted average pay-down rate for2008. While mortgage loans in 2007 was approximately 11 percenthave continued to decrease, the rate of decline has lessened compared with approximately 122007 due to an increase in origination volume and a slow down of prepayments. The increase in mortgage originations during 2008 was primarily due to the decreasing interest rate environment. Secondarily, in July 2008 the Bank entered into a participation agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago whereby the Bank agreed to purchase 100 percent participation interests from the FHLBank of Chicago in 2006.new MPF loans up to a maximum amount of $150 million. The MPF loan participations were subject to the same credit risk sharing arrangements as those MPF loans purchased from our PFIs. At December 31, 2008 the Bank purchased $115.2 million of MPF loans through this agreement. All mortgage delivery commitments were closed at December 31, 2008; therefore the Bank will not have additional participations under this agreement. See “Mortgage Assets” on page 110 for a further description of the credit risk sharing arrangements.

61


Mortgage loans acquired from members have historically beenare concentrated primarily with Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior), an affiliate of Wells Fargo. At December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 we held mortgage loans acquired from Superior amounting to $8.9$7.9 billion and $10.0$8.9 billion. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, these loans represented 8374 percent and 8583 percent of total mortgage loans outstanding at par value. Superior did not deliver any whole mortgages in 20072008 or 20062007 and we do not expect Superior to deliver whole mortgages to the Bank for the foreseeable future.
While we expect our mortgage loan portfolio to decline in the long-term, steady originations coupled with a slow down in prepayments caused our mortgage portfolio to decline less during 2007 when compared with the decline in 2006. We expect this trend may continue in 2008.

55


Members are required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support outstanding mortgage loans. Changes in mortgage loans, except those purchased under the agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago, are accompanied by changes in capital stock, unless the member already owns excess activity-based stock. Beginning July 1, 2003, we required members to maintain activity-based capital stock amounting to 4.45 percent of outstanding acquired member assets. Acquired member assets purchased before July 1, 2003 were subject to the capital requirements specified in the contracts in effect at the time the assets were purchased. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, mortgage loan activity-based stockactivity-stock as a percentage of the mortgage loan portfolio was 4.35 percent and 4.39 percent compared with 4.38 percent at December 31, 2006.
percent.
Investments
The following table shows the book value of investments at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Short-term investments  
Interest-bearing deposits $100  1.0% $11  0.1%
Securities purchased under agreements to resell   305 3.7 
Certificates of deposit $  % $100  1.0%
Federal funds sold 1,805 19.5 1,625 19.8  3,425 22.3 1,805 19.5 
Commercial paper 200 2.2 1,323 16.1  385 2.5 200 2.2 
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations 219 2.4 562 6.9    219 2.4 
Other 6 0.1      6 0.1 
         
 2,330 25.2 3,826 46.6          
  3,810 24.8 2,330 25.2 
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprises 6,672 72.2 4,144 50.5  9,169 59.7 6,672 72.2 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 64 0.7 81 1.0  52 0.3 64 0.7 
MPF shared funding 53 0.6 61 0.7  47 0.3 53 0.6 
Other 48 0.5 94 1.1  39 0.3 48 0.5 
                  
 6,837 74.0 4,380 53.3  9,307 60.6 6,837 74.0 
  
State or local housing agency obligations 74 0.8 4 0.0  93 0.6 74 0.8 
Other 3 0.0 9 0.1  2,159 14.0 3 * 
                  
  2,252 14.6 77 0.8 
 
Total investments $9,244  100.0% $8,219  100.0% $15,369  100.0% $9,244  100.0%
                  
  
Investments as a percent of total assets  15.2%  19.5%  22.6%  15.2%
          
*Amount is less than 0.1 percent.

 

5662


Investment balances increased $1.0$6.1 billion or 1266 percent at December 31, 20072008 compared with December 31, 2006.2007. The increase was primarily duereflected the Bank’s desire to increased GSE MBS. Spreads on floating rate GSEincrease its leverage ratio as well as increase its liquidity position in response to guidance provided by the Finance Agency. The Bank purchased $3.7 billion of agency MBS improved during 2007 due to market conditions that made them an attractive investmentin 2008. Additionally, during the year.fourth quarter of 2008 the Bank purchased $2.2 billion of investments in TLGP debt, reflected in the “other” category above. The level of short-termTLGP investments will vary according to changesare held for liquidity purposes and are therefore classified as trading securities. Finally, there was an increase in other asset classes, levels of capital,Federal funds sold, which fluctuate depending on members activities and management of our leverage ratio. The weighted average pay-down rate for MBS in 2007 was approximately 14 percent compared with approximately 20 percent in 2006.cash availability.
The Bank has reviewedevaluates its individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least quarterly. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses.
At December 31, 2008 the Bank believes that the unrealized losses on its investment in available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are the result of the current interest-rate environment and illiquidity in the credit markets. Approximately 95 percent of the securities in a loss position are agency securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The remaining five percent of securities in a loss position are private-label MBS. Our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) were all rated AAA by an NRSRO at December 31, 2008 and 2007. All of these private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) are backed by prime loans. For further discussion of our credit risks associated with MBS securities see “Mortgage Assets” on page 110.
Through the Bank’s other-than-temporary impairment analysis, the facts discussed above, and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold these investments andto maturity, management has determined that all unrealized losses are due to the current market environment. The Bank determined all unrealized lossesreflected above are temporary based in part on the creditworthiness of the issuers as well as the underlying collateral, if applicable. The Bank has the ability and the intent to hold such securities through to recovery of the unrealized losses andBank does not consider thethese investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.
2008.
Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations, which include discount notes and bonds, are the primary source of funds to support our advances, mortgage loans, and investments. We make significant use of derivatives to restructure interest rates on consolidated obligations to better match our funding needs and reduce funding costs. This generally means converting fixed rates to variable rates. At December 31, 2007,2008, the book value of the consolidated obligations issued on the Bank’s behalf totaled $56.1$62.8 billion compared with $37.8$56.1 billion at December 31, 2006.2007.

63


Discount Notes
The following table shows the Bank’s participation in consolidated discount notes, all of which are due within one year, at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Par value $21,544 $4,700  $20,153 $21,544 
Discounts  (43)  (15)  (92)  (43)
          
  
Total discount notes $21,501 $4,685  $20,061 $21,501 
          
The increase inDuring the first nine months of 2008, discount notes was duereached record levels as a result of increased short-term advances. The Bank also utilized discount notes to fund investment activity during 2008. Although discount notes decreased at December 31, 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007, discount note issuances increased funding needs resulting from increased advance activitysignificantly during 2008 for reasons discussed in 2007.“Liquidity and Capital Resources” at page 69.

57


Bonds
The following table shows the Bank’s participation in consolidated bonds based on remaining term to maturity at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
Year of Maturity 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
2007 $ $6,098 
2008 6,438 5,660  $ $6,438 
2009 5,628 4,505  15,963 5,628 
2010 4,329 2,622  6,159 4,329 
2011 2,754 2,292  4,670 2,754 
2012 2,018 1,679  2,231 2,018 
2013 2,417 1,500 
Thereafter 10,588 7,545  8,409 9,088 
Index amortizing notes 2,667 2,978  2,420 2,667 
          
Total par value 34,422 33,379  42,269 34,422 
  
Premiums 48 33  51 48 
Discounts  (38)  (23)  (41)  (38)
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain 226  (195)
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges  (94)  (128)
Cumulative fair value loss 348 226 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 95  (94)
          
  
Total bonds $34,564 $33,066  $42,722 $34,564 
          

64


Bonds outstanding included the following at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Par amount of bonds  
Noncallable or nonputable $26,045 $22,421  $39,214 $26,045 
Callable 8,377 10,958  3,055 8,377 
          
  
Total par value $34,422 $33,379  $42,269 $34,422 
          
Regulations require each FHLBankThe increase in bonds was the result of an increase in long-term MBS purchases. Cumulative fair value losses increased $122 million at December 31, 2008 when compared to maintain unpledged qualifying assets equal to its participation inDecember 31, 2007. Generally, all of the consolidated obligations outstanding. Qualifying assetscumulative fair value losses on bonds are defined as cash; obligations of, or fully guaranteedoffset by the U.S. government; secured advances; mortgages that have any guaranty, insurance, or commitment fromnet estimated fair value gains on the U.S. government or any agencyrelated derivative contracts. Basis adjustments increased $189 million at December 31, 2008 when compared to December 31, 2007 due to the voluntary termination of certain interest rates swaps including the U.S. government; investments described intermination of interest rate swaps with Lehman Brothers during the third quarter of 2008. For additional details see the “Derivatives” section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located; and other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch.

58


at page 66.
Deposits
The following table shows our deposits by product type at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Interest-bearing  
Overnight $649  72.6% $737  78.3% $694  46.4% $649  75.2%
Demand 153 17.1 142 15.1  230 15.3 153 17.7 
Term 71 7.9 20 2.1  465 31.1 40 4.7 
                  
Total interest-bearing 873 97.6 899 95.5  1,389 92.8 842 97.6 
  
Noninterest-bearing 21 2.4 42 4.5  107 7.2 21 2.4 
                  
  
Total deposits $894  100.0% $941  100.0% $1,496  100.0% $863  100.0%
                  
TheAt December 31, 2008 the Bank’s deposits increased $633 million when compared with the same period in 2007. Although the level of deposits will vary based on member alternatives for short-term investments, and timing ofthe increase during 2008 was primarily due to an increase in term deposits from eligible housing associates, which the housing associates used to support advances. These deposits were required by the Bank transactions with nonmember counterparties.
At December 31, 2007, time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more amounted to $70.9 million. secure advances made to the eligible housing associates during 2008.

65


The table below presents the maturities for time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more by remaining maturity at December 31, 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                 
      Over three  Over six    
  Three  months but  months but    
  months  within six  within 12    
  or less  months  months  Total 
Time certificates of deposit $66.9  $3.3  $0.7  $70.9 
             
                 
      Over three  Over six    
  Three  months but  months but    
  months  within six  within 12    
  or less  months  months  Total 
Time deposits $143  $175  $147  $465 
             
Capital
At December 31, 2007,2008, total capital (including capital stock, retained earnings, and accumulated other comprehensive income) was $3.1$3.0 billion compared with $2.2$3.1 billion at December 31, 2006.2007. The increasedecrease was primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support member activities related to advancesunrealized losses on available-for-sale securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as well asa result of current market conditions, partially offset by an increase in capital stock and retained earnings.

59


Derivatives
The notional amount of derivatives reflects the volume of our hedges, but it does not measure the credit exposure of the Bank because there is no principal at risk. The following table categorizes the notional amount of our derivatives at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Notional amount of derivatives  
Interest rate swaps  
Noncancelable $18,555 $15,697 
Cancelable by counterparty 14,070 12,245 
Cancelable by the Bank 10  
Noncallable $17,773 $18,555 
Callable by counterparty 9,261 14,070 
Callable by the Bank 77 10 
          
 32,635 27,942  27,111 32,635 
  
Interest rate swaptions 6,500 1,425   6,500 
Interest rate caps 1,700 100  2,340 1,700 
Forward settlement agreements 23 17  289 23 
Mortgage delivery commitments 23 16  288 23 
          
  
Total notional amount $40,881 $29,500  $30,028 $40,881 
          

66


The notional amount of our derivative contracts decreased approximately $10.9 billion at December 31, 2008 when compared to December 31, 2007. In response to the current market conditions and our changing balance sheet risk profile, the Bank voluntarily reduced its derivative notional amount by terminating certain interest rate swaps to reduce the Bank’s counterparty risk profile. Additionally, in September 2008 the Bank terminated 86 interest rate swaps and 3 interest rate caps as a result of Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy. This termination activity contributed to the Bank’s decreased derivative notional amount for 2008. Due to changes in the Bank’s balance sheet risk profile, the level of interest rates, and the significant market volatility driving up the cost of derivatives, the Bank did not replace interest rate swaptions as they matured during 2008. This caused interest rate swaptions to decrease $6.5 billion during 2008 when compared with 2007.
We record derivatives onThe following table categorizes the statementsnotional amount and the estimated fair value of condition at fair value. After netting the fair market values andderivative instruments, excluding accrued interest, by product and type of theaccounting treatment. The category titled fair value represents hedges that qualify for fair value hedge accounting. The category titled economic represents hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Amounts at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (dollars in millions):
                 
  2008  2007 
      Estimated      Estimated 
  Notional  Fair Value  Notional  Fair Value 
Advances                
Fair value $11,501  $(1,109) $14,611  $(391)
Economic  527   (5)  500    
Mortgage assets                
Forward settlement agreements                
Economic  289   (2)  23    
Mortgage delivery commitments                
Economic  288   2   23    
Consolidated obligations                
Bonds                
Fair value  11,969   330   17,524   206 
Economic  3,030   2       
Discount notes                
Economic  84   1       
Balance Sheet                
Economic  2,340   2   8,200   1 
             
                 
Total notional and fair value $30,028  $(779) $40,881  $(184)
             
                 
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest      (779)      (184)
Accrued interest      79       138 
Net cash collateral      268       (32)
               
Net derivative balance     $(432)     $(78)
               
                 
Net derivative assets      3       60 
Net derivative liabilities      (435)      (138)
               
Net derivative balance     $(432)     $(78)
               

67


Estimated fair values of derivative instruments by counterparty, we classify positive counterparty balancespreviously listed will fluctuate based upon changes in the interest rate environment, volatility in the marketplace, as well as the volume of derivative assetsactivities. Changes in the estimated fair values were recorded as gains and negative counterparty balances as derivative liabilities. Derivative assets represent our maximum credit risk to counterparties, and derivative liabilities representlosses in the exposuresBank’s Statements of counterparties to us. Except for economic hedgingIncome. For fair value hedge relationships, substantially all of the net estimated fair value gains and losses on our derivative contracts are offset by net hedging fair value adjustment losses and gains or other book value adjustments on the related hedged items.
We record derivatives on the Statements of Condition at fair value. Under a master netting arrangement, we net the fair market values and accrued interest of the derivative instruments with cash collateral and related accrued interest by counterparty. We classify positive counterparty balances as derivative assets and negative counterparty balances as derivative liabilities. Derivative assets represent our maximum credit risk to counterparties, and derivative liabilities represent the exposures of counterparties to us.

 

6068


The following table categorizes the notional amount and the estimated fair value of derivative financial instruments, excluding accrued interest, by product and type of accounting treatment. The category fair value represents hedges that qualify for fair value hedge accounting. The category economic represents hedge strategies that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Amounts at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were as follows (dollars in millions):
                 
  2007  2006 
      Estimated      Estimated 
  Notional  Fair Value  Notional  Fair Value 
Advances                
Fair value $14,611  $(391) $11,935  $(8)
Economic  500      500    
Mortgage Assets                
Mortgage-backed securities                
Economic        100    
Forward settlement agreements                
Economic  23      17    
Mortgage delivery commitments                
Economic  23      16    
Consolidated obligations
Bonds
                
Fair value  17,524   206   15,492   (221)
Economic        15    
Balance Sheet                
Economic  8,200   1   1,425    
             
                 
Total notional and fair value $40,881  $(184) $29,500  $(229)
             
                 
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest      (184)      (229)
Accrued interest      138       102 
               
Net derivative balance     $(46)     $(127)
               
                 
Net derivative assets      92       36 
Net derivative liabilities      (138)      (163)
               
Net derivative balance     $(46)     $(127)
               

61


The Bank protects itself from changes in interest rates by purchasing interest rate swaptions, caps, and floors. We record these derivatives as economic hedges of our balance sheet and record changes in fair value in other income as net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.
At December 31, 2007, the Bank did not have any embedded derivatives that required bifurcation. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had one callable bond with a par amount of $15.1 million that contained an embedded derivative that had been bifurcated from its host. The fair value of this embedded derivative is presented on a combined basis with the host contract and not included in the above table. The fair value of the embedded derivative was a liability of $0.1 million at December 31, 2006.
See additional discussion regarding our derivative contracts in the “Derivatives” section at page 89.

62


Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our liquidity and capital positions are actively managed in an effort to preserve stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of cash to meet all current and future normal operating financial commitments, regulatory liquidity and capital requirements, and any unforeseen liquidity needs. To achieve these objectives, we establish liquidity and capital management requirements and maintain liquidity and capital in accordance with Finance Board regulations and our own policies. We are not aware of any conditions that will result in unplanned uses of liquidity or capital in the future. Accordingly, we believe our sources of liquidity and capital will cover future liquidity and capital resource requirements.
Liquidity
Sources of Liquidity
The Bank’s primary source of liquidity is proceeds from the issuance of consolidated obligations (discount notes(bonds and bonds)discount notes) in the capital markets. Because of the FHLBanks’ credit quality, efficiency, and standing in the markets, the FHLBanks have historically had ready access to funding.
During 2007, we received proceeds from the issuance of short-term consolidated discount notes of $619.8 billion and proceeds from the issuance of intermediate- to long-term consolidated bonds of $8.7 billion. During 2006, we received proceeds from the issuance of short-term consolidated discount notes of $738.8 billion and proceeds from the issuance of intermediate- to long-term consolidated bonds of $5.9 billion. Short-term consolidated discount note issuances decreased during 2007 compared to 2006 as the Bank restricted its investment activity to short-term investments with maturities generally less than 30 days in 2006. This restriction led to increased levels of discount note issuances with less than 30 day maturities during 2006 as the Bank looked to match fund this short-term investment activity. During 2007, the Bank increased its investment activity in longer maturity investments with terms greater than 30 days. This extension of asset maturities allowed the Bank to rely more on the issuance of longer term consolidated discount notes, that is, those with maturities in excess of 30 days but less than one year, and consolidated bonds in support of our asset/liability management strategy thereby decreasing the need to continuously roll over maturing discount notes. While the issuance of short-term discount notes decreased in 2007 compared to 2006, the decrease was partially offset by the Bank issuing discount notes to fund our increased advance activity during 2007.
Although we are primarily liable for our portion of consolidated obligations (i.e. those issued on our behalf), we are also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each ofissued by the FHLBanks.FHLBank System. The par amounts of outstanding consolidated obligations issued on behalf of other FHLBanks for which the Bank is jointly and severally liable were approximately $1,133.7$1,189.1 billion and $913.6$1,133.7 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

63


Consolidated obligations of the FHLBanks are rated Aaa/P-1 by Moody’s and AAA/A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s.S&P. These are the highest ratings available for such debt from an NRSRO. These ratings measure the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest on the consolidated obligations. Our ability to raise funds in the capital markets as well as our cost of borrowing can be affected by these credit ratings.
Bonds
Since the last quarter of 2007, the capital markets have been in a credit crisis with strain on available liquidity. Because of the FHLBanks’ credit quality, efficiency, and standing in the capital markets, the FHLBanks had ready access to funding at competitive interest rates. This was demonstrated through the first nine months of 2008 as the Bank issued record levels of bonds. However, several events in the last quarter of 2008 made it increasingly difficult to issue longer-term debt at competitive interest rates. These events related to continued losses reported by financial insitutions, mergers and bankruptcies of financial institutions, and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac being placed into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the continuing credit and liquidity crisis, during the fourth quarter of 2008 the U.S. Government announced several programs designed to prevent bank failures and support economic recovery. Ultimately these programs had a negative impact on the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. Proceeds from the issuance of bonds during 2008 were $21.1 billion compared with $8.7 billion in 2007. The increase in bond issuances was the result of an increase in long-term MBS purchases.
Discount Notes
During the first nine months of 2008, the Bank issued record amounts of discount notes in response to the demand for our short-term advances. During 2008, we received proceeds from the issuance of discount notes of $1,143.3 billion compared with $619.8 billion in 2007. This increase of $523.5 billion during 2008 compared with 2007 was due to funding record levels of advance borrowings from our members during the first nine months of 2008.

69


In mid-October in response to the liquidity concerns described above, the Finance Agency provided guidance that all the FHLBanks increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members. This guidance provided by the Finance Agency requested that all FHLBanks individually increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds to members for 15 days. The Bank felt this guidance was prudent given the current economic conditions as well as in line with its mission of being a stable and reliable source of liquidity to its members. As a result, the Bank used fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund additional liquidity. Subsequent to this action, LIBOR interest rates fell dramatically, creating a negative net interest spread on the liquidity portfolio.
The following table shows the average number of days to maturity of our discount notes during each month of 2008. This table demonstrates management’s decision to issue longer-dated discount notes for funding and liquidity during the last quarter of 2008.
Average number of
Monthdays to maturity
January129
February150
March145
April154
May158
June172
July181
August170
September164
October183
November213
December215
Other Sources of Liquidity
Other sources of liquidity include cash, interest on short-term investments,interbank loan activity, payments collected on advances and mortgage loans, fees received on interest rate swaps, proceeds from the issuance of capital stock, member deposits, Federal funds purchased, other FHLBank borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and current period earnings. Additionally, inIn the event of significant market disruptions or local disasters, the Bank President or his designee is authorized to establish interim borrowing relationships with other FHLBanks and the Federal Reserve if funds are made available to the FHLBanks during a time of crisis.Reserve. To provide further access to funding, the FHLBank Act authorizes the Secretary of theU.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations from allissued by the GSEs, including FHLBanks, up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. As a result of the Housing Act, this authorization was supplemented with a temporary authorization for the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks in any amount deemed appropriate under certain conditions. This typetemporary authorization expires December 31, 2009. As of funding wasDecember 31, 2008, no purchases had been made by the U.S. Treasury under this authorization.

70


During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank entered into a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of a Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (GSECF), as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing government-sponsored enterprises, including the 12 FHLBanks. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of eligible advance collateral, which provided for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. As of February 28, 2009 the Bank has not accessed during 2007 or 2006. We do not have any further off-balance sheet sourcesdrawn on this available source of liquidity.
We had cash and short-term investments with a book value of $2.4 billion and $3.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006. The level of short-term investments will vary according to changes in other asset classes, levels of capital, and management of our leverage ratio. We adjust cash and short-term investments to maintain our targeted leverage ratio and to manage excess funds.
Uses of Liquidity
Our primary useAdvances
The Bank uses proceeds from the issuance of our consolidated obligations primarily to fund advances to our members. During the first nine months of 2008 the Bank issued a record number of advances to our members in response to the credit and liquidity iscrisis that began in the repaymentlatter half of consolidated obligations. During 2007, we made payments2007. Disbursements to members for maturingthe origination of advances totaled $330.4 billion in 2008 as compared to $112.0 billion in 2007. A majority of these advances were short-term consolidatedin nature.
The Bank’s advance levels reached record levels at September 30, 2008 totaling $63.9 billion, however, during the last quarter of 2008, advance levels began decreasing as a result of government intervention to offset the impact of the continuing credit and liquidity crisis. The U.S. Government announced several programs providing more borrowing options to our members, thereby increasing competition with our advances. Additionally, as the Bank’s long-term cost of funds increased due to increased investor demand for shorter-term maturities, the Bank relied more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund longer-term advances. To offset the risk of $603.0 billionthis mismatch in funding introduced, the Bank increased advance pricing.
Investments
During 2008 the Bank also used the proceeds from consolidated obligations to fund the purchase of additional investments to bolster its leverage ratio. Additionally, as a result of the regulatory guidance provided by the Finance Agency discussed above, the Bank increased its liquidity position by purchasing investments. See “Management’s Discussion and paymentsAnalysis - Investments” at page 62 for maturingadditional details.

71


The following table shows the Bank’s available, required, and retiring intermediate-excess liquidity at each quarter end during 2008 and at December 31, 2007 (dollars in billions):
                     
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31,  December 31, 
  2008  2008  2008  2008  2007 
                     
Total available liquidity $16.6  $25.0  $21.1  $20.5  $16.5 
Statutory liquidity requirement  3.8   17.4   13.8   13.8   10.5 
                
Excess liquidity $12.8  $7.6  $7.3  $6.7  $6.0 
                
The Bank’s statutory liquidity requirement has declined in the last quarter of 2008 as a result of decreased demand for advances, as previously discussed. Additionally, excess liquidity increased as a result of the Bank purchasing investments to long-term consolidated bondssatisfy the guidance provided by the Finance Agency, as well as management’s decision to have sufficient liquidity to meet member demands in the event of $7.6 billion. In 2006, we made payments for maturing short-term consolidated discount notesa capital markets disruption.
Other Uses of $738.1 billion and payments for maturing and retiring intermediate- to long-term consolidated bonds of $10.1 billion.Liquidity
Other uses of liquidity include issuance of advances, purchasespurchase of mortgage loans, and investments, repayment of member deposits, consolidated obligations and other borrowings, and interbank loan activity, redemption or repurchase of capital stock, and payment of dividends.

64


Liquidity Requirements
RegulatoryStatutory Requirements
Finance Board regulations mandateThe FHLBank Act mandates three liquidity requirements. First, contingent liquidity sufficient to meet our liquidity needs which shall, at a minimum, cover five businesscalendar days of inability to access the consolidated obligation debt markets. The following table shows our sources of contingent liquidity to support operations for five businesscalendar days compared to our liquidity needs at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in billions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Unencumbered marketable assets maturing within one year $2.2 $3.3  $4.8 $2.2 
Advances maturing in seven days or less 7.5 1.3  1.3 7.5 
Unencumbered assets available for repurchase agreement borrowings 6.8 4.4  10.5 6.8 
          
  
Total $16.5 $9.0  $16.6 $16.5 
          
  
Liquidity needs for five business days $10.5 $2.8 
Liquidity needs for five calendar days $3.8 $10.5 
          
 
Total liquidity as a percent of five day requirement  437%  157%
     
The Bank’s sources of contingentIn addition to the liquidity measures discussed above, the Finance Agency issued final guidance, effective March 6, 2009, revising and formalizing the Finance Agency's request for increases in liquidity needs for five business days increased at December 31, 2007 when compared with December 31, 2006 duethat was provided to increased short-term borrowing activity from our members at the end of 2007. For additional details see “ConditionsFHLBanks in the Financial Markets”fourth quarter 2008. This final guidance requires us to maintain sufficient liquidity, through short-term investments, in an amount at least equal to our anticipated cash outflows under two different scenarios. One scenario assumes that we can not access the capital markets for a period of between 10 to 20 days with initial guidance set at 15 days and that during that time members do not renew any maturing, prepaid, and called advances. The second scenario assumes that we can not access the capital markets for a period of between three to seven days with initial guidance set at five days and that during that period we will automatically renew maturing and called advances for all members except very large, highly rated members. This guidance is more stringent than the five calendar day contingency liquidity requirement discussed above, but less stringent than the guidance provided in the fourth quarter of 2008. The new guidance is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in access to the FHLBank debt markets in response to a rise in capital markets volatility. For further discussion of how this may impact us, see “Item 1A - Risk Factors” at page 39.29.

72


Second, Finance BoardAgency regulations require us to have available at all times an amount greater than or equal to members’ current deposits invested in advances with maturities not to exceed five years, deposits in banks or trust companies, and obligations of the U.S. Treasury. The following table shows our compliance with this regulation at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in billions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Advances with maturities not exceeding five years $31.4 $15.5  $28.1 $31.4 
Deposits in banks or trust companies 0.1     
          
  
Total $31.5 $15.5  $28.1 $31.4 
          
  
Deposits $0.9 $0.9 
Deposits1
 $1.5 $0.9 
          

65


1Amount does not reflect the effect of reclassifications due to FIN 39-1.
Third, Finance BoardAgency regulations require us to maintain, in the aggregate, unpledged qualifying assets in an amount at least equal to the amount of our participation in the total consolidated obligations outstanding. Qualifying assets are defined as cash; obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the U.S. Government; secured advances; mortgages that have any guaranty, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. Government or any agency of the U.S. Government; investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located; and other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch. The following table shows our compliance with this regulation at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in billions):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Total qualifying assets $60.6 $41.9  $68.1 $60.6 
Less: pledged assets 0.2 0.5  0.3 0.2 
          
  
Total qualifying assets free of lien or pledge $60.4 $41.4  $67.8 $60.4 
          
  
Consolidated obligations outstanding $56.1 $37.8  $62.8 $56.1 
          
The Bank was in compliance with all three of its liquidity requirements at December 31, 2008.

73


Operational and Contingent Liquidity-Bank–Bank policy requires that we maintain additional liquidity for day-to-day operational and contingency needs. Effective June 1, 2007 Bank policy requires that contingentContingent liquidity should not be greater than available assets which include cash, money market, agency, and MBS securities. The Bank will maintain contingent liquidity to meet average overnight and one-week advances, meet the largest projected net cash outflow on any day over a projected 90-day period, and maintain repurchase agreement eligible assets of at least twice the largest projected net cash outflow on any day over a projected 90 day period.
The following table shows our contingent liquidity requirement at December 31, 20072008 and December 31, 20062007 (dollars in billions):
        
 December 31, December 31,         
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Required liquidity $(3.7) $(2.5) $(3.9) $(3.7)
Available assets 5.9 3.8  11.1 5.9 
          
  
Excess contingent liquidity $2.2 $1.3  $7.2 $2.2 
          
The Bank was in compliance with its contingent liquidity policy at December 31, 2007.2008.

66


Capital
Capital Requirements
The FHLBank Act requires that the Bank maintain at all times permanent capital greater than or equal to the sum of its credit, market, and operations risk capital requirements, all calculated in accordance with the Finance Board’sAgency’s regulations. Only permanent capital, defined as Class B stock and retained earnings, can satisfy this risk based capital requirement. The FHLBank Act requires a minimum four percent capital-to-asset ratio, which is defined as total capital divided by total assets. The FHLBank Act also imposes a five percent minimum leverage ratio based on total capital, which is defined as the sum of permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and nonpermanent capital weighted 1.0 times divided by total assets.
For purposes of compliance with the regulatory minimum capital-to-asset and leverage ratios, capital includes all capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, plus retained earnings. If the Bank’s capital falls below the above requirements, the Finance Agency has authority to take actions necessary to return the Bank to safe and sound business operations. Effective January 30, 2009, the Finance Agency promulgated an interim final rule on capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks. Under this interim final rule, the Bank believes it meets the “adequately capitalized” classification, which is the highest rating. For details on this interim final rule, refer to the “Legislative and Regulatory Developments” section at page 87.

74


The following table shows the Bank’s compliance with the Finance Board’sAgency’s capital requirements at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):.
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Required Actual Required Actual  Required Actual Required Actual 
Regulatory capital requirements:  
Risk based capital $578 $3,124 $491 $2,315  $1,968 $3,174 $578 $3,124 
Total capital-to-asset ratio  4.00%  5.14%  4.00%  5.50%  4.00%  4.66%  4.00%  5.14%
Total regulatory capital $2,431 $3,124 $1,682 $2,315  $2,725 $3,174 $2,429 $3,124 
Leverage ratio  5.00%  7.71%  5.00%  8.26%  5.00%  6.99%  5.00%  7.71%
Leverage capital $3,038 $4,687 $2,102 $3,472  $3,406 $4,761 $3,037 $4,687 
The decrease in the regulatory capital-to-asset ratio from 5.14 percent at December 31, 2007 to 4.66 percent at December 31, 2008, was primarily due to the increase in our investments and advances. Although the ratio declined, it exceeds the regulatory requirement and we do not expect it to decline below that requirement. The Bank’s regulatory capital-to-asset ratio at December 31, 2008 and 2007 would have been 4.58 percent and 5.00 percent if all excess capital stock had been repurchased.
The Bank issues a single class of capital stock (Class B stock). The Bank’s Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share, and all shares are purchased, repurchased, redeemed, or transferred only at par value. The Bank has two subclasses of Class B stock: membership stock and activity-based stock.

67


Each member must maintain Class B membership stock in an amount equal to 0.12 percent of the member’s total assets as of the preceding December 31 subject to a cap of $10.0 million and a floor of $10,000. Each member must also maintain Class B activity-based stock in an amount equal to the total of:
(1)A specified percentage of its outstanding advances. As of December 31, 2007 the percentage was 4.45 percent.
(2)A specified percentage of its acquired member assets; however, acquired member assets purchased by the Bank before the July 1, 2003, conversion date are subject to the capital requirements specified in the contracts in effect at the time the assets were purchased in lieu of the initial activity-based stock requirement. As of December 31, 2007, the percentage was 4.45 percent.
(3)A specified percentage of its standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2007, the percentage was 0.15 percent.
(4)A specified percentage of its advance commitments. As of December 31, 2007, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
(5)A specified percentage of its acquired member assets commitments. As of December 31, 2007, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
The Bank cannot redeem or repurchase any membership or activity-based stock if the repurchase or redemption would cause a member to be out of compliance with its required investment.
The membership stock and activity-based stock percentages may be adjusted by the Bank’s Board of Directors within ranges established in the capital plan.
Capital Plan. The Bank’s Board of Directors has a right and an obligation to call for additional capital stock purchases by its members if certain conditions exist.
Holders of Class B stock own a proportionate share of the Bank’s retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves. Holders of Class B stock have no right to receive any portion of these values except through the declaration of dividends or capital distributions or upon liquidation of the Bank. The Bank’s Board of Directors may declare and pay a dividend only from current earnings or previous retained earnings. However, in August 2006, the Bank’s Board of Directors amended its reserve capital policy to include a limitation on the payment of dividends not to exceed GAAP net income earned in the fiscal period for which the dividend is declared. The Board of Directors may not declare or pay any dividends if the Bank is not in compliance with its capital requirements or, if after paying the dividend, the Bank would not be in compliance with its capital requirements. In addition, before declaring or paying any dividend, the Bank must certify to the Finance BoardAgency that it will remain in compliance with the regulatory liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of its current obligations coming due during the next quarter.

 

6875


Stock owned in excess of thea member’s minimum investment requirement is known as excess stock. A member may request redemption of any or all of its excess stock by providing the Bank with written notice five years in advance of the redemption. A stockholder may not have more than one redemption request pending at the same time for any share of stock.
Under the Bank’s capital plan,Capital Plan, the Bank, at its discretion and upon 15 days’ written notice, may repurchase excess membership stock. Although the Bank’s current practice generally is not to repurchase excess shares of membership stock, the Bank may change its practice at any time.
If a member’s membership stock balance exceeds the $10.0 million cap as a result of a merger or consolidation, the Bank may repurchase the amount of excess stock necessary to make the member’s membership stock balance equal to the $10.0 million cap.
In accordance with the Bank’s capital plan,Capital Plan, the Bank, at its option, repurchasesmay repurchase excess activity-based capital stock that exceeds an operational threshold on at least a scheduled monthly basis, subject to the limitationcertain limitations set forth in the plan.Capital Plan. The current operational threshold is $50,000 and may be changed by the Board of Directors within rangesa range specified in the capital planCapital Plan with at least 15 days’ prior written notice. The Bank may also change the scheduled date for repurchasing excess activity-based stock with at least 15 days’ prior written notice. Although it isDuring the Bank’sfourth quarter of 2008, as a result of current market conditions, the Bank indefinitely discontinued its practice to honor repurchase requests onof voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based stock upon receipt of the request, the Bankcapital stock. Members may change its practice at any time.
The Bank’s regulatory capital-to-asset ratio at December 31, 2007 and 2006 would have been 5.00 percent and 5.29 percent if allcontinue to use this excess activity-based capital stock had been repurchased.to satisfy activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conserve its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.
Because membership is voluntary for all members, a member can provide a notice of withdrawal from membership at any time. If a member provides notice of withdrawal from membership, the Bank will not repurchase or redeem any membership stock until five years from the date of receipt of a notice of withdrawal. If a member purchases any membership stock following the Bank’s receipt of a notice of withdrawal, the five-year redemption period commences on the date the Bank issues the membership stock. If a member that withdraws from membership owns any activity-based capital stock, the Bank will not redeem any required activity-based capital stock until the later of five years from the date that membership terminates or until the activity no longer remains outstanding. However, if any activity-based stock becomes excess activity-based stock during this time period as a result of the activity no longer being outstanding, the Bank will follow its usual practices with regard to the repurchase of excess activity-based stock described in the preceding paragraph.

69


A member may cancel any pending notice of redemption before the completion of the five-year redemption period by providing written notice of cancellation to the Bank. Prior to May of 2007,Effective March 3, 2009, the Bank would imposewill charge a cancellation fee, on any member that cancelledwhich is currently set at a noticerange of redemption. The Bank charged a cancellation fee equal to one to five percent of the par value of the shares of capital stock subject to the notice of redemption as determined by the date of receipt by the Bank of the notice of cancellation. Effective May 14, 2007, the Board of Directors determined that the cancellation fee would be set at zero. This change applies to all previously submitted notices and any future notices of redemption or withdrawal.redemption. The Board retains the right to change the cancellation fee in the future.at any time. The Bank will provide at least 15 days advance written notice to each member of any adjustment or amendment to its cancellation fee.
A notice of redemption by a member (whose membership has not been terminated) will automatically be cancelled if, within five business days after the expiration of the five-year redemption period, the Bank is prevented from redeeming the member’s capital stock because such redemption would cause the member to fail to meet its minimum investment after such redemption. The automatic cancellation will have the same effect as a voluntary cancellation.
In accordance with the GLB Act, each class of Bank stock is considered putable by the member. There are significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on the obligation or right to redeem outstanding stock.

76


In no case may the Bank redeem any capital stock if, following such redemption, the Bank would fail to satisfy its minimum capital requirements (i.e., a statutory capital-to-asset ratio requirement and leverage requirement established by the GLB Act and a regulatory risk based capital-to-asset ratio requirement established by the Finance Board)Agency). By law, all member holdings of Bank stock immediately become nonredeemable if the Bank becomes undercapitalized.
In no case may the Bank redeem any capital stock without the prior approval of the Finance BoardAgency if either its Board of Directors or the Finance BoardAgency determines that the Bank has incurred or is likely to incur losses resulting or likely to result in a charge against capital.
Additionally, the Bank cannot redeem shares of stock from any member of the Bank if the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation of the FHLBank System is not paid in full when due, or under certain circumstances if (1) the Bank projects, at any time, that it will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will be unable to timely and fully meet all of its current obligations; (2) the Bank actually fails to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or to timely and fully meet all of its current obligations, or enters or negotiates to enter into an agreement with one or more other FHLBanks to obtain financial assistance to meet its current obligations; or (3) the Finance Agency determines that the Bank will cease to be in compliance with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will lack the capacity to timely or fully meet all of its current obligations.
If the Bank is liquidated, after payment in full to the Bank’s creditors, the Bank’s stockholders will be entitled to receive the par value of their capital stock as well as any retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any, in an amount proportional to the stockholder’s share of the total shares of capital stock. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the Board of Directors shall determine the rights and preferences of the Bank’s stockholders, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Board.

70


Additionally, the Bank cannot redeem shares of stock from any member of the Bank if the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation of the FHLBank system is not paid in full when due, or under certain circumstances if (1) the Bank fails to certify in writing to the Finance Board that it will remain in compliance with its liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of all of its current obligations; (2) the Bank projects, at any time, that it will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will be unable to timely and fully meet all of its current obligations; (3) the Bank actually fails to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or to timely and fully meet all of its current obligations, or enters or negotiates to enter into an agreement with one or more other FHLBanks to obtain financial assistance to meet its current obligations; or (4) the Finance Board determines that the Bank will cease to be in compliance with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will lack the capacity to timely or fully meet all of its current obligations.Agency.
Capital Stock
We had 27.227.8 million shares of capital stock outstanding at December 31, 20072008 compared with 19.127.2 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2006.2007. We issued 55.8 million shares to members and repurchased 55.1 million shares from members during 2008. We issued 20.0 million shares to members and repurchased 12.1 million shares from members during 2007. We issued 6.8 million shares to members and repurchased 7.0 million shares from members during 2006. Approximately 8683 percent and 8086 percent of our capital stock outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 was activity-based stock that fluctuates primarily with the outstanding balances of advances made to members and mortgage loans purchased from members. In addition, during the third quarter of 2007, a member rescinded their notice of withdrawal and we reclassified $24.1 million from mandatorily redeemable capital stock to capital stock.

77


The Bank’s capital stock balances categorized by type of financial services company, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock owned by former members, are noted in the following table at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
Institutional Entity 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Commercial Banks $1,556 $929  $1,314 $1,556 
Insurance Companies 925 771  1,203 925 
Savings and Loan Associations and Savings Banks 160 140 
Savings and Loan Associations 170 160 
Credit Unions 76 78  94 76 
Former Members 46 53  11 46 
          
  
Total regulatory and capital stock $2,763 $1,971  $2,792 $2,763 
          

71


Our members are required to maintain a certain minimum capital stock investment in the Bank. Each member must maintain Class B membership stock in an amount equal to 0.12 percent of the member’s total assets as of the preceding December 31 subject to a cap of $10.0 million and a floor of $10,000. Each member must also maintain Class B activity-based stock in an amount equal to the total of:
(1)A specified percentage of its outstanding advances. As of December 31, 2008 the percentage was 4.45 percent.
(2)A specified percentage of its acquired member assets. As of December 31, 2008, the percentage was 4.45 percent.
(3)A specified percentage of its standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
(4)A specified percentage of its advance commitments. As of December 31, 2008, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
(5)A specified percentage of its acquired member assets commitments. As of December 31, 2008, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
The minimum investment requirements are designed so that we remain adequately capitalized as member activity changes. To ensure we remain adequately capitalized within ranges established in the capital plan,Capital Plan, these requirements may be adjusted upward or downward by the Bank’s Board of Directors. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, approximately 92 and 2006, approximately 89 and 85 percent of our total capital was capital stock.
Stock owned by members in excess of their minimum investment requirements is known as excess stock. The Bank’s excess capital stock including amounts classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock were $95.1$61.1 million and $91.9$95.1 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

78


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
Our capital stock meets the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument as defined by SFAS 150,Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equityand is reclassified from equity to a liability when a member engages in any of the following activities:
 (1) Submits a written notice to the Bank to redeem all or part of the member’s capital stock.
 
 (2) Submits a written notice to the Bank of the member’s intent to withdraw from membership, which automatically commences a five-year redemption period.
 
 (3) Terminates its membership voluntarily as a result of a merger or consolidation into a nonmember or into a member of another FHLBank, or involuntarily as a result of action by the Bank’s Board of Directors.
When any of the above events occur, we will reclassify stock from equity to a liability at fair value in compliance with SFAS 150. The fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally reported at par value as stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed at par value. Fair value includes estimated dividends earned at the time of the reclassification from equity to liabilities, until such amount is paid. Dividends related to capital stock classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reported as interest expense in the statementStatements of income.Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments is reflected as a cash outflow in the financing activities section of the statementsStatements of cash flows.Cash Flows.
If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, we will reclassify mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in compliance with SFAS 150. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock will no longer be classified as interest expense.
Although the mandatorily redeemable capital stock is not included in capital for financial reporting purposes, Finance BoardAgency interpretation requires that such outstanding stock be considered capital for determining compliance with our regulatory requirements.

72


At December 31, 2008, we had $10.9 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 10 former members. At December 31, 2007, we had $46.0 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 40 members and former members. At December 31, 2006, we had $64.9 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 34 members and former members. These amounts have been classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the statementsStatements of conditionCondition in accordance with SFAS 150. The significant decrease in mandatorily redeemable capital stock at December 31, 2008 was due to the Bank voluntarily repurchasing $20.0 million of its mandatorily redeemable capital stock classified as excess membership stock on July 18, 2008. The Bank repurchased this excess membership stock in order to eliminate excess stock owned by former members who had merged out of the Bank’s district.

79


The following table shows the amount of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption by the time period in which we anticipate redeeming the capital stock based on our practices at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                
Year of Redemption 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
2007 $ $6 
2008 14 20  $ $14 
2009 16 16  3 16 
2010 9 20  6 9 
2011 2 2  1 2 
2012 4   1 4 
2013 * * 
Thereafter 1 1  * 1 
          
  
Total $46 $65  $11 $46 
          
*Amount is less than one million.
A majority of the capital stock subject to mandatory redemption at December 31, 20072008 and 2006December 31, 2007 was due to voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation of members into nonmembers or into membersa member of another FHLBank. In addition, during the second quarter of 2005, a member submitted a notice of withdrawal. The balance in mandatorily redeemable capital stock related to this withdrawal was $11.3 million at December 31, 2006. During the third quarter of 2007, this member rescinded their notice of withdrawal and we reclassified $24.1 million from mandatorily redeemable capital stock to capital stock. The remainder of mandatorily redeemable capital stock was due to members requesting partial repurchases of excess stock. These partial repurchases amounted to $0.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
Dividends
WeEffective June 19, 2008 the Bank replaced its reserve capital policy with a retained earnings policy. Under this policy, the Bank’s retained earnings minimum level is defined by the aggregation of market risk, credit risk, and operational risk components.
Under the policy, if EVCS, defined as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and derivatives, divided by the BVCS, is less than or equal to $100 per share, the Bank is required to increase its retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share or actual retained earnings fell below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank was required to establish a dividend cap at not more than 80 percent of current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, to return to its targeted level of retained earnings within twelve months.

80


At December 31, 2008 EVCS was less than $100 per share. Therefore, in February 2009, management believed it would be prudent, due to the highly unusual market conditions and the fact that the circumstances causing the EVCS shortfall are largely out of the direct control of the Bank, to revise the retained earnings policy. The modified policy states that if actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank, as determined by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends at less than the current earned dividend, or establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to address the retained earnings shortfall within a practicable period of time.
On February 26, 2009 the Board of Directors declared a fourth quarter dividend at an annualized rate of 1.00 percent of average capital stock for the quarter. The dividend was paid on March 5, 2009. See “Economic Value of Capital Stock” on page 98 for additional information.
The Bank paid cash dividends of $106.7 million during 2008 compared to $84.3 million during 2007 compared to $74.4 million during 2006.2007. The annualized dividend rate paid during 2007 was 3.87 percent and 4.31 percent compared with 3.83 percent for 2006.
during the years ended 2008 and 2007. The dividend rate is driven by the Bank’s current and projected financial performance and capital position including the targeted level of retained earnings. The Bank had retained earnings of $361.3$382.0 million and $344.2$361.3 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006. A significant portion of our retained earnings was derived from the acceleration of income related to the loss of hedge accounting and subsequent termination of certain mortgage loan hedging relationships in the fourth quarter of 2005. While the high level of retained earnings puts the Bank in an advantageous position with regard to capital adequacy, the accelerated recognition of what would otherwise have been future income from the mortgage portfolio will result in a decrease in the Bank’s anticipated income in future periods.

73


Recently Issued Accounting Standards
SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements
On September 15, 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Account Standards (SFAS) No. 157, (SFAS 157). In defining fair value, SFAS 157 retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. However, the definition of fair value under SFAS 157 focuses on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price), not the price that would be paid to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). SFAS 157 applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. SFAS 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop assumptions for determining the exit price. Under this standard, fair value measurements will be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank) and interim periods within those fiscal years. The effect of adopting SFAS 157 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s retained earnings balance at January 1, 2008.
SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment to FASB Statement No. 115
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft related to The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. SFAS 159 allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligible financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value. If a company elects the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings. SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to draw comparison between entities that elect different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank). The effect of adopting SFAS 159 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s retained earnings or other financial assets or liabilities included in the statements of condition.

74


FASB Staff Position No. FIN 39-1, Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39 (FSP FIN 39-1)
On April 30, 2007, the FASB issued FSP FIN 39-1, which permits an entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative instruments recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Under FSP FIN 39-1, the receivable or payable related to cash collateral may not be offset if the amount recognized does not represent or approximate fair value or arises from instruments in a master netting arrangement that are not eligible to be offset. The decision whether to offset such fair value amounts represents an elective accounting policy decision that, once elected, must be applied consistently. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank), with earlier application permitted. An entity should recognize the effects of applying FSP FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all financial statements presented unless it is impracticable to do so. Upon adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, an entity is permitted to change its accounting policy to offset or not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements. The effect of adopting FIN 39-1 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition at January 1, 2008.
SFAS 133 Derivative Implementation Group (DIG) Issue E23 (DIG E23), Issues Involving the Application of the Shortcut Method Under Paragraph 68
On January 10, 2008, the FASB issued DIG E23, which clarifies interest rate swaps that have a non-zero fair value at inception can qualify for the shortcut method provided the difference between the transaction price and the fair value is solely attributable to a bid-ask spread. Further, hedged items that have a settlement date subsequent to the swap trade can qualify for the shortcut method. DIG E23 is effective January 1, 2008. The effect of adopting DIG E23 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition at January 1, 2008.
2007.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Bank’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The Bank has identified certain policies as being critical because they require management to make particularly difficult, subjective, and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

75


Several of these accounting policies involve the use of estimates that we consider critical because
  they are likely to change from period to period due to significant management judgments and assumptions about highly complex and uncertain matters.
 
  they use a different estimate or a change in estimate that could have a material impact on our reported results of operations or financial condition.
Estimates and assumptions that are significant to the results of operations and financial condition include those used in conjunction with
  the use of fair value estimates.
 
  allowance for credit losses on advances and mortgage loans.
 
  derivative and hedge accounting.
other than temporary impairment.

81


The Bank evaluates its critical accounting policies and estimates on an ongoing basis. While management believes its estimates and assumptions are reasonable based on historical experience and other factors, actual results could differ from those estimates and differences could be material to the financial statements.
Fair Value Estimates
At December 31, 2007 and 2006The Bank carries certain assets and liabilities on the Statements of Condition at fair value, including investments classified as trading and available-for-sale, and all derivatives, were presented inderivatives. The Bank adopted SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), on January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes fair value hierarchy based on the statements of conditioninputs used to measure fair value and requires additional disclosures for instruments carried at fair value. Under GAAP,value on the Statements of Condition. SFAS 157 defines “fair value” as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represent the fair value of anthe asset or liability at initial recognition. In determining whether a transaction price represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition, each reporting entity is required to consider factors specific to the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability, and market participants with whom the entity would transact in that market. In situations in which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, the amountprice that would be received by the holder of the financial asset in an orderly transaction and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at which that asset could be bought or sold or that liability could be incurred or settledthe measurement date.
Fair values play an important role in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in liquidation.
the valuation of certain of the assets, liabilities, and hedging transactions of the Bank. Fair values are based on quoted market prices when theyor market-based prices, if such prices are available. The fair value of investment securities is estimated using information from a specialized pricing service that use pricing models and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. If quoted market quotesprices or market-based prices are not available, fair values are derived from a mathematical modeldetermined based on valuation models that employs valuation techniques using appropriate market data such as yield curves, implied volatilities, and current market spreads. This market information is used to discount futureuse either:
discounted cash flows, to obtainusing market estimates of interest rates and volatility; or
dealer prices; or
prices of similar instruments.
Pricing models and their underlying assumptions are based on the best estimates of the Bank with respect to:
discount rates;
prepayments;
market volatility; and
other factors.

82


These assumptions may have a significant effect on the reported fair market value. Fair values are also used in our regression analyses to determine whether hedging transactions are expected to remain effective in future periods.of assets and liabilities, including derivatives, and the income and expense related thereto. The use of different assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, couldmay result in materially different net incomefair values.
SFAS 157 clarified that the valuation of derivative assets and retained earnings.liabilities must reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and must also take into account the company’s own credit standing. The Bank has collateral agreements with all its derivative counterparties and enforces collateral exchanges. The Bank and each derivative counterparty have bilateral collateral thresholds that take into account both the Bank’s and counterparty’s credit ratings. As a result of these practices and agreements, the Bank has concluded that the impact of the credit differential between the Bank and its derivative counterparties was sufficiently mitigated to an immaterial level and no further adjustments for credit were deemed necessary to the recorded fair values of derivative assets and liabilities in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The Bank categorizes our financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level classification in accordance with SFAS 157. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency (observable or unobservable) of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Bank’s market assumptions. The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Bank does not currently have any assets and liabilities carried at level 3 fair value on the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
For further discussion regarding how the Bank measures financial assets and liabilities at fair value, see “Note 19 — Estimated Fair Values,” to the financial statements.

 

7683


Allowance for Credit Losses
Advances
We are required by Finance BoardAgency regulation to obtain sufficient collateral on advances to protect against losses and to accept only certain collateral on advances such as whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. governmentGovernment or GSE securities, residential mortgage loans, depositsany of the GSE’s, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank,Bank; and other real estate-related assets.collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property. In addition, CFIs are allowed to pledge secured small business loans, small farm loans, and agribusiness loans as collateral. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, we had rights to collateral (either loans or securities) on a member-by-member basis, with an estimated faira discounted value in excess of outstanding advances. Management believes that policies and procedures are in place to manage the advance credit risk effectively. We have not experienced a credit loss on advances since the inception of the Bank and do not anticipate any credit losses on advances. Therefore, we do not maintain an allowance for credit losses on advances. For additional discussion regarding the Bank’s advance collateral, see “Advances” within the “Risk Management” section beginning at page 108.
Mortgage Loans
We establish an allowance for loan losses on our conventional mortgage loan portfolio. At the balance sheet date the allowance is an estimate of incurred probable losses contained in the portfolio which considers the members’ credit enhancements. On a regular basis, we monitor delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age.
We recorded a provision for credit losses of $295,000 during 2008 and $69,000 during 2007 and a reversal of provision for credit losses of $0.5 million during 2006.2007. Changes in the Bank’s allowance were based upon an evaluation that reviewed the performance and characteristics of the mortgage loans in the Bank’s MPF portfolio. For additional discussion see “Mortgage Assets” beginning at page 95.110.
Derivative and Hedge Accounting
Derivative instruments are required to be carried at fair value on the statementStatements of condition.Condition. Any change in the fair value of a derivative is required to be recorded each period in current period earnings depending on whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transaction and meets certain requirements under SFAS 133.

84


By regulation, we are only allowed to use derivative instruments to mitigate identifiable risks. We formally document all relationships between derivative instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions and our method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Our current hedging strategies relate to hedges of existing assets and liabilities that qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment and economic hedges that are used to reduce market risk at the balance sheet or portfolio level. Economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, so only the derivative instrument is marked to market.

77


Each derivative is designated as one of the following:
 (1) A hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge).
 (2) A nonqualifying hedge of an asset, liability, or firm commitment (an economic hedge) for asset-liability management purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 133, we recognize changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability, or unrecognized firm commitment that are attributable to the hedged risk in other income as net“Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities. Any” As a result, any hedge ineffectiveness (the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in fair value of the hedged item) is recorded in other income as net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.income.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative not qualifying for hedge accounting (an economic hedge) are recorded in current period earnings with no fair value adjustment to an asset or liability. The fair value adjustments are recorded in other income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.”
The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognized as adjustments to the income or expense of the designated underlying investment securities, advances, consolidated obligations or other financial instruments. The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as economic hedges are recognized as other income.
Under SFAS 133, certain derivatives might qualify for the “short cut” method of assessing effectiveness. The short cut method allows us to make the assumption of no ineffectiveness, which means that the change in fair value of the hedged item is assumed to equal the change in the fair value of the derivative. No further evaluation of effectiveness is performed for these hedging relationships unless a critical term changes.

85


For a hedging relationship that does not qualify for the short cut method, the Bank measures its effectiveness using the “long haul” method, in which the change in fair value of the hedged item must be measured separately from the change in fair value of the derivative. We design effectiveness testing criteria based on our knowledge of the hedged item and hedging instrument that were employed to create the hedging relationship. We use regression analyses and other statistical analyses to evaluate effectiveness results and assess the hedging relationship as highly effective if it meets statistical thresholds established by Bank management. Effectiveness testing is performed at inception for prospective considerations and at least quarterly for retrospective considerations.

78


Given the complexity of financial instruments, the Bank evaluates, based upon the guidance under SFAS 133, all financial instruments to determine whether embedded derivatives exist within the instruments. The evaluation includes reviewing the terms of the instrument to identify whether some or all of the cash flows or value of the other exchanges required by the instrument are similar to a derivative and should be bifurcated from the host contract. If it is determined that an embedded derivative exists, the Bank measures the fair value of the embedded derivative separate from the host contract and records the changes in fair value in earnings.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The Bank performs an evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis for its investment portfolio. Due to the subjective and complex nature of management’s other-than-temporary impairment assessment, the Bank has determined its quarterly evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment is a critical accounting policy. In this quarterly assessment, the Bank determines whether a decline in an individual investment security’s fair value below its amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. The Bank recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the security and fair value of the investment security is less than its amortized cost. The Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. The Bank generally views changes in the fair value of the securities caused by movements in interest rates to be temporary.

86


Legislative and Regulatory Developments
Proposed Changes to GSE RegulationU.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Stability Plan
CongressOn February 10, 2009 the U.S. Treasury announced a Financial Stability Plan to address the global capital markets crisis and U.S. economic recession that continues into 2009. The plan consists of comprehensive stress tests of certain financial institutions, the provision of capital injections to certain financial institutions, controls on the use of capital injections, a purchase program for certain illiquid assets, limits on executive compensation, anti-foreclosure and housing support requirements, and small business and community lending initiatives. The plan is largely devoid of details, and in the absence of such details, the Bank is unable to predict what impact the plan is likely to have on the Bank.
Federal Housing Finance Agency Proposal to Expand FHLBank Capital Requirements
Effective January 30, 2009, the Finance Agency promulgated an interim final rule on capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks (the Interim Capital Rule). The Interim Capital Rule has a comment deadline of April 30, 2009 following which the Finance Agency is expected to promulgate a final rule on capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks (the Final Capital Rule). The Interim Capital Rule, among other things, established criteria for four capital classifications. Those classifications are: adequately capitalized (highest rating); undercapitalized; significantly undercapitalized; and critically undercapitalized. The Interim Capital Rule also establishes corrective action requirements for FHLBanks that are classified in any classification other than adequately capitalized. The Interim Capital Rule requires the Finance Agency Director to determine on no less than a quarterly basis the capital classification of each FHLBank. Each FHLBank is required to notify the Finance Agency Director within ten calendar days of any event or development that has caused or is likely to cause its permanent or total capital to fall below the level necessary to maintain its assigned capital classification.
As of February 28, 2009 the Bank believes it meets the “adequately capitalized” classification, which is the highest rating, under the Interim Capital Rule. However, the Finance Agency has discretion to re-classify an FHLBank and to modify or add to the corrective action requirements for a particular capital classification, therefore management cannot predict the impact, if any, the Interim Capital Rule or the Final Capital Rule will have on the Bank.
Proposed Federal Legislation Permitting Bankruptcy Cramdowns on First Mortgages of Owner-Occupied Homes
Federal legislation has been proposed that would allow bankruptcy cramdowns on first mortgages of owner-occupied homes as a response to the U.S. economic recession and attendant U.S. housing recession. The proposed legislation would allow a bankruptcy judge to reduce the principal amount of such mortgages to the current market value of the property, such reduction currently being prohibited by the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994. If passed, this legislation may enact legislationimpact the value of the Bank’s mortgage asset portfolio, as well as the value of its pledged collateral from members.

87


Federal Banking Agencies Proposal to Lower Capital Risk Weights for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac
On October 7, 2008, the Federal Banking Agencies proposed a rule that would lower the capital risk weighting that banks assign to their holdings of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac debt from 20 to 10 percent. The new risk weighting would apply to senior debt, subordinated debt, and MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The FDIC closed the comment window for this proposal on November 26, 2008. As of February 28, 2009 a final ruling has not been issued by the FDIC.
The FHLBanks are taking the position that the final rule should be extended to include the FHLBanks for the following reasons:
Not giving the FHLBanks’ debt the same capital treatment given to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will have the unintended consequence of harming the pricing of FHLBank debt. Spreads between FHLBank senior debt and comparable bonds issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have widened since these entities were placed into conservatorship, and this proposal could further widen these spreads.
If investors believe that FHLBank obligations are less creditworthy than obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, then investors will demand higher yields to purchase FHLBank bonds, resulting in higher advance rates. The proposal will have the unintended effect of increasing the cost of FHLBank advances and raising the cost of funding for thousands of community banks.
FDIC Creates Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program for Bank Debt
On October 14, 2008, under special systemic risk powers, the FDIC announced it will provide a 100 percent guarantee for newly issued senior unsecured debt and non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts at FDIC-insured institutions. The guarantee of funds in non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts will expire December 31, 2009. A 10 basis point surcharge would be applied to non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts not otherwise covered by the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000.
The program to guarantee debt will apply to all newly issued senior unsecured debt issued on or before October 31, 2009, including promissory notes, commercial paper, inter-bank funding, and any unsecured portion of secured debt. The amount of debt covered by the guarantee may not exceed 125 percent of debt that was outstanding as of September 30, 2008 that was scheduled to mature before October 31, 2009. For eligible debt issued on or before October 31, 2009, coverage would only be provided through June 30, 2012, even if the liability has not matured. For all newly issued senior unsecured debt, an annualized fee equal to 75 basis points would be multiplied by the amount of debt issued.

88


On February 27, 2009 the FDIC issued an interim rule to modify the TLGP to include certain issuances of mandatory convertible debt. The intent of the mandatory convertible debt amendment to the TLGP is designed to strengthengive eligible entities additional flexibility to obtain funding from investors with longer-term investment horizons. Further, mandatory convertible debt issuances could reduce the concentration of FDIC-guaranteed debt maturing in mid 2012, which might otherwise have to be rolled into new debt. The comment period for this interim rule closes March 19, 2009.
FDIC Increases Deposit Insurance Premiums and Changes Risk-Based Premiums
On December 16, 2008 the FDIC approved an increase in deposit insurance premiums effective the first quarter of 2009. On February 27, 2009 the FDIC approved a final regulation that would increase the deposit insurance premium assessment for those FDIC-insured institutions that have outstanding FHLBank advances and other secured liabilities to the extent that the institution’s ratio of secured liabilities to domestic deposits exceeds 25 percent. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect this final ruling will have on its members.
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act
On October 3, 2008, the U.S. President signed into law the EESA. The EESA establishes a $700 billion program that gives the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) broad powers to apply these funds as deemed appropriate. The Secretary is to purchase troubled assets and stabilize credit markets. The authority terminates on December 31, 2009 although the Secretary may extend the program for an additional ten months by submitting a written certification to Congress.
Federal Reserve Board of Governors Announces Securities Purchase Plan
As an additional measure to further support the functioning of financial markets, on September 19, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors announced that the Federal Reserve Banks will begin purchasing short-term debt obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks in the secondary market. Similar to secondary market purchases of Treasury securities, purchases of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and FHLBank debt will be conducted with the Federal Reserve Banks’ primary dealers through a series of competitive auctions.

89


Changes to GSE Regulation
On July 30, 2008, the Housing Act was enacted. The Housing Act is designed to, among other things, address the current housing finance crisis, expand the FHA’s financing authority, other than those addressed elsewhere in this document, and address GSE reform issues. Among significant provisions that directly affect the Bank, the Housing Act:
On May 22, 2007, the House of Representatives passed H.R. 1427, the Federal Housing Finance Reform Act of 2007 (HR 1427). HR 1427 would abolish
Creates a newly established federal agency regulator, the Finance Agency, to become the new federal regulator of the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac effective on the date of enactment of the Housing Act. The Finance Board, six monthsthe FHLBanks’ former regulator, will be abolished one year after the date of enactment,enactment. Finance Board regulations, policies, and would establish adirectives immediately transfer to the new regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency and during the one year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Bank will be responsible for its share of the operating expenses for both the Finance Agency and the Finance Board;
Authorizes the U.S. Treasury to purchase obligations issued by the FHLBanks in any amount deemed appropriate by the U.S. Treasury under certain conditions. This temporary authorization expires December 31, 2009 and supplements the existing limit of $4.0 billion;
Provides that the FHLBanks are subject to prompt corrective action enforcement provisions similar to those currently applicable to national banks and federal savings associations;
Provides the Finance Agency Director with broad conservatorship and receivership authority over the FHLBanks;
Provides the Finance Agency Director with certain authority over executive compensation;
Requires the Finance Agency Director to issue regulations to facilitate information sharing among the FHLBanks to, among other things, assess their joint and several liability obligations;
Allows FHLBanks to voluntarily merge with the approval of the Finance Agency Director and the FHLBanks’ respective boards and requires the Finance Agency Director to issue regulations regarding procedures for voluntary merger approvals, including procedures for FHLBank member approval;
Allows the Finance Agency Director to liquidate or reorganize an FHLBank upon notice and hearing;
Allows FHLBank districts to be reduced to less than eight districts as a result of a voluntary merger or as a result of the Finance Agency Director’s action to liquidate an FHLBank;
The Bank continues to assess the impact these provisions will have on us and our members. Many of the regulations to implement these provisions have not yet been promulgated so it is still unclear to assess the full impact.

90


Establishment of an Independent Director Election Process
The Housing Act provides that an FHLBank’s board of directors shall be comprised of a majority of “member directors,” who are directors or officers of members, and a minority of non-member “independent” directors, who shall comprise not less than two-fifths of the members of the board of directors. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Finance Board was responsible for selecting appointive directors to serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors. As a result of the passage of the Housing Act and subsequent Finance Agency rulemaking, all members within the Bank’s five-state district will now elect the Bank’s independent directors — formerly known as “appointive directors” — after first being nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors in consultation with the Affordable Housing Advisory Council.
For 2009, the Finance Agency has designated seven independent directorships for the Federal Home Loan Banks,Bank, which has resulted in one less independent director seat compared with 2008 and a 17-member board. Members at-large elected two independent directors whose terms will begin on January 1, 2009 and end on December 31, 2012. For additional information on the Bank’s director election process, refer to “Item 4 — Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders” at page 37.
Finance Agency’s Temporary Increase on Purchase of MBS
On March 24, 2008, the Finance Agency (known as well asthe Finance Board at the time of passage) passed a resolution authorizing the FHLBanks to increase their purchases of agency MBS. Pursuant to the resolution, the limit on the FHLBank’s MBS investment authority would increase from 300 percent of regulatory capital to 600 percent of regulatory capital for two years. The resolution required an FHLBank to notify the Finance Agency prior to its first acquisition under the expanded authority and include in its notification a description of the risk management principles underlying its purchase. The expanded authority is limited to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.Mac securities. The new regulator wouldsecurities purchased under the increased authority must be headedbacked by a Director appointed by the Presidentmortgages that were originated after January 1, 2008 and confirmed by the Senate for a five year term,comply with Federal bank regulatory guidance on non-traditional and three Deputy Directors.subprime mortgage lending. The Deputies would oversee Enterprise Regulation, FHLBank Regulation, and Housing. The new regulator would be an independent agency. Furthermore, on February 7, 2008, the Senate Banking Committee held a hearing focused on further proposals concerning GSE reform.
It is impossibleBank provided notification to predict whether the Senate will approve the above legislation and whether any such change in regulatory structure will be signed into law. Further, it is impossible to predict when any such change would go into effect if it were to be enacted, and what effect the legislation would ultimately have on the Finance Agency, and did not receive an objection, for its intention to exercise the expanded investment authority and increase its investments in additional agency MBS to 600 percent of regulatory capital. The Board orapproved a strategy for the FHLBanks.Bank to increase its investments in additional agency MBS in accordance with the Finance Agency resolution up to 450 percent of regulatory capital.

91


Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
Our primary source of funds is the sale of consolidated obligations. Although we are primarily liable for the portion of consolidated obligations issued on our behalf, we also are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. If the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation issued on behalf of any FHLBank is not paid in full when due, the FHLBanks may not pay dividends or redeem or repurchase shares of stock from any member of that FHLBank. The Finance Board,Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Because of the high credit quality of each FHLBank, management has concluded that the probability that an FHLBank would be unable to repay its participation is remote. Furthermore, the Finance BoardAgency regulations require that all FHLBanks maintain at least a “AA” rating. Therefore, no liability is recorded for the joint and several obligation related to the other FHLBanks’ share of consolidated obligations.

79


The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks including consolidated obligations held by other FHLBanks, was approximately $1,189.6$1,251.5 billion and $951.7$1,189.6 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. The par value of consolidated obligations for which we are the primary obligor was approximately $56.0$62.4 billion and $38.1$56.0 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank entered into a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of the GSECF, as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing GSEs, including each of the 12 FHLBanks. Any borrowings by one or more of the FHLBanks under the GSECF are considered consolidated obligations with the same joint and several liability as all other consolidated obligations. The terms of any borrowings are agreed to at the time of issuance. Loans under the Lending Agreement are to be secured by collateral acceptable to the U.S. Treasury, which consists of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and MBS issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The Bank is required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent of the U.S. Treasury, a list of eligible collateral, updated on a weekly basis. The Lending Agreement terminates on December 31, 2009 but will remain in effect as to any loan outstanding on that date. The Bank may terminate its consent to be bound by the Lending Agreement prior to that time so long as no loan is then outstanding to the U.S. Treasury. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of advance collateral amounting to $6.9 billion, which provides for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. The amount of collateral can be increased or decreased (subject to the approval of the U.S. Treasury) at any time through the delivery of an updated listing of collateral. As of February 28, 2009 the Bank has not drawn on this available source of liquidity. For a more detailed description of the Lending Agreement, please refer to the Form 8-K filed by the Bank with the SEC on September 9, 2008.

92


In the ordinary course of business, we issue letters of credit on behalf of our members and housing associates to facilitate business transactions with third parties. Letters of credit may be used to facilitate residential housing finance or other housing activities, facilitate community lending, assist with asset-liability management, and provide liquidity or other funding. Members and housing associates must fully collateralize letters of credit with eligible collateral. At December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 we had $1.8$3.4 billion and $1.3$1.8 billion in letters of credit outstanding. If the Bank is required to make payment for a beneficiary’s draw, rather than obtaining repayment of these amounts from the member, these amounts may be converted into a collateralized advance to the member.
At December 31, 2007, we2008, the Bank had approximately $23.4 million in outstanding commitmentsexecuted nine standby bond purchase agreements with state housing associates within its district whereby the Bank would be required to purchase mortgage loans comparedbonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. The Bank would hold investments in the bonds until the designated remarketing agent could find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby bond purchase agreement. The nine outstanding standby bond purchase agreements total $259.7 million and expire seven years after execution, with $15.8a final expiration in 2015. The Bank received fees for the guarantees that amounted to $0.2 million atfor the year ended December 31, 2006. We did not have any outstanding commitments for additional advances at2008. As of December 31, 2007 or 2006, however2008 the Bank was required to purchase $79.6 million of HFA bonds under three of these standby bond purchase agreements. $79 million of these HFA bonds were remarketed and sold during 2008. The remaining $0.6 million of HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments on the Statements of Condition. These bonds were remarketed subsequent to December 31, 2008. See “Note 6 — Available-for-Sale Securities” at page S-30 for further information.

93


In September 2008, the Bank entered into $7.5a Bond Purchase Contract with the Missouri Housing Development Commission (the Commission). The contract obligates the Bank to purchase up to $75 million of advancestaxable single family mortgage revenue bonds within six months of the contract date. The bonds will be purchased in up to ten subseries and will be purchased at par without any accrued interest. When the Commission wishes to sell the bonds, it will provide the Bank notification on the day they wish to sell. Bonds will be settled fourteen days after that had traded but not settled atdate and will mature on November 1, 2039. At December 31, 2006. The2008 the Bank entered into $49.8had purchased $20.0 million par value traded but not settled consolidated obligationin mortgage revenue bonds at December 31, 2007from the Commission and a $0.3 million par value consolidated discount note at December 31, 2006. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $500.0 million that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2007.received no notification from the Commission to purchase additional mortgage revenue bonds in 2009. These bonds are classified as held-to-maturity securities.
Our financial statements do not include a liability for future statutorily mandated payments from the FHLBanks to REFCORP. No liability is recorded because each FHLBank must pay 20 percent of net earnings (after its AHP obligation) to REFCORP to support the payment of part of the interest and principal on the bonds issued by REFCORP, and the FHLBanks are unable to estimate their future required payments because the payments are based on future earnings and are not estimable under SFAS 5,Accounting for Contingencies. Accordingly, the REFCORP payments are disclosed as a long-term statutory payment requirement and, for accounting purposes, are treated, accrued, and recognized like an income tax.
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $289.6 million in outstanding commitments to purchase mortgage loans compared with $23.4 million at December 31, 2007. We did not have any outstanding commitments for additional advances at December 31, 2008 or 2007. The Bank entered into $1.0 billion and $49.8 million par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $1.0 billion and $0.5 billion that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank had $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2008 and had no cash pledged as collateral at December 31, 2007. The Bank generally executes derivatives with large highly rated banks and broker-dealers and enters into bilateral collateral agreements.

 

8094


Contractual Obligations
The following table shows payments due by period under specified contractual obligations at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in millions).:
                     
  2008 
  Payments Due by Period 
          Over one  Over three    
      One year  through  through  Over 
Contractual Obligations Total  or less  three years  five years  five years 
                     
Long-term debt1, 2
 $42,269  $15,963  $10,829  $6,029  $9,448 
Operating lease obligations  17   1   2   2   12 
Purchase obligations3
  4,955   2,826   1,832   30   267 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  11   3   6   1   1 
                
                     
Total $47,252  $18,793  $12,669  $6,062  $9,728 
                
                     
  2007 
  Payments Due by Period 
          Over one  Over three    
      One year  through  through  Over 
Contractual Obligations Total  or less  three years  five years  five years 
                     
Long-term debt1, 2
 $34,422  $6,438  $9,957  $6,304  $11,723 
Operating lease obligations  18   1   2   2   13 
Purchase obligations3
  1,834   1,777   20   37    
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  46   14   25   6   1 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  200   200          
                
                     
Total $36,520  $8,430  $10,004  $6,349  $11,737 
                
                     
  2006 
  Payments Due by Period 
          Over one  Over three    
      One year  through  through  Over 
Contractual Obligations Total  or less  three years  five years  five years 
                     
Long-term debt1, 2
 $33,379  $6,098  $10,166  $4,914  $12,201 
Operating lease obligations  19   1   2   2   14 
Purchase obligations3
  1,319   1,048   231   24   16 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  65   6   36   22   1 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  500   300   200       
                
                     
Total $35,282  $7,453  $10,635  $4,962  $12,232 
                
1 Long-term debt includes consolidated obligation bonds. Long-term debt does not include discount notes and is based on contractual maturities. Actual distributions could be impacted by factors affecting early redemptions.
 
2 Index amortizing notes are included in the table based on contractual maturities. The amortizing feature of these notes based on underlying indices could cause redemption at different times than contractual maturities.
 
3 Purchase obligations include standby letters of credit, commitments to fund mortgage loans, derivatives,standby bond purchase agreements, commitments to purchase housing bonds, and advances and consolidated obligation bonds traded but not settled (see additional discussion of these items in Note 20 of the financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 2006)2007).
 
4 Mandatorily redeemable capital stock payment periods are based on how we anticipate redeeming the capital stock based on our practices.

 

8195


Risk Management
We have risk management policies, established by the Bank’s Board of Directors, that monitor and control our exposure to market, liquidity, credit, operational, and business risk. Our primary objective is to manage assets, liabilities, and derivative exposures in ways that protect the par redemption value of capital stock from risks, including fluctuations in market interest rates and spreads. The Bank’s risk management strategies and limits protect the Bank from significant earnings volatility. We periodically evaluate these strategies and limits in order to respond to changes in the Bank’s financial position and general market conditions. This periodic evaluation may result in changes to the Bank’s risk management policies and/or risk measures.
The ERMP provides the Bank with the ability to conduct a robust risk management practice allowing for flexibility to make rational decisions in stressed interest rate environments.
The Bank’s Board of Directors has determined that the Bank should operate under a risk management philosophy of maintaining an AAA rating. An AAA rating provides the Bank with ready access to funds in the capital markets. In line with the abovethis objective, the Financial Risk Management Policy (FRMP)ERMP establishes risk measures, with limits consistent with the maintenance of an AAA rating, to monitor the Bank’s liquiditymarket risk, marketliquidity risk, and capital adequacy. The FRMP addresses variousfollowing is a list of the risk measures including the following:in place at December 31, 2008:
   
Market Risk: Mortgage Portfolio Market Value
Net Sensitivity
Market Value of Capital Stock Sensitivity
GAAP Earnings Per Share Sensitivity
Liquidity Risk: Contingent Liquidity
Capital Adequacy: Economic Capital Ratio
Economic Value of Capital Stock
In addition to policy limits, the ERMP specifies certain thresholds as management action triggers (MATs). The MATs require the Bank to closely monitor and measure the risks inherent in the Bank’s Statements of Condition but provide more flexibility to react prudently when those trigger levels occur. While the Bank continues to monitor the risk measures noted above through the use of the MATs, management has identified Market Value of Capital Stock (MVCS) and EVCS as the Bank’s key risk measures with associated policy thresholds.
Market Risk/Capital Adequacy
We define market risk as the risk that net interest income or net market value of capital stockMVCS will change as a result of changes in market conditions such as interest rates, spreads, and volatilities. Interest rate risk was the predominant type of market risk exposure throughout 20072008 and 2006.2007. Our FRMPERMP is designed to provide an asset and liability management framework to respond to changes in market conditions while minimizing balance sheet stress and income volatility. Bank management and the Board of Directors routinely reviewsreview both the policy limitsthresholds and the actual exposures to verify the level of interest rate risk in our balance sheet remains at prudent and reasonable levels.

96


The goal of the Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy is to manage interest rate risk by setting and operating within an appropriate framework and limits. The Bank’s general approach toward managing interest rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets, liabilities and hedges, which, taken together, limit the Bank’s expected exposure to market and market/interest rate risk. Management regularly monitors the Bank’s sensitivity to interest rate changes by monitoring its market risk measures in parallel and non-parallel interest rate shifts. Interest rate exposure is managed by the use of appropriate funding instruments and by employing hedging strategies. Hedging may occur for a single transaction or group of transactions as well as for the overall portfolio. The Bank’s hedge positions are evaluated regularly and are adjusted as deemed necessary by management. The Bank’s key market risk and capital adequacy measures are quantified in the following discussion.

82


Valuation Models
The Bank uses sophisticated risk management systems to evaluate its financial position. These systems employ various mathematical models and valuation techniques to measure interest rate risk. For example, we use valuation techniques designed to model embedded options and other cash flow uncertainties across a number of hypothetical interest rate environments. The techniques used to model embedded options rely on
  understanding the contractual and behavioral features of each instrument.
 
  using appropriate market data, such as yield curves and implied volatilities.
using appropriate option valuation models and prepayment functions to describe the evolution of interest rates over time and the expected cash flows of financial instruments in response.
using appropriate option valuation models and prepayment functions to describe the evolution of interest rates over time and the expected cash flows of financial instruments in response.
The method for calculating fair value is dependent on the instrument type. We typically rely on these approaches:
Option-free instruments, such as plain vanilla interest rate swaps, bonds, and advances require an assessment of the future course of interest rates. Once the course of interest rates has been specified and the expected cash flows determined, the appropriate forward rates are used to discount the future cash flows to a fair value.
Option-embedded instruments, such as cancelable interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, and floors, callable bonds, and mortgage-related instruments, are typically evaluated using interest rate tree (or lattice) or Monte Carlo simulations that generate a large number of possible interest rate scenarios.
Option-free instruments, such as plain vanilla interest rate swaps, bonds, and advances require an assessment of the future course of interest rates. Once the course of interest rates has been specified and the expected cash flows determined, the appropriate forward rates are used to discount the future cash flows to a fair value.
Option-embedded instruments, such as cancelable interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, and floors, callable bonds, and mortgage-related instruments, are typically evaluated using interest rate tree (lattice) or Monte Carlo simulations that generate a large number of possible interest rate scenarios.
Actual changes may differ somewhat from the amounts calculated in our models due to changing market conditions, prepayment behaviors, and changing balance sheet composition that are not captured by the model, and changing balance sheet composition.model.

97


Many of our risk computations require the use of instantaneous shifts in risk factors such as interest rates, spreads, interest rate volatilities, and prepayment speeds. These stress tests may overestimate our interest rate risk exposure because they do not take into account any portfolio rebalancing and hedging actions that are required to maintain risk exposures within our policies and guidelines.
Economic Value of Capital Stock
EVCS is defined by the Bank as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and derivatives, discounted at the Bank’s cost of funds, divided by the total shares of capital stock outstanding. This method eliminates the day-to-day price changes (e.g. mortgage option-adjusted spread (OAS)) which cannot be attributed to any of the standard market factors, such as movements in interest rates or volatilities. EVCS thus approximates the long-term value of one share of Bank stock.
Bank policy sets the MAT for EVCS at $100 per share. Under the policy, if EVCS drops below $100 per share, the ERMP requires that the Bank increase its required retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share or actual retained earnings fell below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank was required to establish a dividend cap at not more than 80 percent of current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, to return to its targeted level of retained earnings within twelve months.
In February 2009, the Bank modified the policy so that if actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank, as determined by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends at less than the current earned dividend, or establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to address the retained earnings shortfall within a practicable period of time, given the uncertainty about the economic conditions that the Bank faces.
The following table shows EVCS in dollars per share based on outstanding shares including shares classified as mandatorily redeemable, at each quarter-end during 2008 and 2007.
     
Economic Value of Capital Stock (Dollars Per Share) 
 
2008    
December $80.0 
September $96.1 
June $105.1 
March $105.3 
2007    
December $104.2 
September $107.4 
June $111.3 
March $112.2 

 

8398


During the last four months of 2008, the Bank’s EVCS fell below the MAT of $100 per share. The decrease in EVCS was attributable to increased funding costs relative to LIBOR, a significant decline in advances which resulted in the redemption of capital stock at par, and increased interest rate volatility. Increased funding costs relative to LIBOR have a negative impact on the Bank’s EVCS because cash flows of the Bank’s assets are predominantly tied to LIBOR, and are discounted using the Bank’s funding cost curve. Higher interest rate volatility has a negative impact on all of our value measurements (including EVCS) through its impact on the value of mortgage-related assets. Higher volatility increases the probability that mortgage rates will either decrease or increase, both of which decrease the value of existing mortgages. If rates go down, homeowners either increase prepayments or refinance existing mortgages. If rates go up, prepayments slow down, thereby leaving mortgage holders with lower yielding assets compared to market.
As a result of the below par EVCS, the Bank declared a fourth quarter dividend of 1.00 percent. This dividend brings total dividends paid for 2008 to $88.6 million, or 70 percent of 2008 net income. See the “Dividends” section at page 80 for the Bank’s response.
At January 31, 2009 EVCS per share increased to $88.2 primarily due to an increase in interest rates and a decrease in volatilities.
Net Market Value of Capital Stock
Net market value of capital stock, at a moment in time,MVCS is defined by the Bank as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities plusadjusted for the net present value of derivatives.
Interest rate risk analysis using net market valuederivatives divided by the total shares of capital stock involves instantaneous parallel shiftsoutstanding. It represents the “liquidation value” of one share of Bank stock if all assets and liabilities were liquidated at current market prices. MVCS does not represent the long-term value of the Bank, as it takes into account the short-term market price fluctuations which are unrelated to movements in interest rates. The resulting percentage change in market value of capital stock from the base case value is an indication of longer-term repricing risk and option risk embedded in the balance sheet.rates or volatilities.
The netMVCS calculation uses market value of capital stock calculation usesprices, as well as implied forward rates, and assumes a static balance sheet. The timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are calculated by an internal model. To ensure the accuracy of the market value calculation, we reconcile the computed market prices of complex instruments, such as financial derivatives and mortgage assets, to market observed prices or dealers’ quotes whenever practical.quotes.
Interest rate risk stress test of MVCS involves instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates. The net market value of capital stock does not represent the market value of the Bank as a going concern, as it does not take into account future business opportunities. Effective June 1, 2007, our net market value of capital stock should not be lower thanresulting percentage change in MVCS from the base case by more than $5 per sharevalue is an indication of longer-term repricing risk and option risk embedded in the up and down 100 basis points parallel interest rate shift scenarios and by more than $10 per share in the up and down 200 basis points parallel rate shift scenarios.

84


The following tables show our net market value of capital stock and the dollar per share change, based on outstanding shares including shares classified as mandatorily redeemable, from base case assuming instantaneous shifts in interest rates at each quarter-end during 2007 and 2006 (dollars in millions except dollars per share).balance sheet.
                                     
  Net Market Value of Capital Stock 
  Down 200  Down 150  Down 100  Down 50  Base Case  Up 50  Up 100  Up 150  Up 200 
2007                                    
December $2,434  $2,465  $2,509  $2,567  $2,608  $2,605  $2,609  $2,621  $2,630 
September  2,215   2,225   2,235   2,252   2,258   2,246   2,222   2,188   2,148 
June  1,936   1,976   1,978   1,982   1,984   1,979   1,966   1,947   1,922 
March  1,807   1,898   1,956   1,990   1,992   1,969   1,933   1,890   1,842 
2006                                    
December  1,795   1,886   1,950   1,988   1,985   1,958   1,917   1,868   1,814 
September  1,708   1,863   1,960   1,996   1,994   1,971   1,936   1,895   1,849 
June  1,826   1,934   1,988   2,011   2,015   2,007   1,993   1,972   1,947 
March  1,850   1,959   2,007   2,009   1,982   1,936   1,880   1,818   1,752 
 
  Dollar Per Share Change from Base Case 
  Down 200  Down 150  Down 100  Down 50  Base Case  Up 50  Up 100  Up 150  Up 200 
2007                                    
December $(6.30) $(5.18) $(3.59) $(1.50) $  $(0.11) $0.03  $0.47  $0.79 
September $(1.81) $(1.41) $(0.97) $(0.24) $  $(0.49) $(1.53) $(2.95) $(4.60)
June $(2.40) $(0.42) $(0.32) $(0.13) $  $(0.25) $(0.90) $(1.87) $(3.09)
March $(9.53) $(4.84) $(1.83) $(0.10) $  $(1.17) $(3.02) $(5.26) $(7.70)
2006                                    
December $(9.66) $(5.05) $(1.78) $0.12  $  $(1.40) $(3.49) $(5.97) $(8.69)
September $(14.00) $(6.42) $(1.68) $0.10  $  $(1.14) $(2.84) $(4.86) $(7.11)
June $(9.17) $(3.91) $(1.32) $(0.20) $  $(0.35) $(1.05) $(2.07) $(3.31)
March $(6.58) $(1.14) $1.27  $1.37  $  $(2.29) $(5.09) $(8.16) $(11.47)

85


The increase in the net market value of capital stock in the base case and all interest rate scenarios at December 31, 2007 compared with December 31, 2006 was primarily attributable to an increase in capital stock requirements to support member activities related to advances. The increase was offset by increased OAS on our mortgage assets, and increased volatility in the market. To protect the net market value of capital stockMVCS from large interest rate changes,swings, we use derivatives,hedging transactions, such as entering into or canceling interest rate swaps on existing debt. The Bank was in compliance with its net market value of capital stock measure, as described in our FRMP, at December 31, 2007.
Capital Adequacy
The capital adequacy risk measure ensures we maintain our required capital-to-asset ratio on a market value basis under a wide range of market scenarios. An adequate capital position is necessary for providing safedebt, altering the funding structure supporting MBS purchases, and sound operations of the Bank and in protecting our AAA credit rating.
Economic capital ratio (ECR) is defined as market value of equity divided by market value of assets and effective June 1, 2007, is required to be greater than four percent in the base case and up and down 200 basis points parallelpurchasing interest rate shift.
The following table shows the ECR assuming parallel interest rate shifts upswaptions and down 200 basis points in 100 basis point increments at each quarter-end during 2007 and 2006.
                     
  Economic Capital Ratio 
  Down 200  Down 100  Base Case  Up 100  Up 200 
2007                    
December  3.94%  4.11%  4.31%  4.36%  4.45%
September  4.11%  4.20%  4.29%  4.28%  4.21%
June  4.05%  4.19%  4.26%  4.29%  4.26%
March  4.16%  4.54%  4.68%  4.62%  4.48%
2006                    
December  4.20%  4.60%  4.74%  4.66%  4.49%
September  3.92%  4.53%  4.67%  4.61%  4.48%
June  4.15%  4.57%  4.71%  4.74%  4.72%
March  4.11%  4.50%  4.51%  4.36%  4.14%
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank increased its leverage ratio to 19.9 at December 31, 2007 from 18.7 at December 31, 2006. The increase in our leverage ratio was the result of favorable market conditions causing yields on investments to increase and costs on consolidated obligation discount notes to decline. The combination of the increased leverage ratio, increased OAS on our mortgage loans, and increased volatility in the market led to a decline in the ECR for the base case at December 31, 2007 when compared to December 31, 2006.caps.

 

8699


AtThe policy limits for MVCS are five percent and ten percent declines from base case in the up and down 100 and 200 basis point parallel interest rate shift scenarios, respectively. Any breach of policy limits requires an immediate action to bring the exposure back within policy limits, as well as a report to the Board of Directors.
The following tables show our base case and change from base case MVCS in dollars per share and percent change respectively, based on outstanding shares including shares classified as mandatorily redeemable, assuming instantaneous shifts in interest rates at each quarter-end during 2008 and 2007:
                     
  Market Value of Capital Stock (Dollars per Share) 
  Down 200  Down 100  Base Case  Up 100  Up 200 
2008                    
December $20.6  $41.0  $58.4  $66.2  $64.3 
September $84.3  $89.3  $91.8  $89.6  $87.0 
June $81.7  $93.5  $97.0  $94.0  $89.1 
March $77.8  $85.7  $90.0  $87.6  $84.1 
2007                    
December $88.1  $90.8  $94.4  $94.4  $95.2 
September $92.5  $93.4  $94.3  $92.8  $89.7 
June $96.0  $98.1  $98.4  $97.5  $95.3 
March $93.0  $100.7  $102.5  $99.5  $94.8 
                     
  Percent Change from Base Case 
  Down 200  Down 100  Base Case  Up 100  Up 200 
2008                    
December  (64.8)%  (29.7)%  0.0%  13.5%  10.1%
September  (8.2)%  (2.7)%  0.0%  (2.5)%  (5.3)%
June  (15.7)%  (3.6)%  0.0%  (3.1)%  (8.1)%
March  (13.5)%  (4.7)%  0.0%  (2.7)%  (6.6)%
2007                    
December  (6.7)%  (3.8)%  0.0%  0.0%  0.8%
September  (1.9)%  (1.0)%  0.0%  (1.6)%  (4.9)%
June  (2.4)%  (0.3)%  0.0%  (0.9)%  (3.1)%
March  (9.3)%  (1.8)%  0.0%  (2.9)%  (7.5)%
The decrease in base case MVCS at December 31, 2008 compared with September 30, 2008 was primarily attributable to an increase in the OAS on our mortgage assets, combined with a significant decline in advances which resulted in the redemption of capital stock at par, a large decline in interest rates, and an increase in volatility during the last quarter of 2008. This decrease was partially offset by increased long-term funding costs relative to LIBOR (which while increasing the cost of new debt issuance for the Bank, has the effect of positively impacting the value of the Bank’s existing debt). In addition, during the last two months of 2008, in response to guidance from the Finance Agency, the Bank enhanced its liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members, which resulted in a decline in market value as interest rates declined.

100


The slight decrease in base case MVCS at September 30, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to an increase in the OAS on our mortgage assets, partially offset by a significant increase in advances which resulted in the addition of capital stock at par, and increased long-term funding costs relative to LIBOR.
Throughout the first two quarters and the last quarter of 2008, the Bank’s ECRMVCS fell below the 4.0010 percent threshold in the down 200 basis point rate shift. Upon implementationshift scenario. However, in February 2008 management received a temporary suspension of all policy limits pertaining to the down 200 basis point rate shift scenario from the Board of Directors as Treasury rates approached two percent. This suspension applies in low rate environments where an instantaneous shock of 200 basis points would result in an interest rate less than or equal to zero, and thus hedging against this event is not reasonable or economical.
At November 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008 the Bank’s MVCS fell below the 5 percent threshold in the down 100 basis point rate shift scenario due to a decline in interest rates, an increase in volatility, and the negative spread on the Bank’s increased liquidity. After conducting a thorough analysis of the FRMP, effective June 1, 2007,Bank’s projected exposure to decreasing interest rates, which is highly dependent on the Bank expectedaccuracy of its mortgage prepayment model’s projections of future homeowner prepayment rates, management concluded that the Bank’s prepayment model, which is calibrated to adherehistorical observations, is likely projecting faster mortgage prepayments than currently warranted. Reasons for this conclusion include:
Current historically wide level of spread between the primary (the rate a homeowner receives on their mortgage) vs. secondary (rates at which mortgage securities are traded in the market place) mortgage rates. Our model uses a long-term moving average of the spread to project prepayments.
Increased credit underwriting standards reducing the number of creditworthy homeowners.
Declining home values.
Decline in the number of mortgage originators available to process applications.
Estimates produced by management, adjusting the Bank’s prepayment model to use current primary to secondary spreads, showed that the Bank’s exposure to falling rates would have declined significantly, while its exposure to rising rates would have increased.
In addition to the limits established forabove analysis, management evaluated its alternatives in the ECR. However, duestressed, highly volatile market environment which included historically high costs of interest rate derivatives. As a result, management decided not to market conditions duringemploy the latter half of 2007 and anticipated increased member activities, management determined that strict compliance with the ECR limits would not be prudent and therefore requested a waiver from theusual hedges which protect MVCS in down rate shift scenarios. The Bank’s Board of Directors. The Bank continuedDirectors reviewed management’s analysis and concurred with this decision. Management continues to measure the ECR and relied on additional risk metrics to ensure the Bank’s risk profile was reasonable given theassess market conditions and member activity.opportunities to determine appropriate action in the future.
At January 31, 2009 base case MVCS increased to $76.2 primarily due to an increase in interest rates, a decrease in volatility, a decrease in mortgage OAS, and an increase in funding costs relative to LIBOR.

101


Mortgage Finance Market Risk
The Mortgage Finance business segment generally exposes the Bank to potentially greater financial risk compared to the Member Finance business segment due to greater interest rate risk associated with fixed-ratefixed rate mortgage investments. The exposure to interest rate risk exists on our mortgage assets due to the embedded prepayment option available to homeowners creating a potential cash flow mismatch between our mortgage investments and the liabilities funding them. AsGenerally, as interest rates decrease, borrowershomeowners are more likely to refinance fixed rate mortgages, resulting in increased prepayments and mortgage cash flows that are received earlier than if interest rates remain stable. Replacing higher rate loans that prepay with lower rate loans has the potential of reducing our net interest income. Conversely, an increase in interest rates may result in slower than expected prepayments and an extension in the weighted-average life of the mortgage holding.assets. In this case, we have the risk that our liabilities may mature faster than our mortgage assets requiring the Bank to issue additional funding at a higher cost, which would also reduce net interest income. By executing risk management strategies for the Mortgage Finance business segment, our goal is to minimize exposure to market risk from changes in market conditions.
During 2008, the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk differed from expectations as a result of the ongoing credit and liquidity crisis that began in late 2007. Throughout the first nine months of 2008, as interest rates decreased, the Bank experienced a normal increase in prepayments. During the last three months of 2008, as credit markets tightened, it became more difficult for homeowners to refinance, therefore the Bank experienced a slow down in prepayments. This slowdown caused an extension in the weighted average-life of the Bank’s mortgage portfolio. This extension, coupled with uncertainty surrounding the expected prepayments of the mortgage portfolio, increased the Bank’s hedging and funding needs.
The Bank uses two different but complementary approaches to quantify risk and structure funding and hedging of the portfolio. The first is a cash flow matching analytical framework that seeks to generally match the cash flows of assets, liabilities, and derivatives for a number of market scenarios. The second is a Monte Carlo simulation based approach that focuses on market values in a number of randomly generated market scenarios. The two approaches provide different perspectives of the portfolio profile to quantify risk.
The cash flow matching analytical framework models the portfolio of debt and derivatives generally to match the pay-downs of mortgage assets across a high rate, slow prepayment scenario, and a low rate, fast prepayment scenario. This framework analyzes mortgage principal pay-down (either from prepayments or scheduled amortization), and identifies the amount of debt or derivatives maturing or being called in the stated market scenarios. Thus, the Bank is identifying any differences in principal balances between assets and liabilities over a range of slow to fast mortgage prepayment speeds.

 

87102


We use a Monte Carlo based valuation model to manage risk by closely monitoring the net market value of our total position in assets, liabilities, and interest rate swaps over a number of market scenarios. This risk measure is based on the Bank’s asset-liability management model and a prepayment model that projects the prepayment dynamics of mortgage assets. Our model takes into account such factors as historical mortgage loan prepayment rates and various security dealer model forecasts. We conduct a review of the accuracy and reliability of the prepayment model on a monthly basis.
Mortgage Finance Typical Funding Structures
We attempt to match the duration of our mortgage assets with the duration of our liabilities within a reasonable range. Mortgage assets include both mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and MBS.SBA investments. We issue a mix of debt securities across a broad spectrum of final maturities to achieve the desired liability durations. Because the cash flows of mortgage assets fluctuate as interest rates change, we frequently issue callable and noncallable debt to alter the cash flows of our liabilities to match partially the expected change in cash flows of our mortgage assets. The duration of callable debt, like that of a mortgage, shortens when interest rates decrease and lengthens when interest rates increase. If interest rates decrease, we are likely to call debt that carries an interest rate higher than does the current market.
We fund certain mortgage loans with a combination of callable, noncallable, and APLS. APLS pay down with a specified reference pool of mortgages determined at issuance and have a final stated maturity of seven to ten years. These consolidated obligations pay a fixed coupon with the redemption schedule dependent on the amortization of the underlying reference pool of mortgages identified earlier. These consolidated obligations are redeemed at the final maturity date, regardless of the then-outstanding amount of the reference pool.
The noncallable and callable consolidated obligations have varying costs with the shorter-term noncallable bonds generally having a lower cost than the longer-term callable bonds. As a result of these differing bond costs, the cost of funds supporting our mortgage assets will change over time and under varying interest rate scenarios. The related mortgage loans maintain a relatively constant yield, resulting in changes in the portfolio’s interest spread relationship over time.

88


In a stable to rising interest rate environment, the lower-rate short-term bonds mature while the higher-rate callable bonds remain outstanding, resulting in an increasing cost of funds and a lower income spread as time passes. Conversely, in a falling interest rate environment, many of the higher-rate callable bonds are called away reducing the cost of funds and improving spreads.
Derivatives
We enter into derivative agreements to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. We use derivatives to adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristics of financial instruments to achieve risk management objectives. We do not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

103


Our current hedging strategies relate to hedges of existing assets and liabilities that qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment and economic hedges that are used to reduce market risk at the balance sheet or portfolio level. Economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, so only the derivative instrument is marked to market.
Prior to the execution of transactions under a new or complex hedging strategy, the Asset-Liability Committee must approve the strategy.
The following tables describe our approved derivative instruments, the related hedged items, and the purpose of each derivative instrument used to manage various interest rate riskshedging strategies at December 31, 2007:2008:
       
  Hedging Derivative Hedging Purpose of Hedge
Hedged Item Classification Instrument Purpose of Hedge Transaction
Advances      
Fixed rate advances Fair value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Putable fixed rate advances Fair value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap with put option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Callable fixed rate advances Fair Value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.

89


HedgingDerivative Hedging
Hedged ItemClassificationInstrumentPurpose of Hedge Transaction
Variable rate advances Economic Payment of variable (e.g. six-month LIBOR), receipt of variable (e.g. three-month LIBOR) interest rate swap To protect against repricing risk by converting the asset’s variable rate to the same index variable rate as the funding source.
Mortgage Assets      
Mortgage loans and MBS Economic Interest rate caps and floors To manage the extension risk of our fixed rate mortgage-related investments and the interest rate caps embedded in our adjustable rate MBS portfolio.
Variable rate MBS1
 Economic Payment of variable, receipt of variable interest rate swap To protect against repricing risk by converting the asset’s variable rate to the same index as the funding source.

104


HedgingDerivative HedgingPurpose of Hedge
Hedged ItemClassificationInstrumentTransaction
Mortgage delivery commitments Economic Forward settlement
agreements
 To protect against changes in market value resulting from changes in interest rates.
Investments      
Fixed rate investments1
 Fair value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Consolidated Obligations      
Fixed rate consolidated obligations Fair value or
Economic3
 Payment of variable, receipt of fixed interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the debt’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Callable fixed rate consolidated obligations 12
 Fair value or
Economic24
 Payment of variable, receipt of fixed interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the debt’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Callable variable rate consolidated obligations 11,2
 Fair value or
Economic24
 Payment of variable, receipt of variable interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the debt’s variable rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.

90


HedgingDerivative Hedging
Hedged ItemClassificationInstrumentPurpose of Hedge Transaction
Variable rate consolidated obligations1
 Economic Payment of variable (e.g. one-month LIBOR)LIBOR or another index), receipt of variable (e.g. three-month LIBOR) interest rate swap To protect against repricing risk by converting the variable rate funding source to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Balance Sheet      
Interest rate swaps, swaptions caps, and floorscaps Economic N/A To protect against changes in income and market value of capital stock due to changes in interest rates.
   
1This derivative hedging strategy was not executed as of December 31, 2008.
2 When the hedged item has payment features related to interest payments such as step up bonds, range bonds, or caps on variable rate bonds, the receive leg of the interest rate swap has the same features as the hedged item.
 
23When the hedged item has a term that is different than the swap.
4 When the hedged item is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated, the derivative on the hybrid instrument is classified as an economic hedge.

105


Advances
The Bank makes advances to its members and eligible housing associates on the security of mortgages and other eligible collateral. The Bank issues fixed and variable rate advances, callable advances, and putable advances.
With the issuance of a fixed rate putable advance, we have effectively purchased from the borrower a put option that enables us to terminate the advance after the lockout period and before final maturity. If we exercise our option, the borrower then has the choice of repaying the advance or replacing the advance with any available advance product, subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements, at the then current market rate. We may hedge a putable advance by entering into a cancelable derivative agreement where we pay interest at a fixed rate and receive interest at a variable rate. The interest rate swap counterparty has the option to cancel the derivative agreement on any put date, which would normally occur in a rising rate environment. If the counterparty exercises its option to terminate the interest rate swap, we then exercise our option to terminate the related advance. We may also use derivative agreements to transform the characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the supporting funding.
The optionality embedded in certain financial instruments can create additional interest rate risk. When a borrower prepays an advance, we could suffer lower future income if the principal portion of the prepaid advance were reinvested in lower yielding assets that continue to be funded by higher cost debt. To protect against this risk, we may charge a prepayment fee that makes us financially indifferent to a borrower’s decision to prepay an advance. When we offer advances (other than overnight advances) that a borrower may prepay without a prepayment fee, we usually finance such advances with callable debt or otherwise hedge the embedded option.

91


Mortgage Assets
We manage the interest rate and prepayment risk associated with mortgage loans, securities, and certificates using a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. We may use derivative agreements to transform the characteristics of MBS to match the characteristics of the supporting funding more closely.
The prepayment options embedded in mortgage assets can result in extensions or contractions in the expected maturities of these investments, depending on levels of interest rates. The Finance BoardAgency limits this source of interest rate risk by restricting the types of MBS we may own to those with limited average life changes under certain interest rate shock scenarios.
We enter into commitments to purchase mortgages from our participating members. We may establish an economic hedge of these commitments by selling MBS to be announced (TBA) for forward settlement. A TBA represents a forward contract for the sale of MBS at a future agreed upon date. Upon expiration of the mortgage purchase commitment, the Bank purchases the TBA to close the hedged position.

106


Both the mortgage purchase commitments and the TBA used in the economic hedging strategy are recorded as derivative assets or derivative liabilities at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current-period earnings. When a mortgage purchase commitment derivative settles, the current market value of the commitment is included as a basis adjustment on the mortgage loan and amortized accordingly.
Investments
We may use derivative agreements to transform the characteristics of investment securities other than MBS to match the characteristics of the supporting funding more closely. For available-for-sale securities that have been hedged and qualify as a fair value hedge, we record the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged in other income as net gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative agreements. The amount of the change related to the unhedged risk is recorded in other comprehensive income as an unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities.

92


Consolidated Obligations
We manage the risk arising from changing market prices and volatility of a consolidated obligation by matching the cash inflow on the derivative agreement with the cash outflow on the consolidated obligation. While consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank serves as sole counterparty to derivative agreements associated with specific debt issues for which it is the primary obligor.
In a typical transaction, fixed rate consolidated obligations are issued for us by the Office of Finance and we simultaneously enter into a matching derivative agreement in which the counterparty pays us fixed cash flows designed to mirror in timing, optionality, and amount the cash outflows paid by us on the consolidated obligation. In this typical transaction, we pay a variable cash flow that closely matches the interest payments we receive on short-term or variable rate assets. This intermediation between the capital and derivative markets permits us to raise funds at lower costs than would otherwise be available through the issuance of variable rate consolidated obligations in the capital markets.
We also enter into derivative agreements on variable rate consolidated obligations. For example, we enter into a derivative agreement where the counterparty pays us variable rate cash flows and we pay a different variable rate linked to LIBOR. This type of hedge allows us to manage our repricing risk between assets and liabilities.
We may also enter into interest rate swaps with an upfront payment in a comparable amount to the discount on the hedged consolidated obligation. This cash payment equates to the initial fair value of the interest rate swap and is amortized over the estimated life of the interest rate swap to net interest income as the discount on the bond is expensed. The interest rate swap is marked to market through net“Net (loss) gain (loss) inon derivatives and hedging activitiesactivities” in the statementsStatements of income.Income.
Balance Sheet
The Bank enters into certain economic derivatives as macro balance sheet hedges to protect against changes in interest rates. These economic derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, and floors.caps.
See additional discussion regarding our derivative contracts in the “Derivatives” section at page 89.66.

 

93107


Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or meet the credit needs of our members and housing associates in a timely and cost efficient manner. Day-to-day and contingency liquidity objectives are designed to protect our financial strength and to allow us to withstand market disruption. To achieve this objective, we establish liquidity management requirements and maintain liquidity in accordance with Finance BoardAgency regulations and our own liquidity policy. The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Committee sets the policy, and the Asset-Liability Committee provides oversight of liquidity risk management by reviewing and approving liquidity management strategies. Our liquidity risk management process is based on ongoing calculations of net funding requirements, which are determined by analyzing future cash flows based on assumptions of the expected behavior of members and our assets, liabilities, capital stock, and derivatives. See “Liquidity”“Liquidity and Capital Resources” beginning at page 6369 for additional detail of our liquidity management.
Credit Risk
We define credit risk as the potential that our borrowers or counterparties will fail to meet their obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms. The Bank’s primary credit risks arise from our ongoing lending, investing, and hedging activities. Our overall objective in managing credit risk is to operate a sound credit granting process and to maintain appropriate credit administration, measurement, and monitoring practices.
Advances
We engageare required by regulation to obtain and maintain a security interest in eligible collateral at the time we originate or renew an advance and throughout the life of the advance. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of the GSEs, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured lending activities with eligible memberssmall business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and housing associates. agri-business lines of credit.
Credit risk arises from the possibility that the collateral pledged to us is insufficient to cover the obligations of a borrower in default.
We manage credit risk by securing borrowings with sufficient collateral acceptable to us, monitoring borrower creditworthiness through internal and independent third-party analysis, and performing collateral review and valuation procedures to verify the sufficiency of pledged collateral. We are required by law to make advances solely on a secured basis and have never experienced a credit loss on an advance since our inception. Based uponThe Bank maintains policies and practices to monitor our exposure and take action where appropriate. In addition, the Bank has the ability to call for additional or substitute collateral, held asor require delivery of collateral, during the life of a loan to protect its security and prior repayment history, we do not believe an allowance for credit losses on advances is necessary at this time.
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, seven borrowers and four borrowers had outstanding advances greater than $1 billion. These advance holdings represented approximately 58 percent and 27 percent of the total par value of advances outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006. For further discussion on our largest borrowers of advances, see “Advances” at page 52.interest.

 

94108


We assign discounted valuesAlthough management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bank may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’s collateral. The Bank mitigates this risk through applying collateral pledgeddiscounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit. Collateral discounts, or haircuts, are applied to the Bankunpaid principal balance or market value, if available, of the collateral to determine the advance equivalent value of the collateral securing each borrower’s obligations. The amount of these discounts will vary based on its relative risk.the type of collateral and security agreement. The Bank determines these discounts or haircuts using data based upon historical price changes, discounted cash flow analysis, and loan level modeling. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, borrowers reportedpledged $87 billion and $73 billion of collateral (net of applicable discount or margin factors)discounts) to support $42$44 billion of advances, advance commitments, letters of credit, overdrawn demand deposit accounts, credit enhancement obligations, and MPF delivery commitments with the Bank. At December 31, 2006, borrowers reported $45 billion of collateral (net of applicable discount or margin factors) to support $23$42 billion of advances and other activities.activities with the Bank. Borrowers pledge collateral in excess of their collateral requirement mainly to demonstrate liquidity availability of liquidity and to borrow in the future.
Effective April 6, 2009, management will update discounts on advance collateral. The Bank made these changes to ensure that the Bank can continue to extend credit to members safely and soundly and to protect the integrity of its capital stock. These changes will apply to all members and housing associates. As of February 28, 2009 there are 13 insurance companies that have contractual discounts and have not agreed to sign a revised Advances, Pledge, and Security Agreement that would allow the Bank to update discounts on insurance company collateral on a retroactive and prospective basis. Three of the 13 insurance companies were included in our top five advance borrower listing at December 31, 2008. As a result of failing to sign the revised agreement, the Bank will not extend new advances or rollover any existing advances to those insurance companies until they sign the new agreement. To ensure that it is fully collateralized on its existing business with those insurance companies, the Bank establishes market values against which the discounts are applied and may limit the return of delivered collateral on maturing advances.

109


The following table shows the dollar and percentageour composition (net of applicable discount and margin factors) of collateral pledged to the Bank at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in billions):
                 
  2007  2006 
Collateral Type Dollars  Percent  Dollars  Percent 
                 
Residential mortgage loans $29.1   39.9% $20.8   46.5%
Other real estate related collateral  17.3   23.6   15.5   34.8 
Investment securities/insured loans  25.8   35.2   7.5   16.8 
Secured small business, small farm, and small agribusiness loans  1.0   1.3   0.9   1.9 
             
                 
Total collateral $73.2   100.0% $44.7   100.0%
             
                         
  December 31, 2008  December 31, 2007 
  Unpaid          Unpaid       
  Principal  Advance      Principal  Advance    
Collateral Type Balance  Equivalent  Discount  Balance  Equivalent  Discount 
                         
Residential loans                        
1-4 family $51.5  $36.0   30.1% $39.3  $28.3   28.0%
Multi-family  1.9   1.1   42.1   1.4   0.8   42.9 
Other real estate  42.2   23.8   43.6   31.9   17.3   45.8 
Securities/insured loans                        
Residential MBS  23.8   19.0   20.2   23.3   21.8   6.4 
CMBS  7.3   4.6   37.0   3.7   3.2   13.5 
Government insured loans  1.1   0.9   18.2   0.9   0.8   11.1 
Secured small business loans and agribusiness loans  5.2   1.8   65.4   2.6   1.0   61.5 
                   
                         
Total collateral $133.0  $87.2   34.4% $103.1  $73.2   29.0%
                   
Mortgage Assets
We are exposed to mortgage asset credit risk through our participation in the MPF program and MBS activities. Mortgage asset credit risk is primarily the risk that we will not receive timely payments of principal and interest due from mortgage borrowers because of borrower defaults. Credit risk on mortgage assets is affected by numerous characteristics, including loan type, down-payment amount, borrower’s credit history, and other factors such as home price fluctuations.
We manage the credit risk on mortgage loans acquired in the MPF program by
using agreements to establish credit risk sharing responsibilities between the Bank and participating members. The credit risk sharing includes payment of monthly credit enhancement fees by the Bank to our members.
monitoring the performance of the mortgage loan portfolio and creditworthiness of participating members.
establishing prudent credit loss reserves to reflect management estimates of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.
establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses that are in excess of credit loss reserves resulting from stress conditions.
using agreements to establish credit risk sharing responsibilities between the Bank and participating members. The credit risk sharing includes payment of monthly credit enhancement fees by the Bank to our members.
monitoring the performance of the mortgage loan portfolio and creditworthiness of participating members.
establishing prudent credit loss reserves to reflect management estimates of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.
establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses that are in excess of credit loss reserves resulting from stress conditions.

 

95110


Our management of credit risk in the MPF program involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among us and our participating members. Though the nature of these layers of loss protection differs slightly among the MPF products we offer, each product contains similar credit risk structures. For conventional loans, the credit risk structure contains the following layers of loss protections in order of priority:
Homeowner equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance (PMI) for all loans with home owner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
FLA established by the Bank. FLA is a memorandum account for tracking losses. Such losses are either recoverable from future payments of performance based credit enhancement fees to the member or absorbed by the Bank, depending on the MPF product.
Credit enhancements (including any SMI) provided by participating members. The size of the participating member’s credit enhancement is calculated so that any losses in excess of the FLA are limited to those of an investor in a mortgage-backed security that is rated the equivalent of AA by a NRSRO. To cover losses equal to all or a portion of the credit enhancement amount, participating members are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligations or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer for the benefit of the Bank (except that losses generally classified as special hazard losses are not covered by SMI).
Losses greater than credit enhancements provided by members are the responsibility of the Bank.
Homeowner equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance (PMI) for all loans with home owner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
FLA established by the Bank. FLA is a memorandum account for tracking losses. Such losses are either recoverable from future payments of performance based credit enhancement fees to the member or absorbed by the Bank, depending on the MPF product.
Credit enhancements (including supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI)) provided by participating members. The size of the participating member’s credit enhancement is calculated so that any losses in excess of the FLA are limited to those of an investor in a mortgage-backed security that is rated the equivalent of AA by a NRSRO. To cover losses equal to all or a portion of the credit enhancement amount, participating members are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligations or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer for the benefit of the Bank (except that losses generally classified as special hazard losses are not covered by SMI).
Losses greater than credit enhancements provided by members are the responsibility of the Bank. The Bank utilizes an allowance for any estimated losses beyond the above layers.
The FLA is a memorandum account which is a record keeping mechanism we use to track the amount of losses for which the Bank could have a potential loss exposure (before the member’s credit enhancement is used to cover losses). The FLA is not funded by the Bank or the participating member. Reductions in the amount of base or performance based credit enhancement fees paid to the participating member offset any losses incurred by the Bank, up to the limit of the FLA, except for the Original MPF Government product.product which is guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The Bank maintains the FLA for each master commitment. The FLA account balance was $96.8$105.9 million and $94.1$96.8 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

 

96111


PFIs are paid credit enhancement fees as an incentive to minimize credit losses and share in the risk on MPF loans, and to pay for SMI. These fees are paid monthly and are determined based on the remaining principal balance of the MPF loans. The amount of the required credit enhancement fee may vary depending on the MPF products selected. Credit enhancement fees are recorded as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. The Bank also pays performance based credit enhancement fees which are based on actual performance of the mortgage loans. In general, base or performance based fees are net of cumulative unrecovered losses paid by the Bank. To the extent that losses in the current month exceed base or performance based credit enhancement fees accrued, the remaining losses are recovered from future base or performance based credit enhancement fees payable to the member. The Bank recorded credit enhancement fees of $18.8 million, $20.8 million, and $23.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Our liability for credit enhancement fees was $7.5$6.7 million and $8.5$7.5 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
The Bank’s MPF loan portfolio contains loans guaranteed by the VA, FHA, and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), and others that do not have such guarantee but have a credit risk protection in the form of PMI, FLA, SMI, and credit enhancement provided by the PFI. Any loss in excess of PMI, FLA, SMI, and credit enhancement is the responsibility of the Bank. If every loan in the portfolio were to default and the properties securing the loans had zero value, the amount of credit losses not recoverable from VA and FHA (including servicer paid losses not covered by the FHA or VA), PMI, FLA, SMI, and PFI credit enhancement coverage would be $10.2$10.1 billion and $11.1$10.2 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

97


We offer a variety of MPF products to meet the differing needs of our members. The Bank allows participating members to select the products they want to use. These products include the following:
 (1) Original MPF. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. The first layer losses are absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA. The second layer losses are provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.
 
 (2) MPF 100. Members originate these loans as an agent for the Bank and the loans are funded and owned by the Bank. The first layer losses are absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The second layer losses are provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.
 
 (3) MPF 125. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. The first loss layer is absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The second loss layer is provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.

112


 (4) MPF Plus. Members sell closed loans to the Bank in bulk. The first layer losses are applied to an FLA equal to a specified percentage of loans in the pool and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The member acquires a SMI policy to cover the second loss layers that exceed the deductible of the policy. Additional losses up to AA rating equivalent are provided by the member’s credit enhancement amount. All losses beyond that are absorbed by the Bank.
 
 (5) Original MPF Government. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. These loans are guaranteed by the U.S. governmentGovernment under FHA, VA, RHS Section 502, or HUD section 184 loan programs.

98


In 2009, the Bank began participating in a new MPF product called MPF Xtra. Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases these mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae.
The following table presents our MPF portfolio by product type at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 at par value (dollars in billions):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Product Type Dollars Percent Dollars Percent  Dollars Percent Dollars Percent 
  
Original MPF $0.2  1.9% $0.2  1.7% $0.3  2.8% $0.2  1.9%
MPF 100 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.8  0.2 1.9 0.1 0.9 
MPF 125 1.2 11.0 1.1 9.3  2.0 18.7 1.2 11.0 
MPF Plus 8.8 80.7 9.9 83.2  7.8 72.9 8.8 80.7 
                  
Total conventional loans 10.3 94.5 11.3 95.0  10.3 96.3 10.3 94.5 
  
Original MPF Government 0.5 4.6 0.5 4.2  0.4 3.7 0.5 4.6 
                  
  
Total mortgage loans 10.8 99.1 11.8 99.2  10.7 100.0 10.8 99.1 
  
MPF Shared Funding recorded in investments 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.8 
MPF shared funding recorded in investments * * 0.1 0.9 
                  
  
Total MPF related assets $10.9  100.0% $11.9  100.0% $10.7  100.0% $10.9  100.0%
                  
*Amount is less than 0.1 billion or 0.1 percent.

 

99113


The MPF Shared Funding Certificatesshared funding certificates included in the preceding table are mortgage-backed certificates created from conventional conforming mortgages using a senior/subordinated tranche structure. The Bank’s investment is recorded in held-to-maturity securities. The following table shows our Shared Funding Certificatesshared funding certificates and credit ratings at December 31, 20062008 and 20052007 (dollars in millions):
                
Credit Rating 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
AAA $51 $58  $45 $51 
AA 2 2  2 2 
          
  
Total MPF Shared Funding Certificates $53 $60 
Total MPF shared funding certificates $47 $53 
          
At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, we held mortgage loans acquired from Superior amounting to $8.9$7.9 billion and $10.0$8.9 billion. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, these loans represented 8374 percent and 8583 percent of total mortgage loans at par value. The loans are primarily MPF Plus and Original MPF Government.
We also manage the credit risk on our mortgage loan portfolio by monitoring portfolio performance and the creditworthiness of our participating members. All loans purchased by the Bank must comply with underwriting guidelines which follow standards generally required in the secondary mortgage market. The MPF guidesGuides set forth the eligibility standards for MPF loans. PFIs are free to use an approved automated underwriting system or to underwrite MPF loans manually when originating or acquiring loans, though the loans must meet MPF program underwriting and eligibility guidelines outlined in the MPF Origination Guide. In some circumstances, a PFI may be granted a waiver exempting it from complying with specified provisions of the MPF guides, such as documentation waivers.

 

100114


The following table shows portfolio characteristics of the conventional loan portfolio at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. Portfolio concentrations are calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Portfolio Characteristics  
  
Regional concentration1
  
Midwest  37.0%  35.4%  41.4%  37.0%
West  19.0%  19.8%  17.0%  19.0%
Southwest  16.4%  16.3%  16.7%  16.4%
Southeast  15.3%  15.9%  13.8%  15.3%
Northeast  12.3%  12.6%  11.1%  12.3%
  
State concentration  
Minnesota  14.1%  13.3%  15.7%  14.1%
California  10.0%  10.3%  9.0%  10.0%
Iowa  6.8%  5.9%  9.5%  6.8%
Illinois  5.8%  5.9%  6.0%  5.8%
Missouri  4.7%  4.1%  6.2%  4.7%
  
Weighted average FICO (register mark) score at origination2
 735 734  737 735 
Weighted average loan-to-value at origination
  68%  68%  69%  68%
 
Average loan amount at origination $158,686 $159,275  $157,680 $158,686 
 
 
Original loan term  
Less than or equal to 15 years  25%  26%  23%  25%
Greater than 15 years  75%  74%  77%  75%
1 Midwest includes IA, IL, IN, MI, MN, ND, NE, OH, SD, and WI.
West includes AK, CA, Guam, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, and WY.
Southeast includes AL, District of Columbia, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, and WV.
Southwest includes AR, AZ, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX, and UT.
Northeast includes CT, DE, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, Puerto Rico, RI, U.S. Virgin Islands, and VT.
 
2 FICO (register mark) is a widely used credit industry model developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.
We monitor the loan characteristics because they can be strong predictors of credit risk. For example, local economic conditions affect borrowers’ ability to repay loans and the value of the underlying collateral. Geographic diversification helps reduce mortgage credit risk at the portfolio level. Higher FICO (register mark) scores generally indicate a lower risk of default while lower scores can indicate a higher default risk. The likelihood of default and the gross severity of a loss in the event of default are typically lower as loan-to-value ratios decrease.

 

101115


We monitor the delinquency levels of our mortgage loan portfolio on a monthly basis. A summary of our delinquencies at December 31, 20072008 follows (dollars in millions):
                        
 Unpaid Principal Balance  Unpaid Principal Balance 
 Government-    Government-   
 Conventional Insured Total  Conventional Insured Total 
  
30 days $83 $20 $103  $101 $23 $124 
60 days 20 4 24  27 7 34 
90 days 6 2 8  11 3 14 
Greater than 90 days 1 1 2  12 3 15 
Foreclosures and bankruptcies 41 4 45  47 5 52 
              
  
Total delinquencies $151 $31 $182  $198 $41 $239 
              
  
Total mortgage loans outstanding $10,330 $461 $10,791  $10,253 $423 $10,676 
              
  
Delinquencies as a percent of total mortgage loans  1.5%  6.8%  1.7%  1.9%  9.7%  2.2%
              
  
Delinquencies 90 days and greater plus foreclosures and bankruptcies as a percent of total mortgage loans  0.4%  1.1%  0.4%  0.7%  2.6%  0.8%
              
A summary of our delinquencies at December 31, 20062007 follows (dollars in millions):
                        
 Unpaid Principal Balance  Unpaid Principal Balance 
 Government-    Government-   
 Conventional Insured Total  Conventional Insured Total 
  
30 days $105 $22 $127  $83 $20 $103 
60 days 19 5 24  20 4 24 
90 days 6 2 8  6 2 8 
Greater than 90 days 1  1  1 1 2 
Foreclosures and bankruptcies 33  33  41 4 45 
              
  
Total delinquencies $164 $29 $193  $151 $31 $182 
              
  
Total mortgage loans outstanding $11,249 $511 $11,760  $10,330 $461 $10,791 
              
  
Delinquencies as a percent of total mortgage loans  1.5%  5.7%  1.6%  1.5%  6.8%  1.7%
              
  
Delinquencies 90 days and greater plus foreclosures and bankruptcies as a percent of total mortgage loans  0.3%  %  0.3%  0.4%  1.1%  0.4%
              

 

102116


We place any conventional mortgage loan that is 90 days or more past due on nonaccrual status, meaning interest income on the loan is not accrued and any cash payments received are applied as interest income and a reduction of principal. A government-insured loan that is 90 days or more past due is not placed on nonaccrual status because of the (1) U.S. government guarantee of the loan and (2) contractual obligation of the loan servicer.servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.
The Bank has established an allowance for credit losses to reflect management estimates of most likely credit losses inherent in the portfolio. We also manage credit risk by establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses, in excess of the allowance, that may arise from stress conditions. The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans totaled $0.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Balance, beginning of year $250 $763 $760  $300 $250 $763 
  
Charge-offs  (19)     (95)  (19)  
Recoveries   3     
              
Net recoveries (charge-offs)  (19)  3 
Net charge-offs  (95)  (19)  
  
Provision for (reversal of provision for) credit losses 69  (513)  
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 295 69  (513)
              
  
Balance, end of year $300 $250 $763  $500 $300 $250 
              
In accordance with the Bank’s allowance for credit losses policy, the allowance estimate is based on historical loss experience, current delinquency levels, economic data, and other relevant factors using a pooled loan approach. On a regular basis, we monitor delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. Other relevant factors evaluated in our methodology include changes in national/local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations. The Bank monitors and reports portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered quarterly based upon charge-offs, current calculations for probabilitythe amount of default and loss severity,nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. Management periodically reports the status of the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans to the Board of Directors. Management believes the Bank has policies and practices in place to manage this credit risk appropriately.

103


As a result of our quarterly 20072008 allowance for credit losses reviews, we increased our provision for credit losses by $69,000$0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. Additionally, based2008. Based upon this evaluation, the Bank determined that an allowance for credit losses of $0.3$0.5 million was sufficient to cover projected losses in our MPF portfolio. Our charge-off activity has historically been small relative to the loan and allowance balances as our mortgage loan portfolio is a relatively new portfolio.

117


As part of the mortgage portfolio, we also invest in MBS. Finance BoardAgency regulations allow us to invest in securities guaranteed by the U.S. government,Government, GSEs, and other MBS that are of investment graderated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch on the purchase date. Investments in MBS may be purchased as long as the balance of outstanding MBS is equal to or less than 300 percent of the Bank’s total capital, and must be rated AAA at the time of purchase. We are exposed to credit risk to the extent that these investments fail to perform adequately. The Bank has conservative investment standardsWe do ongoing analysis to mitigateevaluate the investments and creditworthiness of the issuers, trustees, and servicers for potential credit risk associated with itsissues.
At December 31, 2008, we owned $9.3 billion of MBS, of which $9.2 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were private-label MBS. In most cases, the credit protection for investments in MBS backed by less than prime mortgage loans exceeds that required to achieve a AAA rating at the time the investment was made.
At December 31, 2007, we owned $6.8 billion of MBS, of which $6.7 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. governmentGovernment or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were private label securities backed by residential mortgage loans.private-label MBS. At December 31, 2006, we owned $4.4 billion2008, 55 percent of our private-label MBS of which $4.2 billion were guaranteed by the U.S. government or issued by GSEsMPF shared funding and $0.2 billion45 percent were private label securities backed by residential mortgage loans.other private-label MBS. Our private label securitiesother private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) were all variable rate securities rated AAA by an NRSRO at December 31, 2008 and were not2007. As of February 28, 2009 there have been no subsequent rating agency actions on our private-label MBS. All of these private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) are backed by subprime loans or non traditionalprime loans.
The following table summarizes the characteristics of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) by year of securitization at December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):
                     
  Unpaid  Gross           
  Principal  Unrealized      Investment    
  Balance  Losses  Fair Value  Grade %  Watchlist % 
2003 and earlier $38  $10  $28   100%  0%
                
The following table summarizes the fair value of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) as a percentage of unpaid principal balance:
                     
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31,  December 31, 
  2008  2008  2008  2008  2007 
2003 and earlier  74%  87%  94%  93%  99%
                

118


The following table shows portfolio characteristics of the underlying collateral of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) at December 31, 2008:
Portfolio Characteristics2008
Weighted average FICO (register mark) score at origination1
 725
Weighted average loan-to-value at origination
65%
Weighted average subordination rate2
9%
Weighted average market price73.93
Weighted average original credit enhancement4%
Weighted average credit enhancement9%
Weighted average minimum credit enhancement0%
Weighted average delinquency rate3
5%
1FICO (register mark) is a widely used credit industry model developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.
2Represents total credit enhancements as a percentage of unpaid principal balance.
3Represents the delinquency rate on underlying loans that are 60 days or more past due.
The following table shows the state concentrations of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) at February 28, 2009. State concentrations are calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
State Concentrations
Florida13.7%
California13.0%
Georgia11.7%
New York9.3%
New Jersey4.9%
All other1
47.4%
Total100.0%
1There are no individual states with a concentration greater than 4.3 percent.
We perform ongoing analysis to evaluate the investments and creditworthiness of the issuers, trustees, and servicers for potential credit issues. Due to the high level of credit protection associated with these investments, the Bank does not expect any future material credit losses on its MBS.
The Bank also invests in state housing finance agency bonds. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had $93.3 million and $74.0 million of state agency bonds rated AA or higher.

119


Investments
We maintain an investment portfolio to provide liquidity, additional earnings, and promote asset diversification. Finance BoardAgency regulations and policies adopted by the Board of Directors limit the type of investments we may purchase.
We invest in short-term instruments as well as obligations of government-sponsored enterprisesthe U.S. Government, GSEs and other FHLBanks for liquidity purposes. The primary credit risk of these investments is the counterparties’ ability to meet repayment terms. We establish unsecured credit limits to counterparties based on the credit quality capital levels, and assetcapital levels of the counterparty as well as the capital level of the Bank. Because the investments are transacted with highly rated counterparties, the credit risk is low; accordingly, we have not set aside specific reserves for our investment portfolio. We do, however, maintain a level of retained earnings to absorb any unexpected losses from our investments that may arise from stress conditions. The Bank also invests in state housing finance agency bonds. At December 31, 2007, we had $74.0 million of state agency bonds rated AA or higher compared with $4.9 million at December 31, 2006.

104


The largest unsecured exposure to any single short-term counterparty excluding GSEsGSE was $250$753 million and $298$250 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. The following tables show our unsecured credit exposure to investment counterparties (including accrued interest receivable) at December 31, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in millions):
                                                
 2007  2008 
 Certificates of Commercial Overnight Term Other    Commercial Overnight Term Other   
Credit Rating1 Deposit Paper Fed Funds Fed Funds Obligations2 Total  Deposits2 Paper Federal Funds Federal Funds Obligations3 Total 
  
AAA $ $ $ $ $219 $219  $ $385 $ $315 $2,151 $2,851 
AA  200  780 45 1,025    930 1,251  2,181 
A 101  580 453 17 1,151    780 150  930 
                          
  
Total $101 $200 $580 $1,233 $281 $2,395  $ $385 $1,710 $1,716 $2,151 $5,962 
                          
                                                
 2006  2007 
 Certificates of Commercial Overnight Term Other    Commercial Overnight Term Other   
Credit Rating1 Deposit Paper Fed Funds Fed Funds Obligations2 Total  Deposits2 Paper Federal Funds Federal Funds Obligations3 Total 
  
AAA $ $297 $ $ $567 $864  $ $ $ $ $219 $219 
AA  896 575   1,471   200  780  980 
A  130 1,050   1,180  101  580 453  1,134 
                          
  
Total $ $1,323 $1,625 $ $567 $3,515  $101 $200 $580 $1,233 $219 $2,333 
                          
1 Credit rating is the lowest of Standard & Poor’s,S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch ratings stated in terms of the Standard & Poor’sS&P equivalent.
 
2 Deposits include interest and non-interest bearing deposits as well as certificates of deposit.
3Other obligations represent investments in obligations in GSEs and derivatives.TLGP investments that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Because of the agency rating for GSEs and the U.S. government guarantee of TLGP investments, the Bank categorizes these investments as AAA.

 

105120


We had cash and short-term investments with a book value of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2008 compared to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2007. We manage the level of cash and short-term investments according to changes in other asset classes and levels of capital. Additionally, we adjust cash and short-term investments to maintain our target leverage ratio and to manage excess funds. During the last quarter of 2008, as a result of the ongoing credit and liquidity crisis, the Bank began to hold more cash on hand as available approved counterparty options were reduced. Additionally, the Bank increased its liquidity position by purchasing investments through the TLGP program.
Derivatives
All of our hedging strategies use over-the-counter derivative instruments that expose us to counterparty credit risk because the transactions are executed and settled between two parties. When an over-the-counter derivative has a market value above zero, the counterparty owes that value to the Bank over the remaining life of the derivative. Credit risk arises from the possibility the counterparty will not be able to fulfill its commitment to pay the amount owed to us.
We use the following techniques to manage counterparty credit risk related to derivatives:
Transacting with highly rated derivative counterparties according to Board-approved credit standards.
Using master netting and bilateral collateral agreements.
Monitoring counterparty creditworthiness through internal and external analysis.
Managing credit exposures through collateral delivery.
Calculating market values for all derivative contracts at least monthly and verifying reasonableness by checking those values against independent sources.
Establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses resulting from stress conditions.
Transacting with highly rated derivative counterparties according to Board-approved credit standards.
Using master netting and bilateral collateral agreements.
Monitoring counterparty creditworthiness through internal and external analysis.
Managing credit exposures through collateral delivery.
Calculating market values for all derivative contracts at least monthly and verifying reasonableness by checking those values against independent sources.
Establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses resulting from stress conditions.
In addition, during the second half of 2008 as a result of current market conditions, the Bank began reducing its derivative asset position. In doing this, the Bank reduces its credit risk arising from the possibility that the counterparty will be unable to fulfill its commitment. As a result of these risk mitigation initiatives, management does not anticipate any credit losses on our derivative agreements, and has accordingly set aside no specific reserves for derivative counterparty exposures.
Excluding mortgage delivery commitments that were fully collateralized, we had 26 active derivative counterparties at December 31, 2007 and 2006, most of which were large highly rated banks and broker-dealers. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, five counterparties represented approximately 55 percent and 57 percent, respectively, of the total notional amount of outstanding derivative transactions, and all five had a credit rating of A or better. At December 31, 2007, one counterparty with an AA credit rating, JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., represented $17.1 million or approximately 28 percent of our net derivatives exposure after collateral. At December 31, 2006, one counterparty with an AA credit rating, HSBC Bank USA, N.A., represented $9.7 million or approximately 27 percent of our net derivatives exposure after collateral. In addition, we had mortgage delivery commitment derivatives with notional amounts of $23.4 million at December 31, 2007 compared with $15.7 million at December 31, 2006. Participating members are assessed a fee for failing to fulfill their mortgage delivery commitments.

 

106121


The following tables show our derivative counterparty credit exposure at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 excluding mortgage delivery commitments and after applying netting agreements and collateral (dollars in millions):. We were in a net liability position at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                                        
 2007  2008 
 Total Value Exposure  Total Value Exposure 
Credit Active Notional Exposure at of Collateral Net of 
Rating1 Counterparties Amount2 Fair Value3 Pledged Collateral4 
 Active Notional Exposure at of Collateral Net of 
Credit Rating1 Counterparties Amount2 Fair Value3 Pledged Collateral4 
  
AAA 3 $1,485 $ $ $  1 $309 $ $ $ 
AA 19 33,779 67 23 44  10 17,338 *  * 
A 4 5,594 25 8 17  12 12,093    
                      
  
Total 26 $40,858 $92 $31 $61  23 $29,740 $* $ $* 
                      
                                        
 2006  2007 
 Total Value Exposure  Total Value Exposure 
Credit Active Notional Exposure at of Collateral Net of 
Rating1 Counterparties Amount2 Fair Value3 Pledged Collateral4 
 Active Notional Exposure at of Collateral Net of 
Credit Rating1 Counterparties Amount2 Fair Value3 Pledged Collateral4 
  
AAA 3 $1,761 $ $ $  3 $1,485 $ $ $ 
AA 18 21,036 31  31  19 33,779 67 23 44 
A 5 6,687 5 2 3  4 5,594 25 8 17 
                      
  
Total 26 $29,484 $36 $2 $34  26 $40,858 $92 $31 $61 
                      
1 Credit rating is the lower of the Standard & Poor’s,S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch ratings stated in terms of a Standard & Poor’sthe S&P equivalent.
 
2 Notional amounts serve as a factor in determining periodic interest amounts to be received and paid and generally do not represent actual amounts to be exchanged or directly reflect our exposure to counterparty credit risk.
 
3 For each counterparty, this amount includes derivatives with a net positive market value including the related accrued interest receivable/payable (net).
 
4 Amount equals total exposure at fair value less value of collateral pledged as determined at the counterparty level.
*Amount is less than one million.

107


Operational Risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or external events. Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities and processes. Management has established policies and procedures to reduce the likelihood of operational risk and designed our annual risk assessment process to provide ongoing identification, measurement, and monitoring of operational risk. The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Committee reviews risk assessment results and business unit recommendations regarding operational risk.

122


Management reduces the risk of process and system failures by implementing internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded in accordance with source documentation and by maintaining certain back-up facilities. In addition, management has developed and tested a comprehensive business continuity plan to restore mission critical processes and systems in a timely manner. The Bank’s Internal Audit Department also conducts independent operational and information system audits on a regular basis to ensure that adequate controls exist.
We use various financial models and model output to quantify financial risks and analyze potential strategies. Management mitigates the risk of incorrect model output leading to inappropriate business decisions by benchmarking model results to independent sources and having third parties periodically validate critical models.
The Bank is prepared to deliver services to customers in normal operating environments as well as in the presence of significant internal or external stresses.
Despite the above policies and oversight, some operational risks are beyond our control, and the failure of other parties to adequately address their operational risk could adversely affect us.
Business Risk
Business risk is the risk of an adverse impact on the Bank’s profitability resulting from external factors that may occur in both the short- and long-term. Business risk includes political, strategic, reputation, regulatory, and/or environmental factors, many of which are beyond our control. From time to time, proposals are made, or legislative and regulatory changes are considered, which could affect our status and cost of doing business. Our risk management committees regularly discuss business risk issues. We attempt to mitigate these risks through annual and long-term strategic planning and through continually monitoring economic indicators and the external environment in which we operate.

 

108123


ITEM 7A–QUANTITATIVE7A-QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See “Market Risk/Capital Adequacy” beginning at page 8296 and the sections referenced therein for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
ITEM 8–FINANCIAL8-FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following financial statements and accompanying notes, including the report of independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth beginning at page S-2.
Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Auditors dated March 14, 2008 – PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Statements of Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006
Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
Statements of Changes in Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005
Audited Financial Statements
Report of Independent Auditors dated March 13, 2009 — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007
Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
Statements of Changes in Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006
Notes to Financial Statements

 

109124


Supplementary Data
Selected Quarterly Financial Information
The following tables present selected financial data from the statementsStatements of conditionCondition at the end of each quarter of 20072008 and 2006.2007. They also present selected quarterly operating results for the same periods.
                                
Statements of Condition 2007  2008 
(Dollars in millions) December 31, September 30, June30, March 31,  December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 
Short-term investments $2,330 $3,997 $7,910 $5,548  $3,810 $2,060 $4,825 $4,300 
Mortgage-backed securities 6,837 5,842 4,900 4,136  9,307 9,653 9,145 7,701 
Other investments 77 83 13 13  2,252 155 77 76 
Advances 40,412 31,759 22,627 21,322  41,897 63,897 46,022 47,092 
Mortgage loans, net 10,802 10,974 11,225 11,514  10,685 10,576 10,583 10,707 
Total assets 60,767 52,890 46,897 42,727  68,129 87,069 70,838 70,082 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 200 200 500 500 
Consolidated obligations 56,065 48,028 42,640 38,264  62,784 80,970 65,302 64,531 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 46 46 69 59  11 11 43 43 
Affordable Housing Program 43 43 44 46  40 42 43 42 
Payable to REFCORP 6 7 6 5  1 11 12 8 
Total liabilities 57,715 50,200 44,610 40,499  65,112 82,964 67,492 66,825 
Capital stock – Class B putable 2,717 2,348 1,948 1,844 
Capital stock — Class B putable 2,781 3,807 3,016 3,012 
Retained earnings 361 355 347 344  382 404 388 367 
Capital-to-asset ratio  5.02%  5.09%  4.88%  5.21%  4.43%  4.71%  4.72%  4.65%
                                
 Three Months Ended  Three Months Ended 
Quarterly Operating Results 2007  2008 
(Dollars in millions) December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,  December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 
Interest income $656.8 $637.4 $604.3 $562.3  $561.2 $612.5 $567.9 $626.8 
Interest expense 608.5 592.0 565.1 524.1  533.0 532.8 494.9 562.1 
Net interest income 48.3 45.4 39.2 38.2  28.2 79.7 73.0 64.7 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans      0.3    
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision 48.3 45.4 39.2 38.2  27.9 79.7 73.0 64.7 
Other income 3.8 3.7 2.6 0.2 
Other (loss) income  (13.5)  (6.6) 3.9  (11.6)
Other expense 12.3 9.8 10.3 10.0  11.3 10.8 11.6 10.4 
Total assessments 10.6 10.5 8.4 8.1  0.8 16.5 17.4 11.3 
Net income 29.2 28.8 23.1 20.3  2.3 45.8 47.9 31.4 
 
Annualized Dividend rate  4.50%  4.25%  4.25%  4.25%
Annualized dividend rate  3.00%  4.00%  4.00%  4.50%

 

110125


                                
Statements of Condition 2006  2007 
(Dollars in millions) December 31, September 30, June30, March 31,  December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 
Short-term investments $3,826 $3,147 $2,887 $4,174  $2,330 $3,997 $7,910 $5,548 
Mortgage-backed securities 4,380 4,608 4,865 5,158  6,837 5,842 4,900 4,136 
Other investments 13 13 14 14  77 83 13 13 
Advances 21,855 22,977 22,295 22,024  40,412 31,759 22,627 21,322 
Mortgage loans, net 11,775 12,053 12,393 12,713  10,802 10,974 11,225 11,514 
Total assets 42,041 42,979 43,341 44,278  60,736 52,879 46,865 42,717 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 500 500 500 500  200  200 500 500 
Consolidated obligations 37,751 38,842 39,212 39,881  56,065 48,028 42,640 38,264 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 65 70 76 84  46 46 69 59 
Affordable Housing Program 45 46 47 47  43 43 44 46 
Payable to REFCORP 6 6 8 48  6 7 6 5 
Total liabilities 39,792 40,668 41,019 42,025  57,683 50,189 44,578 40,489 
Capital stock – Class B putable 1,906 1,970 1,982 1,918 
Capital stock — Class B putable 2,717 2,348 1,948 1,844 
Retained earnings 344 342 340 336  361  355 347 344 
Capital-to-asset ratio  5.35%  5.38%  5.36%  5.09%  5.03%  5.09%  4.88%  5.21%
                                
 Three Months Ended  Three Months Ended 
Quarterly Operating Results 2006  2007 
(Dollars in millions) December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31,  December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, 
Interest income $567.1 $569.8 $542.0 $532.5  $656.8 $637.4 $604.3 $562.3 
Interest expense 527.7 530.8 503.6 495.0  608.5 592.0 565.1 524.1 
Net interest income 39.4 39.0 38.4 37.5  48.3 45.4 39.2 38.2 
Reversal of provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  0.5   
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans     
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision 39.4 39.5 38.4 37.5  48.3 45.4 39.2 38.2 
Other income 1.9 1.5 2.7 2.6  3.8 3.7 2.6 0.2 
Other expense 9.5 10.1 10.8 11.1  12.3 9.8 10.3 10.0 
Total assessments 8.5 8.2 8.2 7.7  10.6 10.5 8.4 8.1 
Net income 23.3 22.7 22.1 21.3  29.2 28.8 23.1 20.3 
 
Annualized Dividend rate  4.25%  4.25%  3.80%  3.00%
Annualized dividend rate  4.50%  4.25%  4.25%  4.25%

 

111126


Investment Portfolio Analysis
Supplementary financial data on the Bank’s investment securities for the year’s ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 are included in the tables below.
At December 31, 2007,2008, the Bank had investments with the following issuer (excluding government-sponsored enterprisesGSEs and U.S. government agencies) with a book value greater than 10 percent of the Bank’s total capital (dollars in millions):
         
      Total 
  Total  Market 
  Book Value  Value 
         
Bank of Nova Scotia $345  $345 
       
         
      Total 
  Total  Market 
  Book Value  Value 
Bank of America Corporation  753   753 
Bank of the West  550   550 
Bank of Nova Scotia  450   450 
JP Morgan  499   499 
Morgan Stanley  499   499 
Societe Generale  630   630 
Union Bank of California  315   315 
       
  $3,696  $3,696 
       
Trading Securities
The Bank’s trading portfolio totals at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 were as follows (dollars in millions):
             
  2007  2006  2005 
             
U.S. government agency-guaranteed $  $  $9 
          
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Non-mortgage backed securities $2,151  $  $ 
          
U.S. government agency-guaranteedTrading securities represented investments represented Ginnie Mae securities. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned government corporation that guarantees payment on MBS that arein TLGP debt. The TLGP was created by the FDIC and represents debt backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans.the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
Available-for-Sale Securities
The Bank’s available-for-sale portfolio totals at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 were as follows (dollars in millions):
             
  2007  2006  2005 
             
Government-sponsored enterprises $3,434  $562  $250 
          
Government-sponsored enterprises represented Fannie Mae and/or Freddie Mac debt securities and mortgage-backed securities.
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
State or local housing agency obligations $1  $  $ 
Government-sponsored enterprises  3,839   3,434   562 
          
Total available-for-sale securities $3,840  $3,434  $562 
          

 

112127


State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds that were purchased by the Bank from housing associates in the Bank’s district under standby bond purchase agreements.
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
The table below summarizes book value and yield characteristics on the basis of remaining terms to contractual maturity for our available-for-sale securities at December 31, 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
 Book Value Yield  Book Value Yield 
State or local housing agency obligations 
After ten years $1  2.94%
Government-sponsored enterprises  
Within one year 219  4.30%
After ten years 3,215  5.38% 3,983 1.46 
          
Total available-for-sale securities $3,434  5.31% $3,984  1.46%
          
Held-to-Maturity Securities
The Bank’s held-to-maturity portfolio at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 includes (dollars in millions):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Certificates of deposit $ $100 $ 
Government-sponsored enterprises $3,458 $4,144 $4,861  5,330 3,458 4,144 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 64 81 107  52 64 81 
States and political subdivisions 74 5 7 
Other bonds, notes, and debentures 309 1,485 1,003 
State or local housing agency obligations 93 74 5 
Other 477 309 1,485 
              
 
Total held-to-maturity securities $3,905 $5,715 $5,978  $5,952 $4,005 $5,715 
              
State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds purchased by the Bank from housing associates within its district. Other investments represented investments in municipal bonds, SBIC, commercial paper, and other non-Federal agency MBS.

128


Government-sponsored enterprise investmentsobligations represented Fannie Mae and/orand Freddie Mac securities. U.S. government agency-guaranteed investments represented Ginnie Mae securities and Small Business Administration (SBA)SBA Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represent undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA-guaranteed loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.Government. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

113


The table below presents book value and yield characteristics on the basis of remaining terms to contractual maturity for our held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
 Book Value Yield  Book Value Yield 
Government-sponsored enterprises  
Within one year $1  5.91% $*  1.78%
After one but within five years 2  5.78%
After five but within 10 years 75  5.50% 11 5.27 
After 10 years 3,380  5.05% 5,319 3.27 
  
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  
After five but within 10 years 1  6.32% 5 1.96 
After 10 years 63  5.45% 47 1.67 
  
States and political subdivisions 
State or local housing agency obligations 
After five but within 10 years 3 5.44 
After 10 years 74  6.30% 90 6.03 
  
Other bonds, notes, and debentures 
Other 
Within one year 205  3.82% 385 0.43 
After one but within five years 3  6.58% 3 6.58 
After five but within 10 years 1  5.37% * 0.97 
After 10 years 100  5.44% 89 3.41 
          
  
Total held-to-maturity securities $3,905  5.03% $5,952  3.12%
          
*Amount is less than one million.

 

114129


Loan Portfolio Analysis
The Bank’s outstanding advances, real estate mortgages, nonperforming real estate mortgages, and real estate mortgages 90 days or more past due and accruing interest for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 20032004 are as follows (dollars in millions):
                                        
 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003  2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 
  
Domestic  
Advances $40,412 $21,855 $22,283 $27,175 $23,272  $41,897 $40,412 $21,855 $22,283 $27,175 
                      
 
Real estate mortgages $10,802 $11,775 $13,018 $15,193 $16,052  $10,685 $10,802 $11,775 $13,018 $15,193 
                      
 
Nonperforming real estate mortgages1
 $27 $24 $33 $23 $10  $48 $27 $24 $33 $23 
                      
 
Real estate mortgages past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest2
 $5 $6 $6 $3 $5  $7 $5 $6 $6 $3 
                      
  
Nonperforming real estate mortgages  
Interest contractually due during the period $1.5  $3 
Interest actually received during the period 1.2   (2) 
      
Shortfall $0.3  $1 
      
1 Nonperforming real estate mortgages represent conventional mortgage loans that are 90 days or more past due and have been placed on nonaccrual status.
 
2 Only government-insured loans (e.g., FHA, VA) continue to accrue after 90 days or more delinquent, because of the (1) U.S. government guarantee of the loans and (2) contractual obligation of the loan servicer.servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.

 

115130


Mortgage Loan Geographic Concentration
The following table shows geographic concentration of the conventional and government-insured loan portfolio at December 31, 2007.2008. Regional concentration is calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
     
Regional Concentration1
    
Midwest  37.141.5%
West  18.516.6%
Southeast14.0%
Southwest  16.9%
Southeast15.617.1%
Northeast  11.910.8%
    
 
Total  100.0%
    
1 Midwest includes IA, IL, IN, MI, MN, ND, NE, OH, SD, and WI.

West includes AK, CA, Guam, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, and WY.

Southeast includes AL, District of Columbia, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, and WV.

Southwest includes AR, AZ, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX, and UT.

Northeast includes CT, DE, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, Puerto Rico, RI, U.S. Virgin Islands, and VT.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The allowance for credit losses on real estate mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 20032004 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                        
 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003  2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 
  
Balance, beginning of year $250 $763 $760 $5,906 $3,255  $300 $250 $763 $760 $5,906 
Charge-offs  (19)    (111)  (53)  (95)  (19)    (111)
Recoveries   3 13      3 13 
                      
Net charge-offs  (19)  3  (98)  (53)  (95)  (19)  3  (98)
  
Provision for (reversal of provision for) credit losses 69  (513)   (5,048) 2,704 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 295 69  (513)   (5,048)
                      
 ��  
Balance, end of period $300 $250 $763 $760 $5,906  $500 $300 $250 $763 $760 
                      
The ratio of net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding was less than one basis point for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004, and 2003.2004.

 

116131


Advances
The following table shows the Bank’s outstanding advances at December 31, 20072008 (dollars in millions):
        
Maturity  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $1  $1 
Within one year 19,817  9,332 
After one but within five years 11,597  18,777 
After five years 8,607  12,553 
      
  
Total par value 40,022  40,663 
  
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain 383  1,082 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges 7 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 152 
      
  
Total advances $40,412  $41,897 
      
The following table details additional interest rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 20072008 (dollars in millions):
        
Par amount of advances  
Fixed rate maturity  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $1  $1 
Within one year 19,669  8,846 
After one year 15,633  19,203 
  
Variable rate maturity  
Within one year 148  486 
After one year 4,571  12,127 
      
  
Total $40,022  $40,663 
      

 

117132


Short-term Borrowings
Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term. The following is a summary of short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in millions):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
Discount notes  
Outstanding at period-end $21,501 $4,685 $4,067  $20,061 $21,501 $4,685 
Weighted average rate at period-end  4.10%  5.02%  3.57%  1.83%  4.10%  5.02%
Daily average outstanding for the period $8,597 $5,423 $5,268  $26,543 $8,597 $5,423 
Weighted average rate for the period  4.93%  4.97%  3.04%  2.32%  4.93%  4.97%
Highest outstanding at any month-end $21,501 $6,791 $7,805  $41,753 $21,501 $6,791 
Ratios
Financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 are provided in the following table:
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Return on average assets  0.21%  0.20%  0.48%  0.18%  0.21%  0.20%
Return on average total capital  4.25%  3.91%  9.57%  3.88%  4.25%  3.91%
Total average capital to average assets  5.04%  5.21%  5.04%  4.71%  5.04%  5.21%
Dividends declared per share as a percentage of net income per share  86.82%  83.09%  26.44%  90.77%  86.82%  83.09%
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                        
(Dollars in millions) 2007 2006 2005 2004 2003 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Dollars in millions)
 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004 
Earnings  
Income before assessments $139.0 $122.0 $301.4 $135.7 $184.4  $173.4 $139.0 $122.0 $301.4 $135.7 
Fixed charges 2,290.1 2,057.4 1,584.7 930.1 852.4  2,123.2 2,290.1 2,057.4 1,584.7 930.1 
                      
Total earnings $2,429.1 $2,179.4 $1,886.1 $1,065.8 $1,036.8  $2,296.6 $2,429.1 $2,179.4 $1,886.1 $1,065.8 
                      
  
Fixed charges  
Interest expense $2,289.7 $2,057.0 $1,584.4 $929.8 $852.1  $2,122.8 $2,289.7 $2,057.0 $1,584.4 $929.8 
Estimated interest component of net rental expense1
 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3  0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 
                      
Total fixed charges $2,290.1 $2,057.4 $1,584.7 $930.1 $852.4  $2,123.2 $2,290.1 $2,057.4 $1,584.7 $930.1 
                      
  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 1.06 1.06 1.19 1.15 1.22  1.08 1.06 1.06 1.19 1.15 
                      
1 Represents an estimated interest factor.one-third of rental expense related to the Bank’s operating leases.

 

118133


ITEM 9-CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A-CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures at December 31, 20072008
The Bank maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)) that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Bank in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms; and (2) accumulated and communicated to the Bank’s management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
In connection with the filing of this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive OfficerCEO and Chief Financial OfficerCFO concluded that, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 31, 2007.2008.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting at December 31, 20072008
The Bank’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Bank’s internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Bank’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Bank; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Bank are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Bank; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Bank’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

119


Management assessed the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2007.2008. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment and those criteria, management believes that, at December 31, 2007,2008, the Bank maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
As reported in our Form 10-Q for the interim period ended September 30, 2007, management concluded that at September 30, 2007 we did not maintain effective controls over its use of spreadsheets used in the financial close and reporting process. Specifically, the Bank did not have effective controls in place to monitor and ensure that spreadsheet formula logic was adequately tested and analyzed in order to provide accurate and complete spreadsheet calculations.
We have enhanced our internal controls over our use of spreadsheets used in the financial close and reporting process. More specifically the Bank
completed spreadsheet certification process that documents and tests the control environment over spreadsheets involved in the financial reporting process.
implemented internally developed information technology (IT) solutions that have replaced or supplemented the development and use of complex spreadsheets involved in the financial reporting process.
implemented additional internal controls to support and validate the Bank’s manual spreadsheets, including installation and phased-in implementation of a software tool to assist with creating an audit trail for changes to spreadsheets.
We have evaluated the design of these new procedures and controls, placed them in operation for a sufficient period of time, and subjected them to appropriate tests, in order to conclude that they are operating effectively. We have therefore concluded that the above referenced material weakness has been fully remediated at December 31, 2007.
As described above, there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this report, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

120134


ITEM 9A(T)-CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Information disclosed under “Item 9A — Controls and Procedures” at page 119.
ITEM 9B-OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10-DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors
The Board of Directors is responsible for monitoring our compliance with Finance BoardAgency regulations and establishing policies and programs that carry out our housing finance mission. The Board of Directors adopts, reviews, and oversees the implementation of policies governing our advance, mortgage loan, investment, and funding activities. Additionally, the Board of Directors adopts, reviews, and oversees the implementation of policies that manage our exposure to market, liquidity, credit, operational, and business risks.
TheIn accordance with the FHLBank Act provides thatand Finance Agency regulations, a FHLBank’s board of at least 14 directors govern each FHLBank. Historically,shall be comprised of a majority of “member directors,” who are directors or officers of members, and a minority of non-member “independent directors”, who shall comprise not less than two-fifths of the members of the board of directors. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Finance Agency was responsible for selecting independent directors, formally known as “appointive directors” to serve on the Bank’s Board has appointedof Directors. As a minimumresult of six public-interest directors, including at least twothe passage of whom come from organizations with more thanthe Housing Act and subsequent Finance Agency rulemaking, all members within the Bank’s five-state district will now elect the Bank’s member and independent directors.
Member directorships are designated to one of the five states in the Bank’s district and a two-year historymember is entitled to nominate and vote for candidates for the state in which the member’s principal place of representing consumer or community interestsbusiness is located. A member is entitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship, one vote for each share of capital stock that the member is required to hold as of the record date for voting, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the total number of votes that each member may cast is limited to the average number of shares of the Bank’s capital stock that were required to be held by all members in banking services, credit needs, housing, or other financial consumer products. Asthat state as of February 29, 2008, the Bank had eight appointive and ten elective directors serving on its Board.
Appointiverecord date for voting. The remaining independent directors are appointed by the Finance Board after being nominated by the Bank. Pursuant to Finance Board regulations, each FHLBank is to submit to the Finance Board, annually on or before October 1, at least one and up to two candidates for each appointive director seat that will expire at the end of the current year. The Finance Board then makes the required appointments from the list of candidates forwarded by each FHLBank. If the Finance Board does not fill all vacancies from the list submitted by the FHLBank’sBank’s Board of Directors the Finance Board may requireafter consultation with the FHLBank’s BoardAffordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’s five-state district. For each independent directorship, a member is entitled to cast the same number of Directorsvotes as it would for a member directorship. Candidates for independent directorships must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to submit a supplemental list for its consideration. An FHLBank may consider any qualified individual for inclusionbe cast in its list of candidates, and a third party may recommend a candidatethe election in order to the FHLBank. Each FHLBank is to select its nominees based on the candidate meeting certain statutory eligibility requirements and the candidate’s business, financial, housing community and economic development, and/or leadership experience.be elected.

 

121135


The remaining directors are electedFor terms beginning January 1, 2009, with the exception of terms shortened by the Finance Agency for staggering purposes, both member and from our member stockholders. Both elected and appointedindependent directors serve three-yearfour-year terms. If any person has been elected to three consecutive full terms as an electivea member or independent director of the Bank and has served for all or part of each of the terms, the individual is not eligible for election to ana member or independent elective directorship of the Bank for a term which begins earlier than two years after the expiration of the last expiring three yearfour-year term. TheIn addition, the FHLBank Act, as amended by the Housing Act, requires that each FHLBank’s Board of Directors elect a chair and vice chair among its members to two-year terms.
For 2009, the Finance Agency has designated a 17-member board, which includes ten member directorships and seven independent directorships. By regulation, the Bank is required to have at least two public interest directors serving on its Board. Public interest directors must have more than four years of experience representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or other financial consumer products. For 2009, the Bank has two public interest directors serving on its Board of Directors.
The table below shows membership information for the Bank’s Board of Directors at February 29, 2008:28, 2009:
           
      ElectedMember or   Expiration of Current
Director Age AppointedIndependent Director Since Term As Director
Michael K. Guttau (chair)  6162  ElectedMember January 1, 2003 December 31, 20082012
Dale E. Oberkfell (vice chair)  5253  ElectedMember January 1, 2007 December 31, 2009
Johnny A. Danos  6869  AppointedIndependent May 14, 2007 December 31, 2010
Gerald D. Eid  6768  AppointedIndependent January 23, 2004 December 31, 2010
Michael J. Finley  5253  ElectedMember January 1, 2005 December 31, 2010
David R. Frauenshuh  6465  AppointedIndependent January 23, 2004 December 31, 2010
Lorna P. GleasonVan D. Fishback  5162  AppointedMember May 14, 2007January 1, 2009 December 31, 20082012
Eric A. Hardmeyer  4849  ElectedMember January 1, 2008 December 31, 2010
Labh S. Hira  5960  AppointedIndependent May 14, 2007 December 31, 2009
John F. Kennedy, Sr.  5253  AppointedIndependent May 14, 2007 December 31, 20082012
D.R. Landwehr  6162  ElectedMember January 1, 2004 December 31, 2009
Clair J. Lensing  7374  ElectedMember January 1, 2004 December 31, 2009
Dennis A. Lind  5758  ElectedMember January 1, 2006 December 31, 20082011
Paula R. Meyer  5354  AppointedIndependent May 14, 2007 December 31, 20082012
Kevin E. PietriniJohn H. Robinson  58  ElectedJanuary 12, 2006December 31, 2008
John H. Robinson57AppointedIndependent May 14, 2007 December 31, 2009
Lynn V. Schneider  6061  ElectedMember January 1, 2004 December 31, 2009
Joseph C. Stewart III  3839  ElectedMember January 1, 2008 December 31, 2010

136


Michael K. Guttau, the Board’s chair, has served as president, chairman, and chief executive officer (CEO) ofbeen with Treynor State Bank in Treynor, Iowa, since 1978. Mr. Guttau was recently elected to serve1978 where he has served as president, chairman, of the Federal Home Loan Bank Council for 2008.and CEO. He has been actively involved with the American Bankers Association, Iowa Bankers Association, Community Bankers of Iowa, Independent Bankers, and served as the Iowa Superintendentsuperintendent of Banking from 1995 through 1999. Currently, Mr. Guttau is presidentthe chairman of the Treynor Foundation Corporation.Council of FHLBanks, which is the non-profit trade association for the twelve FHLBanks located in Washington, D.C. He is co-chair of fund raising for Southwest Iowa Hospice and serves on the Good News Jail and Prison Ministry, and chair of Deaf Missions. Mr. Guttau received the Allegiant Southwest Iowa Heritage Award for 2008. Mr. Guttau serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee (chair), Risk Management Committee, Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee, and the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (Compensation Committee).

122


Dale E. Oberkfell, the Board’s vice chair, has served in a variety of banking positions during his nearly 30 years in the financial services industry. Since May 2005, Mr. Oberkfell has served as the president and chief operating officer (COO) of Reliance Bank in Des Peres, Missouri. Mr. Oberkfell also currently serves as executive vice president and CFO of Reliance Bancshares, Inc. in Des Peres, Missouri, and as senior vice presidentan executive officer of Reliance Bank, FSB in Fort Myers, Florida. Prior to joining Reliance Bank, Mr. Oberkfell was a partner at the Certified Public Accounting firm of Cummings, Oberkfell & Ristau, P.C. in St. Louis, Missouri. Mr. Oberkfell is a licensed Certified Public Accountant and is active in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Oberkfell has held board positions for several organizations, including the West County YMCA, St. Louis Children’s Choir, and Young Audiences. Mr. Oberkfell serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee (vice chair), Audit Committee, Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee (chair), and the Finance and Planning Committee (chair).Compensation Committee.
Johnny A. Danosis Director of Strategic Development for LWBJ Financial in West Des Moines, Iowa. Previously, Mr. Danos was president of the Greater Des Moines Community Foundation in Des Moines, Iowa. He is the retired managing partner of the accounting firm of KPMG located in Des Moines, Iowa and has 31 years of public accounting experience serving commercial, retail, insurance, banks, and financial institutions. He serves as audit committee chair on the board of directors of Casey’s General Stores and Wright Tree Service. Mr. Danos serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee.
Gerald D. Eidhas served as CEO of Eid-Co Buildings, Inc. in Fargo, North Dakota, since 1973. A second-generation builder, Mr. Eid has been in the building business and licensed as a realtor for more than 30 years. Founded in 1951, Eid-Co Buildings, Inc. is one of the largest single-family home builderbuilders in North Dakota. Mr. Eid has served as a member of the North Dakota Housing Finance Agency Advisory Board since 1998 and is currently its chair. He also has represented North Dakota on the executive committee of the National Association of Homebuilders. Mr. Eid serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee (vice chair), and the Compensation Committee.

137


Michael J. Finleyhas served since 1992 as president of Janesville State Bank in Janesville, Minnesota. Mr. Finley serves on the Political Action Committee Board of the Minnesota Bankers Association. He is a founding member of the Minnesota Financial Group, a peer group of 15 bankers founded in 1988. He is currently the vice chairman of the Janesville Economic Development Authority.Authority and president-elect of the Janesville Rotary Club. Mr. Finley serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee (vice chair) and the Business Operations and Housing Committee.

123

Van D. Fishbackis executive vice president of First Bank & Trust in Brookings, South Dakota. Mr. Fishback joined First Bank & Trust in 1972 and has previously served as its president and CEO. Mr. Fishback currently serves as president and CEO of Fishback Financial Corporation, South Dakota’s largest privately held bank holding company. Mr. Fishback also serves as executive vice president of Van Tol Surety Company, Inc. Mr. Fishback serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee and the Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee.


David R. Frauenshuhhas served since 1983 as CEO and owner of Frauenshuh Inc. headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He also is chairman of Cornerstone Capital Investments, Frauenshuh/Sweeney, and VeriSpace. Mr. Frauenshuh has more than 30 years of experience in commercial real estate with ownership interest in approximately 2.5 million square feet of real estate. He currently serves as chair of the Christmas Campaign of the Salvation Army of Minnesota and has been chair of the Children’s House based in Hawaii. He also serves on the Salvation Army National Advisory Board and Concordia University President’s Advisory Board as well as on the boards of the Capital City Partnership and Crossways International. Mr. Frauenshuh served as chair of the 2001 Minnesota Prayer Breakfast. Mr. Frauenshuh serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee (vice chair) and the Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee.
Lorna P. Gleasonserved from 2001 to 2007 as senior managing director of GMAC Health Capital, a lending leader in the health care industry in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Prior to her role as managing director, business capital group, GMAC-RFC, from 1999 to 2001, Ms. Gleason served as the General Counsel of Residential Funding Corporation which later became GMAC ResCap. She has extensive experience in all aspects of risk management and the reporting requirements of a public company. Ms. Gleason serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee (vice chair).
Eric A. Hardmeyerjoined the Bank of North Dakota in 1985 as a loan officer and served as senior vice president of lending before becoming president and CEO in 2001.2001, a position he currently maintains. Mr. Hardmeyer is the currentpast chairman of the North Dakota Bankers Association and also serves on the board of directors of the Bismarck-Mandan Chamber of Commerce, and the Bismarck Public Schools Foundation.Foundation, and Bismarck YMCA. Mr. Hardmeyer serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Audit Committee (chair), and the Business Operations and Housing Committee.
Labh S. Hira, PhD,is Dean of the College of Business at Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa. Dr. Hira has served in various rolesheld a variety of positions at Iowa State University since 1982. He was an accounting professor, department chair and associate dean before being named deanDean of the College of Business College in 2001. Dr. Hira is a CPA, and serves as a member of the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Iowa State University Foundation and on the Board of Directors of the Iowa Society of CPAs. Dr. Hira serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee and the Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee.

138


John Francis Kennedy, Sr.is senior vice president and chief financial officer (CFO)CFO for the St. Louis Equity Fund, Inc. in St. Louis, Missouri which invests in decent affordable housing developments financed through corporate investment and in cooperation with local, state, and federal governments. Mr. Kennedy has been with the St. Louis Equity Fund since 1998.1998 and has more than 30 years of experience in affordable housing development and financial/banking services. He is a CPA and spearheaded and managed the development ofTax Credit Manager,an internet database and reporting software. Mr. Kennedy serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee and the Business Operations and Housing Committee.

124


D.R. Landwehris the chairman, president, and CEO of Community Bank of Missouri in Richmond, Missouri, a bank he organized in May 2001. From 1993 until 1999, he served as chairman, president, and CEO of Condon National Bank. Mr. Landwehr organized and obtained regulatory approval for the Community Bank of Missouri from 1999 until the Bank opened in 2001. Mr. Landwehr has been active in civic organizations during his professional career and is currently a director of Missouri Bancorp, Inc. He is a member of the Richmond Rotary Club, chair of the Hardin United Methodist Church, past president of the Richmond Chamber of Commerce, and an alumnus of Leadership Missouri and Leadership Kansas. Mr. Landwehr has been recognized as a Paul Harris Fellow by Rotary International. Mr. Landwehr serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee and the Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee (vice chair).
Clair J. Lensinghas served as the president, CEO, and owner of Security State Bank in Waverly, Iowa, since 1999. He also owns the Citizens Savings Bank in Hawkeye, Iowa, and the Maynard Savings Bank in Maynard, Iowa. Previously he served as president and CEO of Farmers State Bank in Marion, Iowa and as a bank examiner with the Iowa Division of Banking. Mr. Lensing has served as president of the Iowa Bankers Association, chairman of the Board of Shazam Network, and board member of the Iowa Independent Bankers. He also has been active in numerous other professional, educational, and community organizations. Mr. Lensing serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee.
Dennis A. Lind ishas served as the president of Midwest Bank Group, Incorporated, a bank holding company, and chairman of its subsidiary member bank, Midwest Bank, in Detroit Lakes, MN since 2000. Mr. Lind is also senior vice president of The Marshall Group, Incorporated in Minneapolis.Minnesota. Mr. Lind has over 30 years of experience in banking, capital markets and investments. He previously served as senior vice president of The Marshall Group, Incorporated in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and worked for 13 years at Norwest Bank (now Wells Fargo Bank) where he most recently served as anheld the position of executive vice president at Norwest Investment Services, Incorporated. Mr. Lind began his career in the Bond Department at First National Bank of Minneapolis, Minnesota (now US Bank). Mr. Lind serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee, Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee, and the Compensation Committee (chair).

139


Paula R. Meyerretired as president of RiverSource Funds (formerly American Express Funds) in Minneapolis, Minnesota in 2006. Meyer joined RiverSource Funds in 1998 and prior to that was president of Piper Capital Management. She has 25 years of experience in the financial services industry as a senior manager encompassing marketing, operations, and management of mutual funds, investments and insurance companies. She recently retired as the president of the mutual fund and certificate businesses at Ameriprise Financial. Prior to that, Ms. Meyer was president of Piper Capital Management. Ms. Meyer also serves on the board of directors of First Command Financial Services in Fort Worth, Texas and is board chair of Luther College in Decorah, Iowa. She is co-founder and director of Women Corporate Directors of Minneapolis/St. Paul, a professional association of women who serve on corporate boards. She founded and serves on the board of directors of Friends of Ngong Road, a non-profit organization dedicated to helping children in Narobi, Kenya who have been affected by HIV/AIDS. Ms. Meyer serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee (chair), Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee, and the Finance and Planning Committee.

125


Kevin E. Pietrinihas been an officer of Queen City Federal Savings Bank in Virginia, Minnesota since 1983, currently serving as chairman of the board. He serves on the Board of Directors of America’s Community Bankers, Northeast Ventures Corporation, Northern Diagnostics Corporation, Iron Range Ventures and Range Mental Health Center. Mr. Pietrini also is active in various community organizations such as the Virginia Charter Commission, Kiwanis Club of Virginia, and the Virginia Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Pietrini serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Audit Committee (chair), and the Finance and PlanningCompensation Committee.
John H. Robinsonis chairman of Hamilton Ventures, LLC, a consulting and investment company in Kansas City, Missouri. Mr. Robinson is an engineer with international experience as chairman of EPCglobal Ltd in Sheffield, England and executive director of Amey Plc in London, England 2000-2002.from 2000 to 2002. He serves on the boardsboard of directors of COMARK Building Systems, Olsson Associates, Alliance Resources MLP, and Coeur Precious Metals. Mr. Robinson serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee.Committee (vice chair).
Lynn V. Schneiderof Huron, South Dakota, has served since 2002 as president and CEO of American Bank and Trust of Huron, South Dakota. He previously was president and regional manager of Marquette Bank in Huron. He also served for 11 years as president, CEO, and chairman of the board of Farmers and Merchants Bank, also in Huron. He currently is chairman of the board for William Griffith Foundation, Inc., chairman of the board for Mennonite Brethren Foundation, Inc., and serves on the boards of Bethesda Church of Huron, Huron University Foundation, Huron Regional Medical Center, Huron Crossroads, Inc., and American Trust Insurance, LLC as secretary. Mr. Schneider serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee (chair), and the Compensation Committee.
Joseph C. Stewart IIIhas served since 2004 as chairman of the board of BancStar, Inc., a four bank holding company in Festus, Missouri, and as CEO and director of Bank Star in Pacific, MO, where he has worked in various capacities since 1994. In addition, Mr. Stewart also serves as CEO and director for Bank Star of the LeadBelt in Park Hills, MO,Missouri, Bank Star One in Fulton, MO,Missouri, and Bank Star of the BootHeel in Steele, MO.Missouri. Mr. Stewart currently serves on the board of directors for both the Missouri Bankers Association and the Missouri Independent Bankers Association. Mr. Stewart serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee and the Finance, Planning, and PlanningTechnology Committee.

 

126140


Executive Officers
The following persons currently serve as executive officers of the Bank:
         
        Employee of the
Executive Officer Age Position Held Bank Since
Richard S. Swanson  5859  President and CEO June 1, 2006
Edward McGreen  4041  Executive Vice President and Chief Capital Markets Officer (CCMO) November 8, 2004
Steven T. Schuler  5657  Executive Vice President and CFO September 18, 2006
Nicholas J. Spaeth  5859  Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary — Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and General Counsel May 1, 2007
Michael L. Wilson  5152  Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer (CBO) August 21, 2006
Richard S. Swansonhas been president and CEO since June 2006. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Swanson was a principal of the Seattle law firm of Hillis, Clark, Martin & Peterson for two years where he provided counsel in the areas of finance, banking law, and SEC regulation. From 2000 to 2003,Previously Mr. Swanson served as chairman and CEO of HomeStreet Bank in Seattle, Washington, and had served as its CEO since 1990. As an industry-electeda member director from HomeStreet Bank, Mr. Swanson served on the board of directors of the Federal Home Loan BankFHLBank of Seattle from 20001998 to 2003, and served as the board’s vice chair from 2002 to 2003. He is currently servesserving as a directorchair of Triad Guaranty, Inc. and Alaska Growth Capital.the Bank Presidents’ Conference for the twelve FHLBanks.
Edward McGreenhas been with the Bank since July 2005November 2004 and is currently serving as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and CCMO.CCMO, a position he has held since July 2005. Mr. McGreen hasMcGreen’s management responsibility forresponsibilities include treasury, mortgage portfolio management,asset/liability analytics, and financial analytics.technology and research. Mr. McGreen joined the Bank in 2004 as director of mortgage portfolio management. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. McGreen held various finance and portfolio management positions at Fannie Mae from 1996 to 2001 and 2002 to 2004. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. McGreen was senior interest rate risk manager for GE Asset Management.
Steven T. Schulerhas been with the Bank since September 2006 and is currently servicingserving as itsthe Bank’s Executive Vice President and CFO. Mr. Schuler has management responsibility for general accounting, external reporting, financial analysis and internal reporting, specialized accounting including derivative accounting, accounting policy, accounting systems, and accounting systems.information technology. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Schuler had served aswas CFO, treasurer and secretary offor Iowa Wireless Services since 2004, and had served as CFO of Iowa Wireless Services since 2001.Services. In 1977 Mr. Schuler also worked forbegan a long and distinguished career at Brenton Banks Inc. from 1977 towhere he held a variety of positions eventually serving as the corporate senior vice president, CFO, secretary and treasurer until 2001 serving in various leadership and management roles.when Brenton Banks were acquired by Wells Fargo.

 

127141


Nicholas J. Spaethjoined the Bank onin May 1, 2007 as its General Counselexecutive vice president, general counsel and CRO. Mr. Spaeth hasSpaeth’s management responsibility forresponsibilities include the Bank’slegal department, enterprise risk management, and legal departments.compliance. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Spaeth was a partner at Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Preston Gates Ellis LLP in 2007. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Spaeth served as Senior Vice President, Law and Public Policy, and Chief Legal Officer of H&R Block, Inc. Mr. Spaeth served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Intuit, Inc. from 2003 to 2004, and of GE Employers Reinsurance Corporation from 2000 to 2003. Mr. Spaeth is currently a gubernatorial appointee to the Iowa Student Loan Liquidity Corporation.
Michael L. Wilsonhas been with the Bank since August 2006 and currently serves as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and CBO. Mr. Wilson hasWilson’s management responsibility for member financial services,responsibilities include member-facing functions (including credit and mortgage sales, creditmember financial services, collateral management, and collateral, information technology, community investment, money desk,investment), human resources, and administration. Mr. Wilson currently serves as chair of the FHLBank MPF Governance Committee. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Wilson had served as senior executive vice president and COO of the Federal Home Loan BankFHLBank of Boston (FHLB Boston) since August 1999, and had served in other senior leadership roles with the FHLBFHLBank of Boston since 1994.
Code of Ethics
The Bank has adopted a Code of Ethics that sets forth the guiding principles and rules of conduct by which we operate the Bank and conduct our daily business with our customers, vendors, shareholders, and fellow employees. The Code of Ethics applies to all of the directors, officers and employees of the Bank. The purpose of the Code of Ethics is to promote honest and ethical conduct and compliance with the law, particularly as it relates to the maintenance of the Bank’s financial books and records and the preparation of its financial statements. The Code of Ethics can be found on our website atwww.fhlbdm.com. We disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers of, the Code of Ethics. The information contained in or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any report filed with the SEC.

142


Audit Committee
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (1) directs senior management to maintain the reliability and integrity of the accounting policies and financial reporting and disclosure practices of the Bank; (2) reviews the basis for the Bank’s financial statements and the external auditor’s opinion with respect to such statements; (3) ensures that policies are in place that are reasonably designed to achieve disclosure and transparency regarding the Bank’s financial performance and governance practices; and (4) oversees the internal and external audit functions. The Audit Committee has adopted a charter outlining its roles and responsibilities, which is available on the Bank’s website atwww.fhlbdm.com.www.fhlbdm.com.The information contained in or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any report filed with the SEC. The members of the Bank’s Audit Committee for 20082009 are Kevin PietriniEric Hardmeyer (chair), David Frauenshuh (vice chair), Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, Eric Hardmeyer, Clair Lensing, Dale Oberkfell, John Robinson, and Joseph Stewart III.Stewart. The Audit Committee held a total of six in-person meetings and threeone telephonic meetingsmeeting in 2007.2008. As of February 29, 2008,28, 2009, the Audit Committee has held one in-person meeting and is scheduled to meet sevenhold five additional times duringin-person meetings and one telephonic meeting throughout the remainder of 2008.2009.

128


Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Bank’s Board of Directors has determined that the following members of its Audit Committee qualify as audit committee financial experts under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K: Kevin Pietrini, Dale Oberkfell,Eric Hardmeyer, Johnny Danos, and Eric Hardmeyer. As discussed in detail underDale Oberkfell. Refer to “Item 13-Certain13-Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” at page 145, the Bank is required, by SEC rules, to disclose whether its directors are independent in accordance with a definition of independence from a national securities exchange or national securities association. The Bank has elected to use the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) definition of independence, and under that definition,165 for details on the Bank’s Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Pietrini, Oberkfell, and Hardmeyer, as elected directors, are not independent based upon the cooperative nature of the Bank and that Mr. Danos, an appointed director does meet such independence definition. The Board has further determined that Messrs. Pietrini, Oberkfell, Danos, and Hardmeyer are independent according to Finance Board rules applicable to members of the audit committees of the boards of directors of FHLBanks.independence.
ITEM 11-EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information on the Bank’s executive compensation and benefit programs for its named executive officers (Executives) listed in the Summary“Summary Compensation Table below.Table” at page 154. The information describes and provides analysis related to, among other things, the role of the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors in recommending and approving compensation of the President and other Executives in 2008, the executive compensation philosophy of the Bank, and the components of compensation and benefits, including the retirement benefits provided by the Bank to its namedExecutives.

143


Compensation Philosophy
The Bank’s philosophy related to compensation of its Executives is to provide a competitive total compensation package and to reward performance based on the achievement of objective and subjective Bank-wide and individual goals aligned with the Bank’s strategic business plan. We believe that in order to attract, retain and motivate Executives, we must provide a total compensation package that is competitive with similar executive officers.positions within the financial services industry, focusing on commercial and regional banks, mortgage banks, and Banks within the FHLBank System. The Bank also strives to structure Executive compensation to appropriately reward Executives based on their performance and contributions to the success of the Bank’s business. Therefore, our 2008 executive compensation is closely aligned with the performance of the Bank and its strategic business plan.
Human Resources and Compensation Committee
The primary objective of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is to ensure that the Bank meets its objectives of attracting and retaining a well-qualified and diverse workforce.
The In carrying out this objective, the Compensation Committee is responsible for reviewingconsidering, recommending, and approving compensation plan designs and Bank-wide incentive goals that are consistent with the Bank’s strategic business plan. Plan designsplan and support the Bank’s compensation philosophy and objectives. Compensation plan design and Bank-wide goals, which represent the primary components of the Bank’s total compensation paid to Executives, are recommended to the Compensation Committee by the President/CEOPresident and the Director of Human Resources, based onand are aligned with the Bank’s strategic business plan. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for advising and making recommendations to the Board of Directors on the following:
President/CEO performance appraisal, base salary, and incentive compensation.
Approval of annual incentive payouts for all employees upon its review of actual performance relative to performance targets.
Director compensation, including the annual director fee policy.
Employee compensation and policy issues including the Bank’s salary structure, annual incentive plan, other at risk compensation plans, and other benefits including the Bank’s retirement plans and non-qualified plans.
Approval of the President’s total compensation based on his performance appraisal and the Committee’s recommendations for base salary and incentive compensation.
Approval of payouts of annual incentive awards for all employees upon the Committee’s review of Bank-wide performance relative to performance goals and targets established under the annual incentive plan (AIP).
Review of total compensation recommendations for base salary and incentive compensation submitted by the President for the other Executives.
Director compensation, including the annual director fee policy.
Employee compensation and policy issues including the Bank’s salary structure, AIP, long-term incentive plan (LTIP), and other benefits including the Bank’s retirement plans and non-qualified plans.

 

129144


The Compensation Committee is responsible for producing a Compensation Committee report on executive compensation as required by the SEC to be included in the Bank’s annual report on Form 10-K.
Overview of TotalExecutive Compensation and Benefit Programs
We believe that in order to attract, retain, and motivate outstanding executives, we must provide a total compensation and benefit package that appropriately rewards executives based on their performance and contributions to the success of the Bank’s business. Therefore, our 2007 executive compensation and benefit program closely aligns our named executive officers’ compensation with the performance ofIn 2008, the Bank andcompensated its strategic business plan on a short-term basis. The Bank compensates its named executive officersExecutives through base salary, annual cash incentive awards, the opportunity for long-term incentive awards and other benefits, including retirement benefits and perquisites.
As part of In striving to meet our objectivesobjective to attract and retain executive talent, our program is also structuredtotal compensation in 2008 for each Executive was intended to ensure an appropriate level of competitiveness withinbe competitive based on a benchmark analysis for each Executive position. The benchmarks were recommended by a third-party consultant to the marketplace from which we recruit our executives. We strive to provide an executive compensation program aroundCompensation Committee and represented the 50th50th percentile of the market identified for total compensation of executives in other financial services industry organizations, as determined by the Compensation Committee. However, as appropriate and at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or the President/CEO, the Bank may pay above or below the 50th percentile based on the experience and performance of the named executive officers. For this purpose, in 2007, the Compensation Committee definedrespective Executive’s position within the financial services industry organizations to include regional/commercial banks, mortgage banks, and other FHLBanks.industry.
Comparing our executive compensation practices to other financial services industry organizations that are similar in total assets present some challenges due to our unique business and cooperative ownership structure. Our named executive officers are required to have the depth of knowledge and experience that is required of comparable financial services industry organizations but our focus is narrower than many of the organizations in this group. Therefore, when comparing our executive positions to similar positions we utilize factors such as size and scope and positions that represent a realistic employment opportunity for our named executive officers. For example, a President/CEO position in the Bank is compared to a subsidiary or division president position in other financial services industry organizations.

130


The Compensation Committee approves the President/CEO’s compensation and reviews the salary increase and incentive pay recommendations submitted by the President/CEO for the other named executive officers. In evaluating and setting annual base salary and incentive pay for the President/CEO, the Compensation Committee considers the existing employment agreement and comparable pay information provided by McLagan Partners, an independent compensation consultant, which compare the named executive officer positions to the financial services industry organizations mentioned above. The Compensation Committee uses these estimated comparable values as a guideline for evaluating the President/CEO’s salary and incentive pay as well as when reviewing the President/CEO’s salary and incentive pay recommendations for the other named executive officers. The Compensation Committee and the Bank utilizes data gathered by McLagan Partners, including the Federal Home Loan Bank system custom survey.
When reviewing and recommending base salary and incentive compensation for the named executive officers, the Compensation Committee believes it is appropriate to emphasize a pay-for-performance relationship by providing competitive pay at the 50th percentile for competitive performance, below the 50th percentile for below-market performance, and above the 50th percentile for above-market performance. Factors considered in making the pay-for-performance determinations include the named executive officer’s individual performance and contribution in achieving the Bank’s strategic business plan and the overall level of achievement attained by the Bank in its annual Bank-wide goals (threshold, target, or excess). In March 2007 the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors established and approved the 2007 Bank-wide goals and performance targets.
Components of the TotalExecutive Compensation Package
Base Salary
Base salary is a key component of the named executive officer’sExecutive’s total compensation package. The overall goal of this component is to ensure the Bank’s success in attracting and retaining the talent needed to execute the Bank’s short- and long-term business strategies.
The President/CEO recommends annualBase salary increases based on the named executive officers’in 2008 for certain of our Executives was established pursuant to individual performance and contribution to the Bank’s achievement of its strategic business plan. As discussed above, these recommendations consider an assessment of whether the current base salary is competitive relative to executives in comparable positions in the financial services industry organizations and any existingemployment agreements. The employment agreements for our named executive officers. Our employment agreements forwith the President/CEO, Chief Business Officer,President, CBO, and Chief Risk Officer and General Counsel,CRO provide eachthese Executives with a guaranteed minimum base salary increase. and increases to such base salary for the effective period of the agreement.
In addition to the guaranteed minimum base salary increase, the named executive officersincreases, an Executive may receive a discretionary salary increase above the minimum amount. The President/CEOPresident annually reviews discretionaryand approves all salary increase recommendations for the named executive officersother Executives with the Compensation Committee in February of each year and theCommittee. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves discretionary salary adjustmentsincreases for the President/CEO.President.
For the Executives that did not have employment agreements in 2008, base salary decisions were made by the President based on performance, contribution to the Bank’s strategic business plan and an analysis of the competitive market data.

 

131145


In 2007, the Compensation Committee approved two named executive officer annual salary increases based upon the guaranteed minimum annual increases as stated in the existing employment agreements. President/CEO, Richard S. Swanson, and Executive Vice President/CBO, Michael L. Wilson, were given a four percent base salary adjustment. Pursuant to their employment agreements, the Compensation Committee discussed approving a discretionary increase and chose not to do so.
Annual Incentive Plan
In March, 2007, the Compensation Committee approved the Bank’s 2007 Annual Incentive Plan (AIP). ItThe AIP is a cash-based incentive plan designed to promote higher levels of performance through the involvement and participation of the named executive officersExecutives and other Bank personnel.personnel in the strategic goals of the Bank. The AIP includes two components:
1.Part I goals are weighted at 60 percent for each Executive and for 2008 were based on Bank-wide financial, business maintenance and growth, customer satisfaction, and risk management goals.
2.Part II goals for the President are established annually by the President and the Board of Directors and for each other Executive by the Executive and the President based upon the strategic imperatives for which the particular Executive is responsible under the Bank’s strategic business plan. These Part II goals are qualitative in nature and their achievement is subjectively determined by the Board of Directors for the President and by the President for the other Executives in determining ultimate awards under the AIP. Aggregate achievement of the Part II goals is weighted at 40 percent of the total award opportunity for each Executive.
Incentive targets are established based on Bank-wide financial, business maintenance, and growth goals; and Part II is based onupon the achievement of non-financial objectives aimed at improving the Bank’s service to the shareholding members and operational effectiveness as described in the Bank’s strategic business plan. Part I goals for the named executive officers are weighted at 60 percent and Part II goals for the named executive officers are weighted at 40 percent.
AIP targets established for each named executive officer take into consideration total compensation practices (base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives, and benefits)comparative data of the financial services industry organizations. Each named executive officer is assigned a target award opportunity, stated as a percentageindustry. The targets for the AIP range from 0-50 percent of base salary which corresponds to the individual’s level of organizational responsibility and ability to contribute and influence the Bank’s overall performance. Rewards are paid to the named executive officers based upon the achievement level of the Bank’s Part I goals and the named executive officers’ individual performance and achievement level of their respective Part II individual and/or team goals. The range of the potential awards for each named executive officer is 0-50 percent for the President/CEOPresident and 0-40 percent of base salary for the other named executive officers.Executives.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
In March, 2007,July 2008, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approved three Part Ithe LTIP for the Executives. Effective January 1, 2008, the LTIP is a cash-based incentive plan with awards based on individual performance, contribution, and achievement of annual Bank-wide and individual/team goals that included financial, business maintenance, and growth goals. Each goal is weighted equally at 33.3 percent andas established under the AIP, as discussed above. Additionally, the LTIP includes a threshold, target, and excess level of performance. Two of the Bank-wide goals aresubjective criteria based on the Bank’s core businessdemonstration by each Executive of providing advances to its active and relatively inactive members. The remaining goal is based on a financial goal of the spread between post-assessment GAAP earnings per share and average 3-month LIBOR for the year.
When establishing the Part I AIP goals, the Board of Directors anticipatesleadership capability that the Bank will successfully achieve the threshold level of performance the majority of the time. The performance target is aligned with the financial, business maintenance,Bank’s shared values and growth goals as outlinedthe leadership competencies that have been defined for the Bank.
The LTIP is a three-year rolling plan, with the first performance period being 2008-2010. The first award was granted in February 2009 and will be paid in March 2011. The second performance period of the strategic business plan and is expected2009-2011 with the second award to be reasonably achievable.granted in February 2010 and paid in March 2012. The performance excess is designed to be an overall stretch goal.Compensation Committee approved the first grant for the LTIP in February 2009 for the President. The levelPresident reviewed the award recommendations with the Compensation Committee for the other Executives and approved their first grant.
The target awards for the LTIP are established in a similar manner as the AIP targets and are based upon the comparative data of performance achieved is calibrated between the performance levels (threshold, target,financial services industry. The targets for the LTIP range from 0-37.5 percent of base salary for the President and excess), so that0-25 percent of base salary for the Part I incentive awards are paid based onother Executives. The goals under the actual results achieved byLTIP align with the Bank. For calendar year 2007, the Bank achieved an overall level of performance on the Part IAIP goals near excess.and weightings for each Executive.

 

132146


Part II goalsThe Compensation Committee determined LTIP awards for each named executive officer are established based upon the strategic business plan and the particular areas of2008 would be granted at no more than target since the plan for which each named executive officer has overall responsibility in setting and implementing strategy and action items in the plan. The strategic business plan and action items werewas approved by the Board of Directors in December, 2006.mid-year.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was suspended in February, 2006 by the Board of Directors for an indefinite period of time. No awards were made to any Executive in 2007 under the LTIP.
Retirement Benefits
The Bank established and maintains a comprehensive retirement program for its named executive officersExecutives comprised of two qualified pension plans: a defined benefit plan (established in 1943) and a defined contribution plan (established in 1972). For its qualified pension plans, the Bank participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (DB Plan) and the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions (DC Plan).
In 1994, in response to federal legislation which imposed restrictions on the pension benefits payable to its named executive officers,Executives, the Bank established a third retirement plan entitled the Benefit Equalization Plan (BEP). The BEP is a non-qualified plan available to named executive officersthe Executives that restores the pension benefits that a named executive officeran Executive is restricted from receiving (due to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)) on the benefits received from or contributions made to the Bank’s two qualified pension plans. (See tables at pages 137158 and 138159 for additional information on the retirement benefits.)
In November 2008 the Committee adopted the Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan. The Amended and Restated BEP was presented and approved by the Committee in order to bring the BEP into compliance with Code Section 409A. A summary of the changes are as follows:
Deferral elections must be made before any fees or compensation are earned.
Election changes must comply with 409A timing rules.
��Links between the qualified and nonqualified plans are severed.
If a participant dies or becomes disabled during the installment payout period, the installment payments will cease and all benefits will be paid out in a lump sum.
Earnings on deferred compensation can be tied to internal or external benchmarks.
Terminates the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan and merges the Plan into the BEP.
Directors may elect to defer all of their fees.
Elections must specify the payment terms and the date for payment of the deferred compensation.
Director payment terms must be either lump sum or ten or fewer annual installments.
Executive Perquisites
Perquisites are a de minimis element of total compensation and as such are provided to named executive officersExecutives as a convenience associated with their overall duties and responsibilities. It is the Bank’s practice to provide the named executive officersPresident with perquisites that include a monthly automobile allowance (President/CEO only),and the Executives with relocation assistance and financial planning.planning as needed.

 

133147


Role of Management in AwardingFinance Agency Oversight — Executive Compensation
While the Board of Directors, at the recommendationSection 1113 of the Compensation Committee, is primarily responsible for determining the compensation of the President/CEO, the President/CEO andHousing Act requires that the Director of Human Resources periodically advise the Compensation Committee on competitiveFinance Agency prevent an FHLBank from paying compensation to its executive officers that is not reasonable and benefit issues impacting the Bank’s abilitycomparable to attractthat paid for employment in similar businesses involving similar duties and retain high quality executive talent. For example, if the Bank’s existing retirement plan impacts our abilityresponsibilities. The Finance Agency recently initiated a project to attract talent, the President/CEO and/or Director of Human Resources would bring this issuedetermine how best to implement these statutory requirements with respect to the Compensation Committee with recommendationsFHLBanks. Until such time as further guidance is issued, the FHLBanks have been directed to conduct further analysisprovide all compensation actions affecting their five most highly compensated officers (or Named Executive Officers) to the Finance Agency for review. Accordingly, following our Board of Director’s January 2009 meeting, we submitted the plan2009 base salary/merit increases, annual incentive payments earned for 2008, long-term incentive awards earned for 2008 and to be paid in 2011 and the form of Executive Employment Agreements to the Finance Agency. At this time, we do not expect the statutory requirements to have a material impact on our current named executive officers or on individuals the Bank is tryingcompensation plans.
Analysis Related to attract for executive officer positions.2008 Compensation Decisions
As previously mentioned, the President/CEO determines and reviews with the Compensation Committee theThe President approves annual base salary adjustments and individual goal accomplishments ofincreases for the other named executive officers that report directly to him. These recommendations areExecutives based on each Executive’s individual performance and contribution to the Bank’s achievement of ourits strategic business plan, and comparativeas well as the overall Bank-wide goal results for the year. These approvals also include an assessment of whether the current base salary information at the 50th percentile ofremains competitive relative to executives in comparable positions in the financial services industry organizations.industry. If the salary has lagged behind the market and/or the President’s performance warrants it, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to grant the President additional compensation, above the guaranteed minimum amount provided in his employment agreement that was in effect in 2008.
Base salary paid to each of the Executives in 2008 was commensurate with that contractually required to be paid pursuant to the employment agreement with the President, CBO, and CRO. As such, the Compensation Committee approved a salary increase for the President and the President approved salary increases for the CBO and CRO based upon the guaranteed minimum annual increases stated in the then-current employment agreements, which resulted in a four percent increase to the base salary of each such Executive. The President also approved a four percent increase to the base salary of the CFO and the CCMO. The CFO was also given a 16 percent market adjustment in base salary based on the competitive data of comparable positions in the financial services industry.
The Compensation Committee discussed a discretionary increase for the President, above the guaranteed amount set forth in the employment agreement, but chose not to do so because it determined a discretionary increase would be more appropriate if tied to long-term performance. This decision was a significant factor in establishing the LTIP in 2008.

 

134148


The Compensation Committee committed to an evaluation to consider the establishment of an LTIP once the President was hired and his executive team was in place. During the first six months of 2008, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee reviewed and analyzed the need for establishing the LTIP for the benefit of the Executives. In the process, the Board of Directors engaged an independent compensation consultant, Towers Perrin, to provide on-going consultation with the Compensation Committee on executive compensation matters. Towers Perrin analyzed the total compensation of the Executives, utilizing their survey data and the data from McLagan Partners, a nationally recognized compensation consulting firm within the financial services industry. This analysis confirmed that, based on compensation packages offered to Executives in the financial services industry (the McLagan data), an LTIP was appropriate in order for the Bank to attract, reward and retain executive talent in the Bank and ensure the Bank is compensating the Executives competitively within the financial services industry. For more details regarding the McLagan data see “Use of Benchmarks” below. At the time the LTIP was implemented the Bank’s financial performance was exceeding its financial goals outlined in its 2008 financial plan and budget. The Compensation Committee decided to limit LTIP payouts for 2008 to no more than target since the plan was implemented mid-year.
Use of Benchmarks
We strive to provide executive compensation targeting the 50th percentile of the market for total compensation of executives in the financial services industry, including commercial and regional banks, mortgage banks, and the FHLBank System. However, as appropriate and at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or the President, the Bank may pay above or below the 50th percentile based on the experience and performance of the Executives.
In early 2008 the Compensation Committee obtained compensation data representing a composite of resources from McLagan Partners for executive positions determined to be comparable to and a realistic employment opportunity for the Executives. McLagan Partners also conducted a custom survey of executive compensation among the FHLBanks. This survey data was incorporated into their analysis and provided another source of competitive data. The benchmark data used was based on the individual’s management role, decision making capacity, and scope of the departments for which the executive would be responsible. For example, our Executives are required to have the depth of knowledge and experience that is required of comparable financial service industry organizations, however our focus is narrower due to the smaller size of the Bank than many of the organizations in this group. Therefore, total compensation for our President was compared to that of a subsidiary or division President in the financial services industry. In analyzing this compensation data, the Compensation Committee determined that targeting compensation for our Executives at the 50th percentile of the applicable benchmark would facilitate our objective to retain our Executives.
The Compensation Committee uses these estimated comparable values as a guideline for evaluating the President’s salary and incentive pay. The same source of data is used when the Compensation Committee reviews the salary and incentive pay recommendations made by the President for the other Executives.

149


Establishment of Performance Measures
AIP and LTIP performance targets established for each Executive take into consideration total compensation practices (base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives, and benefits) of the financial services industry. Each Executive is assigned a target award opportunity, stated as a percentage of base salary. The target award opportunity corresponds to the individual’s level of organizational responsibility and ability to contribute and influence the Bank’s overall performance. Awards are paid to the Executives based upon the achievement level of the Bank’s Part I goals and a subjective determination by the Compensation Committee for the President and by the President for the other Executives regarding individual performance and achievement level of Part II individual and/or departmental team goals. The range of the potential awards for each Executive is 0-50 percent of base salary for the President and 0-40 percent of base salary for the other Executives.
In February 2008, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approved five Part I Bank-wide goals that included financial, business maintenance, growth, customer satisfaction, and risk management goals. Each goal is assigned a weighting factor and includes a threshold, target, and maximum level of performance.
When establishing the Part I AIP performance goals, the Board of Directors anticipates that the Bank will successfully achieve the target level of performance the majority of the time. The target level is aligned with the overall strategic business plan and is expected to be reasonably achievable. The maximum level provides a goal that is anticipated to be more challenging to reach, based on the previous year’s performance results and current market conditions. The Part I incentive awards are paid based on the actual results achieved by the Bank. For calendar year 2008, the Bank achieved an overall level of performance on Part I performance goals at 95.5 percent of the maximum achievement level. The Bank achieved the maximum performance level in all but the risk management goal which was achieved at the target level of performance as determined by the Board of Directors.

150


The following table provides the 2008 AIP and LTIP Bank-wide goals and performance results approved by the Board of Directors in February 2009:
                 
  Results at          
Goals December 31, 2008  Threshold  Target  Maximum 
Spread between the earned
dividend and average 3-month
LIBOR1 (30 percent weight)
 1.51%  (0.60)%  (0.36)%  (0.12)% 
Ratio of Advances+Letters of Credit to
Assets for “Active” Members (G goal)2
(15 percent weight)
 13.92%  10.90%  11.50%  12.00% 
Ratio of Advances+Letters of Credit) to
Assets for “Relatively Inactive”
Members (L goal)3 (15 percent weight)
 4.94%  2.30%  2.50%  2.75% 
Customer satisfaction4
(20 percent weight)
 94% + “very
satisfied” up by
nine points
 94% 94% +
“very satisfied” up
two points
 94% +
“very satisfied” up
four points
Risk profile (20 percent weight) Target As rated by the Board of Directors; no material weakness; degree of compliance with FRMP; percentage of exam and audit issues addressed.
1Excludes unrealized gains or losses relating to hedge ineffectiveness and related to certain advance economic hedge relationships that lost hedge accounting during the restatement as these were excluded for the 2008 plan and thus are excluded from the threshold, target and maximum requirements. The calculation does include the cost of economic derivatives used to hedge the mortgage bank.
2The “G goal” represents those members with a penetration ratio greater than 6 percent. This group is composed of 456 members with assets totaling $118.3 billion. In 2007 this group’s average penetration ratio was 11.54 percent of assets. The objective in 2008 for this group of members is to maintain the high penetration ratio. The G group is highly active and no significant increase in activity levels is expected for this group. The target that has been set represents a maintenance level with expectations being very little increase or decrease in activity. The following borrowers are not included: housing associates, insurance companies, and certain other large members.
3The “L goal” represents those members with a penetration ratio less than 6 percent. This group is composed of 752 members with assets totaling $154.1 billion. In 2007 this group’s average penetration ratio was 2.38 percent of assets. The objective in 2008 is to increase the penetration ratio for this particular member grouping. This group has the greatest potential to increase their activity levels with the Bank as compared to the G group who are already very active. The L group is considered “relatively” inactive. The target has been set to increase the penetration level by 0.12 percent of assets for this member grouping. The year over year increase is aggressive but achievable. The following borrowers are not included: housing associates, insurance companies, and certain other large members.
4Survey was conducted and validated by an external, independent organization.
AIP and LTIP Part II Performance Goals
Part II AIP performance goals for each Executive are established by the Executive and the President based on the strategic imperatives and action steps outlined in the strategic business plan for which each Executive is responsible. Each Executive has overall responsibility for setting, implementing, executing, and achieving the action items associated with one or more strategic imperatives as outlined in the strategic business plan. Performance ratings for the Executives are based on their contribution and accomplishment of the strategic imperatives, the Bank-wide goals and their overall job performance based on established competencies for the Executives.

151


The 2008-2010 strategic business plan was approved by the Board of Directors in December 2007 and included the following strategic imperatives for which strategies and actions steps were developed:
Deliver Member Value
Leverage Technology to Drive Business Results
Develop a High Performing Organization
Seek and Sustain Operational Excellence
Inspire Confidence
The Part II AIP performance goals for the President are established by the President and the Board of Directors in a similar manner as outlined above for the other four Executives.
2008 AIP and LTIP Performance Results
In February 2009, the Compensation Committee subjectively determined that the President exceeded expectations in his Part II performance goals under the AIP. In conjunction with the Bank’s achievement of Part I performance goals under the AIP at 95.5 percent of maximum, the President was awarded $270,147 or 46.25 percent of base salary for Parts I and II under the AIP.
In February 2009, the President reviewed the performance of each of the other four Executives with the Committee. For each of the four Executives, the President determined they had each exceeded expectations on the strategic imperatives and job performance set forth for Part II of the AIP. In conjunction with the Bank’s achievement of Part I performance goals under the AIP at 95.5 percent of maximum, the President awarded each Executive the following under the AIP:
         
      Percent of Base 
      Salary for 
Title Actual Award  Parts I and II 
CBO $145,080   37.2%
CRO $124,238   36.2%
CFO $108,229   36.8%
CCMO $108,155   36.8%

152


Under the Bank’s LTIP, the Executives, including the President, were awarded target for 2008. The Board of Directors established in July 2008 that the LTIP awards if achieved in 2008 would be at a maximum of target. This was due to the Board of Director’s decision to implement the LTIP for calendar year 2008 mid-year. The following LTIP awards were approved for the President and by the President for the other Executives as follows:
         
      Percent of Base 
  Dollar Value of  Salary for 
Title Award  Parts I and II 
CEO $146,025   25%
CBO $78,000   20%
CRO $68,640   20%
CFO $58,820   20%
CCMO $58,780   20%
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank has furnished the following report for inclusion in this annual report on Form 10-K:
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the 2008 Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with the Bank’s management. Based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K. The Compensation Committee includes the following individuals:
2009 Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Dennis A. Lind, Chair
John H. Robinson, Vice Chair
Johnny A. Danos
Gerald D. Eid
Michael K. Guttau
Clair J. Lensing
Paula R. Meyer
Dale E. Oberkfell
Lynn V. Schneider

153


Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides compensation information for the year ended December 31, 20062008, 2007, and 2007,2006 for (1) the Bank’s current CEO and CFOPresident and (2) all individuals that were serving as Executives as ofat December 31, 2007.2008.
                             
Summary Compensation Table 
                  Changes in       
                  Pension Value       
                  and       
                  Nonqualified       
              Non-Equity  Deferred       
Name and Principal             Incentive Plan  Compensation  All Other    
Position Year  Salary  Bonus  Compensation  Earnings1  Compensation  Total 
Richard Swanson,
President and Chief
  2007  $561,600     $278,460  $69,000  $227,6382 $1,136,698 
Executive Officer  20067 $315,000  $118,125        $35,606  $468,731 
Steven T. Schuler, Chief  2007  $244,250     $97,223  $10,000  $3,913  $355,386 
Financial Officer  20067 $70,000     $15,625        $85,625 
Edward J. McGreen, Chief
Capital Markets Officer
  2007  $281,467  $3,978  $100,794  $18,000  $9,151  $413,390 
and Interim Chief  2006  $270,500  $39,378  $71,821  $18,000  $8,115  $407,814 
Financial Officer                            
Nicholas J. Spaeth,
General Counsel and
  20073 $220,000  $66,0004 $12,467     $12,7935 $311,260 
Chief Risk Officer                            
Michael L. Wilson, Chief  2007  $375,000     $148,750  $72,000  $93,8706 $689,620 
Business Officer  20067 $132,461  $98,654     $25,000  $69,452  $325,567 
                             
Summary Compensation Table
                  Changes in       
                  Pension Value       
                  and       
                 Nonqualified       
              Non-Equity  Deferred       
Name and Principal             Incentive Plan  Compensation  All Other    
Position Year  Salary  Bonus  Compensation1  Earnings2  Compensation1  Total 
Richard Swanson,  2008  $584,100     $416,172  $182,000  $41,627  $1,223,899 
President and Chief  2007  $561,600     $278,460  $69,000  $227,638  $1,136,698 
Executive Officer  2006  $315,000  $118,125        $35,606  $468,731 
                             
Steven T. Schuler,  2008  $285,933     $167,049  $68,000  $11,825  $523,807 
Chief Financial Officer  2007  $244,250     $97,223  $10,000  $3,913  $355,386 
   2006  $70,000     $15,625        $85,625 
                             
Edward J. McGreen,  2008  $292,017     $166,935  $38,000  $18,008  $514,960 
Chief Capital Markets Officer  2007  $281,467  $3,978  $100,794  $18,000  $9,151  $413,390 
and Interim Chief Financial Officer  2006  $270,500  $39,378  $71,821  $18,000  $8,115  $407,814 
                             
Nicholas J. Spaeth,
General Counsel and
  2008  $343,200     $192,878  $53,000  $12,591  $601,670 
Chief Risk Officer  2007  $220,000  $66,000  $12,467     $12,793  $311,260 
                             
Michael L. Wilson,  2008  $390,000     $223,080  $126,000  $32,105  $771,185 
Chief Business Officer  2007  $375,000     $148,750  $72,000  $93,870  $689,620 
   2006  $131,461  $98,654     $25,000  $69,452  $325,567 
1The components of these columns for 2008 are provided in the tables below.
2 Represents change in value of pension benefits only. All returns on non-qualified deferred compensation are at the market rate.
2Includes $131,175 in relocation expenses, $77,635 in tax gross-up on relocation expenses, and $9,000 for car allowance.
3Mr. Spaeth joined the Bank as Executive Vice President, General Counsel, and CRO on May 1, 2007 at an annual salary of $330,000.
4Bonus amount represents the guaranteed bonus payout at target as outlined in his employment agreement.
5Includes $7,804 in relocation expenses, $2,989 in tax gross-up relocation expenses, and $2,000 for financial planning.
6Includes $22,500 in matching contributions in the qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans, $38,382 in non-deductible relocation expenses and $32,988 in tax gross-up on non-deductible expenses.
7Messers Swanson, Schuler, and Wilson all joined the Bank during 2006. Amounts reflect benefits earned for the amount of time employed with the Bank in 2006.
Components of 2008 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
         
  Annual Incentive  Long Term 
Name Plan  Incentive Plan 
Richard Swanson $270,147  $146,025 
Steven Schuler $108,229  $58,820 
Edward McGreen $108,155  $58,780 
Nicholas Spaeth $124,238  $68,640 
Michael Wilson $145,080  $78,000 

 

135154


Components of 2008 All Other Compensation
                 
  Bank Contributions to Vested       
  Defined Contribution Plans       
      Non-qualified       
      Deferred       
  401(k)/Thrift  Compensation  Car  Financial 
Name Plan  Plan (BEP)  Allowance  Planning 
Richard Swanson $6,900  $18,727  $9,000  $7,000 
Steven Schuler $6,900  $4,925       
Edward McGreen $7,900  $10,108       
Nicholas Spaeth $3,674  $6,917     $2,000 
Michael Wilson $13,800  $18,305       
Employment Agreements
The following sets out the material terms of employment agreements with the Bank’sBank's Executives:
Richard S. Swanson Employment Agreement.. On June 28, 2006 we entered into an employment agreement with Richard S. Swanson, our President and CEO,Chief Executive Officer, effective as of June 1, 2006. The initial term of the employment agreement is for three years and seven months, beginning June 1, 2006, and the initial term will automatically be extended by one year effective January 1, 2010 and each year thereafter until such date as either the Bank or Mr. Swanson terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreement provides that the Bank shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $540,000 (prorated) in 2006, $561,600 in 2007 and $584,064 in 2008, and $607,427 in 2009. Mr. Swanson’s salary will be reviewed annually at the end of each calendar year, but may not be decreased during the term of the agreement.2008.
Additionally, Mr. Swanson is entitled to participate in the Bank’sBank's AIP. The employment agreement sets forth an annual target of 37.5 percent up to 50 percent of his base salary, which may be granted in incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Swanson will also be entitled to participate in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans offered by the Bank at terms generally applicable to the Bank’s other Executives. Furthermore, Mr. Swanson is entitled to participate in the Bank’s Benefit Equalization PlanBEP that provides, beginning June 1, 2009, comparable benefits to Mr. Swanson as if he were fully vested under the Bank’s pension plan.
Michael L. Wilson.Wilson Employment Agreement.On August 2, 2006, Mr. Wilson and the Bank entered into an employment agreement with an initial term under the agreement beginning August 21, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2008. The initial term will automatically be extended by one year effective January 1, 2009 and each year thereafter until such date as either the Bank or Mr. Wilson terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreement provides that the Bank shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $360,000 (prorated) in 2006, $375,000 in 2007, and $390,000 in 2008. Mr. Wilson’s salary will be reviewed annually at the end of each calendar year, but may not be decreased during the term of the agreement.
Mr. Wilson is entitled to participate in the Bank’s AIP,Annual Incentive Plan, with an annual target of 20 percent up to 40 percent of his base salary which may be granted in incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Wilson willis also be entitled to participate in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans offered by the Bank at terms generally applicable to the Bank’s other Executives.
Nicholas J. Spaeth.Spaeth Employment Agreement.On May 1, 2007, Mr. Spaeth and the Bank entered into an employment agreement with an initial term under the agreement beginning May 1, 2007 and extending through June 30, 2009. The initial term will automatically be extended by one year effective July 1, 2009 and each year thereafter until such date as either the Bank or Mr. Spaeth terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreement provides that the Bank shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $330,000 (prorated) in 2007 and $343,200 in 2008, and $357,000 in 2009. Mr. Spaeth’s salary will be reviewed annually at the end of each calendar year, but may not be decreased during the term of the agreement.2008.

136


Mr. Spaeth is entitled to participate in the Bank’s AIP,Bank's Annual Incentive Plan, with an annual target of 20 percent up to 40 percent of his base salary which may be granted in incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Spaeth is also entitled to participate in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans offered by the Bank at terms generally applicable to the Bank’s other named executive officers.Executives. In addition, Mr. Spaeth is entitled to participate in the Bank’s BEP that provides benefits comparable to the benefits Mr. Spaeth would have received under the Bank’s defined benefit pension plan had its vesting schedule been as follows: on or after two years from the effective date, 50 percent vested; on or after three years from the effective date, 60 percent vested; on or after four years from the effective date, 80 percent vested.
The employment agreements of Messrs Swanson and Spaeth also include guaranteed 2009 salaries of $607,427 and $357,000, respectively. However, the Executives jointly agreed that, due to the current stressed economic environment, it would be prudent to set 2009 Executive salaries that did not exceed those paid in 2008. This decision received the support of the Bank’s Board. Therefore, 2009 salaries for all Executives are the same as those established in 2008. As such, Messrs Swanson and Spaeth have agreed to 2009 salaries below those contractually guaranteed under their respective employment agreements. The Bank is currently negotiating new employment agreements for Messrs Swanson, Spaeth, Wilson, Schuler, and McGreen.

155


The following table provides estimated future payouts under the Bank’s AIP and LTIP of non-equity incentive plan awards:
                            
2007 Grants of Plan-Based Awards 
2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 Estimated Future Payouts Under 
 Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan  Non-Equity Incentive Plan 
Name Threshold Target Excess  Plan Threshold Target Maximum 
Richard S. Swanson $140,400 $210,600 $280,800  AIP $146,025 $219,038 $292,050 
 LTIP $73,013 $146,025 $219,038 
Steven T. Schuler $49,020 $73,530 $98,040  AIP $58,820 $88,230 $117,640 
 LTIP $29,410 $58,820 $88,230 
Edward J. McGreen $56,520 $84,780 $113,040  AIP $58,780 $88,170 $117,560 
 LTIP $29,390 $58,780 $88,170 
Nicholas J. Spaeth $44,000 $66,000 $88,000  AIP $68,640 $102,960 $137,280 
 LTIP $34,320 $68,640 $102,960 
Michael L. Wilson $75,000 $112,500 $150,000  AIP $78,000 $117,000 $156,000 
 LTIP $39,000 $78,000 $117,000 
Refer to the discussion of AIP discussionand LTIP at page 132146 for additional information on the levels of awards.awards under each plan. Actual award amounts granted for the year ended December 31, 20072008 are included in the non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 135.154.
The payouts of AIP awards are subject to the Executives achieving a performance level of “meets expectations” or higher evaluation and must not be subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout. Furthermore, if an Executive fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his or her profession, any internal Bank standard, or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under the Bank’s strategic business plan, the Committee may determine the Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the failure, as determined by the Committee.
Under the LTIP, the Committee may determine an Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the following if an Executive: a) for any Plan Year during a Performance Period has not achieved a performance level of “meets” or higher evaluation of overall performance; b) has not achieved a “meets” or higher evaluation of overall performance at the time of payout; c) is subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout; or d) fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his profession, any internal Bank standard or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under the Bank’s strategic business plan.
Retirement Benefits and Pension Plan Tables
The Bank provides the following retirement benefits to named executive officers of the Bank.its Executives.

156


Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
All employees, who have met the eligibility requirements, participate in the Bank’s DB Plan, administered by Pentegra, which is a tax-qualified multiple-employer defined-benefit plan. These include the Executives except Mr. Spaeth who had not yet been employed by the Bank for twelve months at December 31, 2007.Executives. The plan requires no employee contributions.
The pension benefits payable under the DB Plan are determined under a pre-established formula that provides a retirement benefit payable at age 65 or normal retirement under the DB Plan. The benefit formula is 2.25 percent per each year of the benefit service multiplied by the highest three yearconsecutive years’ average compensation. Average compensation is defined as the total taxable compensation as reported on the IRS Form W-2. In the event of retirement prior to attainment of age 65, a reduced pension benefit is payable under the plan. Upon termination of employment prior to age 65, named executive officersExecutives meeting the five year vesting and age 55 early retirement eligibility criteria are entitled to an early retirement benefit.

137

In November 2008 the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the salary definition under the DB Plan. This amendment excludes the LTIP from the existing definition of salary under the plan and is effective January 1, 2009.


Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
The named executive officersExecutives are eligible to participate in the defined benefit component of the Bank’s BEP (BEP DB Plan), an unfunded, non-qualified pension plan that mirrors the DB Plan.
In determining whether a restoration of retirement benefits is due a named executive officer,an Executive, the BEP DB Plan utilizes the identical benefit formulas applicable to the Bank’s DB Plan, however, the BEP DB Plan does not limit the annual earnings or benefits of the named executive officers.Executives. Rather, if the benefits payable from the DB Plan have been reduced or otherwise limited, the named executive officers’Executives’ lost benefits are payable under the terms of the BEP DB Plan. As a non-qualified plan, the benefits received from the BEP DB Plan do not receive the same tax treatment and funding protection as with the Bank’s qualified plans.

157


The following table provides the present value of the current accrued benefits payable to the named executive officersExecutives upon retirement at age 65 from the DB Plan and the BEP DB Plan, and is calculated in accordance with the formula currently in effect for specified years-of-service and remuneration for participating in both plans. The Bank’s pension benefits do not include any reduction for a participant’s Social Security benefits.
           
2007 Pension Table 
        Present Value of 
    Number of Years Accumulated 
Name Plan Name of Credited Service Benefit1 
Richard S. Swanson Pentegra DB 0.58 yrs   $20,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 0.58 yrs   $49,000 
Steven T. Schuler Pentegra DB 0.25 yrs   $8,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 0.25 yrs   $2,000 
Edward J. McGreen Pentegra DB 2.08 yrs   $19,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 2.08 yrs   $18,000 
Michael L. Wilson Pentegra DB 12.92 yrs2 $241,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 1.33 yrs3 $38,000 
Nicholas J. Spaeth Pentegra DB  —          $ 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan  —          $ 
           
2008 Pension Table
        Present Value of 
    Number of Years  Accumulated 
Name Plan Name of Credited Service  Benefit1 
Richard S. Swanson Pentegra DB 1.58 yrs $62,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 1.58 yrs $189,000 
Steven T. Schuler Pentegra DB 1.25 yrs $46,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 1.25 yrs $32,000 
Edward J. McGreen Pentegra DB 3.08 yrs $41,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 3.08 yrs $34,000 
Michael L. Wilson Pentegra DB 13.92 yrs2 $318,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 2.33 yrs3 $87,000 
Nicholas J. Spaeth Pentegra DB .67 yrs $26,000 
  BEP DB Plan/DB Plan .67 yrs $27,000 
1 See Note 17 of the Notes to Financial Statements for details regarding valuation method and assumptions.
 
2 For pension plan purposes, prior membership in the Pentegra DB Plan (formerly known as Financial Institution Retirement Fund) is included in the Number of Years of Credited Service. Assets under the prior membership are transferred to the current plan. Mr. Wilson has 1.332.33 years of credited service with the Bank and 11.59 years of prior service credit.
 
3 Prior service credit is not included in the Number of Years of Credited Service under the BEP/DB plan. Prior service does allow for immediate enrollment in the plan.

138


Qualified Defined Contribution Plan
All employees, who have met the eligibility requirements, may elect to participate in the Bank’s DC Plan, a retirement savings plan qualified under the Internal Revenue Code for employees of the Bank. The Bank matches employee contributions based on the length of service and the amount of employee contributions to the DC Plan. The matching contribution begins upon completion of one year of employment and increases to a maximum of six percent of eligible compensation. Eligible compensation is defined as base salary.
In November 2008 the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the DC Plan. The amendment authorizes employees to contribute up to 100% of their salary into the DC Plan.

158


Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan
The Executives are eligible to participate in the defined contribution component of the BEP (BEP DC Plan), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that mirrors the DC Plan. The BEP DC Plan ensures, among other things, that participants whose benefits under the DC Plan would otherwise be restricted by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code are able to make elective pretax deferrals and to receive the Bank matching contribution relating to such deferrals. The investment returns credited to a participating Executive’s account are at the market rate for the selected investment.
                 
2007 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table 
  Executive  Registrant  Aggregate  Aggregate 
  Contributions  Contributions  Earnings  Balance 
Name During 20071  During 20072  During 20073  During 2007 
Richard S. Swanson $79,778  $9,828  $1,136  $90,742 
Steven T. Schuler $10,501  $1,646  $(203) $11,944 
Edward J. McGreen $76,704  $8,380  $9,876  $174,188
Nicholas J. Spaeth $110,000  $  $(459) $109,541 
Michael L. Wilson $6,960  $11,960  $1,410  $33,429 
                 
2008 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table
  Executive  Registrant  Aggregate  Aggregate 
  Contributions  Contributions  Earnings  Balance 
Name During 20081  During 20082  During 20083  During 2008 
Richard S. Swanson $51,754  $18,977  $3,223  $164,696 
Steven T. Schuler $28,823  $4,595  $(12,474) $32,887 
Edward J. McGreen $132,162  $9,777  $(95,707) $220,420 
Nicholas J. Spaeth $59,825  $3,190  $(58,856) $113,700 
Michael L. Wilson $27,863  $14,063  $(17,042) $58,311 
1 These amounts are included in the Salary column of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 135.154.
 
2 These amounts are included in All Other Compensation of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 135.154.
 
3 Aggregate earnings are calculated by subtracting the 20062007 year end balance from the 20072008 year end balance less Executive and Registrant contributions.

139


Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
The following sets out the material terms of employment agreements with ourthe Bank’s Executives regarding termination and change in control benefits.benefits:
Richard S. Swanson Employment AgreementAgreement.. Mr. Swanson’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death,death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon 30thirty days’ written notice,notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Swanson’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Swanson for good reason,reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Swanson without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Swanson’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Swanson with good reason, he shall be entitled to (1) severance payments equal to two times his base salary for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, (2) the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of such date, and (3) the benefit to which he would be entitled to receive beginning June 1, 2009 under the BEP, which shall automatically vest. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expiration or non-renewal of the employment agreement. Assuming one or more of these triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value of the severance payable to Mr. Swanson at December 31, 2007 wasis $1.3 million.
Michael L. Wilson Employment AgreementAgreement.. Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death,death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon 30thirty days’ written notice,notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Wilson for good reason,reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Wilson without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Wilson with good reason, he shall be entitled to severance payments equal to his base salary for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, plus the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of such date. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expiration or non-renewal of the employment agreement. Assuming one or more of thesethe triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value of the severance payable to Mr. Wilson at December 31, 2007 wasis $0.5 million.

140


Nicholas J. Spaeth Employment Agreement.Mr. Spaeth’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon 30thirty days’ written notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Spaeth’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Spaeth for good reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Spaeth without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Spaeth’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Spaeth with good reason, he shall be entitled to severance payments equal to his base salary for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, plus the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of such date. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expiration or non-renewal of the employment agreement. Assuming one or more of thesethe triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value of severance payable to Mr. Spaeth at December 31, 2007 is $0.4 million.
Steven T. Schuler Management Agreement.Mr. Schuler and the Bank have entered into a management agreement, effective July 10, 2007. The purpose of the agreement is to establish certain severance arrangements in the event of termination of employment. The terms of the agreement regarding triggering events for termination are consistent with the related provisions of the current employment agreements between the Bank and its other named executive officers.Executives.
Under the agreement, if Mr. Schuler’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. Schuler for good reason, Mr. Schuler shall be entitled to severance payments equal to one year of his base salary for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, plus a prorated portion of the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which termination occurs. Assuming one or more triggering events for receipt of severance payment occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value of severance payable to Mr. Schuler at December 31, 2007 is $0.3$0.4 million.
Edward McGreen Management AgreementAgreement.. Mr. McGreen and the Bank have entered into a management agreement, effective July 10, 2007. The purpose of the agreement is to establish certain severance arrangements in the event of termination of employment. The terms of the agreement regarding triggering events for termination are consistent with the related provisions of the current employment agreements between the Bank and its other named executive officers.Executives.
Under the agreement, if Mr. McGreen’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. McGreen for good reason, Mr. McGreen shall be entitled to severance payments equal to one year of his base salary for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, plus a prorated portion of the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which termination occurs. Assuming one or more of the triggering events for receipt of severance payment occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value of severance payable to Mr. McGreen at December 31, 2007 is $0.3$0.4 million.

 

141159


Compensation of Directors
The GLB Act established statutory limits on director compensation that arewere adjusted annually by the Finance BoardAgency based on the Consumer Price Index for urban consumers as published by the U.S. Department of Labor. The Board of Directors is responsible for adopting an annual fee schedule based on the Finance Board’sAgency’s actions. In 2007, the Board’s Director Fee Policy established a per meeting“per meeting” fee based on the adjusted statutory limits and allowsfor 2008. The Policy allowed directors who attend a specified number of in-person Board and committee meetings each year to receive the maximum statutory limit for the year.
The annual statutory compensation limits established by the Finance Board for During 2008, the Board of Directors for 2007 were as follows:
     
  2007 
     
Chair $29,944 
Vice Chair $23,955 
Directors $17,967 
During 2007, the Board held fivesix in-person Board meetings and 2128 in-person committee and sub-committee meetings. AdditionalIn addition, there were seven telephonic Board meetings and six telephonic committee meetings were held throughout the year. Pursuant to the Bank’s 20072008 Director Fee Policy, Directors are paid one quarter of the compensation limit following the end of each quarter if they attended at least 75 percent of the meetings they were required to attend during such quarter.
The Bank alsoannual statutory compensation limits established a non-qualified deferred compensation planby the Finance Agency for members of the Board of Directors (Directors’ Plan). for 2008 were as follows:
     
  2008 
     
Chair $31,232 
Vice Chair $24,986 
Directors $18,739 
The Directors’ Plan is an unfunded, contributory, deferredHousing Act included a provision removing the statutory caps on FHLBank Director compensation plan that permits a participant to defer all or partwere established by the GLB Act of the annual remuneration, plus any investment returns thereon, to future years. Under the Directors’ Plan, directors may self-direct investment elections into one or more investment funds. The investment returns credited to a participating director’s account are at the market rate for the selected investment. The Bank does not contribute to the Director’s Plan.1999.

 

142160


At the September 2008 FHLBank Chairs and Vice-Chairs meeting, FHLBank Director compensation was considered. The following table sets forth each Director’sChairs and Vice-Chairs were briefed by McLagan Partners on the results of an analysis that McLagan prepared for another Federal Home Loan Bank on director compensation forat a number of financial services firms. At that meeting, the year endedChairs and Vice-Chairs agreed that the FHLBanks should adopt the same Director compensation amounts based upon the McLagan study.
In December 31, 2007.
         
2007 Director Compensation 
  Fees earned or    
Name paid in cash  Total 
Randy L. Newman, Chair $29,944  $29,944 
Michael J. Guttau, Vice Chair $23,955  $23,955 
S. Bryan Cook $17,967  $17,967 
Johnny A. Danos $13,475  $13,475 
Gerald D. Eid $17,967  $17,967 
Michael J. Finley $17,967  $17,967 
David R. Frauenshuh $17,967  $17,967 
Lorna P. Gleason $8,984  $8,984 
Labh S. Hira $13,475  $13,475 
John F. Kennedy Sr. $13,475  $13,475 
D.R. Landwehr $17,967  $17,967 
Clair J. Lensing $17,967  $17,967 
Dennis A. Lind $17,967  $17,967 
Paula R. Meyer $13,475  $13,475 
Dale E. Oberkfell $17,967  $17,967 
Kevin E. Pietrini $17,967  $17,967 
John H. Robinson $13,475  $13,475 
Lynn V. Schneider $17,967  $17,967 
The2008, the Compensation Committee approved the Director Fee Policy for 2008. A2009. Under the policy, a Director shall receive one quarter of the compensation limitfee following the end of each calendar quarter. If it is determined at the end of the calendar year that a Director has attended less than 75 percent of the meetings the Director was required to attend during such year, the Director will not receive one quarter of the compensation limitfee for the fourth quarter of such calendar year. Furthermore, the Board of Directors reserves the right to make appropriate adjustments in the payments to any Director who regularly fails to attend Board meetings or meetings of Committees on which the Director serves. The 20082009 director fees are as follows:
        
 2008  2009 
  
Chairperson $31,232  $60,000 
Vice Chairperson $24,986  $55,000 
Audit Committee Chair $55,000 
Committee Chairs $50,000 
Other Directors $18,739  $45,000 
In November 2008, the Board of Directors approved the termination of the Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for members of the Board of Directors (Directors’ Plan). The Directors’ Plan is now merged into the Bank’s BEP DC Plan. Under the BEP DC Plan the directors may self-direct investment elections into one or more investment funds. The investment returns credited to a participating director’s account are at the market rate for the selected investment. The Bank does not contribute to the plan on behalf of the Directors.

 

143161


Compensation Committee ReportThe following table sets forth each Director’s compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank has furnished the following report for inclusion in this annual report on Form 10-K:
         
2008 Director Compensation
  Fees earned or    
Name paid in cash  Total 
Michael J. Guttau, Chair $31,232  $31,232 
Dale E. Oberkfell, Vice Chair $24,986  $24,986 
Johnny A. Danos $18,739  $18,739 
Gerald D. Eid $18,739  $18,739 
Michael J. Finley $18,739  $18,739 
David R. Frauenshuh $18,739  $18,739 
Lorna P. Gleason* $4,685  $4,685 
Labh S. Hira $18,739  $18,739 
John F. Kennedy Sr. $18,739  $18,739 
D.R. Landwehr $18,739  $18,739 
Clair J. Lensing $18,739  $18,739 
Dennis A. Lind $18,739  $18,739 
Paula R. Meyer $18,739  $18,739 
Kevin E. Pietrini $18,739  $18,739 
John H. Robinson $18,739  $18,739 
Lynn V. Schneider $18,739  $18,739 
Joseph C. Stewart III $18,739  $18,739 
William L. Trubeck* $9,370  $9,370 
*Indicates board members that served a partial year in 2008.

162


The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the 2007 Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with the Bank’s management. Based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K. The Compensation Committee includes the following individuals:
2008 Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Dennis A. Lind, Chair
Lorna P. Gleason, Vice Chair
Johnny A. Danos
Gerald D. Eid
Michael K. Guttau, Ex Officio
Clair J. Lensing
John H. Robinson
Lynn V. Schneider
ITEM 12-SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Membership
The following tables present members (or combination of members within the same holding company) holding five percent or more of the Bank’s outstanding capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) at February 29, 200828, 2009 (shares in thousands):
                        
 Shares of    Shares of   
 Capital Stock    Capital Stock   
 Owned at Percent of  Owned at Percent of 
 February 29, Total  February Total 
Name City State 2008 Capital Stock  City State 28, 2009 Capital Stock 
          
Superior Minneapolis MN 4,409  16.1%
Wells Fargo Minneapolis MN 4,149 15.2 
Transamerica1
 Cedar Rapids IA 1,491 5.4 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN 4,499  15.7%
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 2,525 8.8 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 1,494 5.2 
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 1,432 5.0 
         
              9,950 34.7 
     10,049 36.7      
All others     17,354 63.3      18,696 65.3 
                  
          
Total capital stock     27,403  100.0%     28,646  100.0%
                  
1 Includes Transamerica LifeSuperior Guaranty Insurance Company (679 shares) and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
2Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company (812 shares).merged into Transamerica Life Insurance Company on October 1, 2008.

 

144163


The majorityAll of the Board of Directors, isincluding both member and independent directors, are now elected by and from the membership of the Bank. These electedMember directors serve as directors or officers of certain of our members and may have voting or investment power over the shares owned by such members. These directors may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares owned by their respective institutions. Each such director disclaims beneficial ownership of Bank capital stock held by the respective member institution. The following tables list the shares of the Bank’s capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) owned by those members who had an officer or director serving on the Bank’s Board of Directors at February 29, 200828, 2009 (shares in thousands):
                    
 Shares of    Shares of   
 Capital Stock    Capital Stock   
 Owned at Percent of  Owned at Percent of 
 February 29, Total  February 28, Total Capital 
Name City State 2008 Stock  City State 2009 Stock 
          
Bank of North Dakota Bismarck ND 131  0.48% Bismarck ND 180  0.63%
Reliance Bank Des Peres MO 57  0.21% Des Peres MO 82 0.28 
First Bank & Trust Brookings SD 66 0.23 
Treynor State Bank Treynor IA 17 0.06 
American Bank & Trust Wessington Springs SD 14 0.05 
Midwest Bank Detroit Lakes MN 12  0.04% Detroit Lakes MN 12 0.04 
American Bank & Trust Wessington Springs SD 12  0.04%
BANKFIRST Sioux Falls SD 10  0.04%
Treynor State Bank Treynor IA 9  0.03%
Queen City Federal Savings Bank Virginia MN 6  0.02%
Bank Star One Fulton MO 5 0.02 
Security State Bank Waverly IA 5 0.02 
Bank Star Pacific MO 6  0.02% Pacific MO 4 0.01 
Security State Bank Waverly IA 5  0.02%
Community Bank of Missouri Richmond MO 4  0.01% Richmond MO 4 0.01 
Janesville State Bank Janesville MN 3  0.01% Janesville MN 3 0.01 
Maynard Savings Bank Maynard IA 2  0.01% Maynard IA 2 0.01 
Citizens Savings Bank Hawkeye IA 2  0.01% Hawkeye IA 2 0.01 
Bank Star of the LeadBelt Park Hills MO 2  0.01% Park Hills MO 2 0.01 
Bank Star One Fulton MO 2  0.01%
Bank Star of the BootHeel Steele MO 1  0.01% Steele MO 1 * 
Marshall Bank, National Association Hallock MN 1  0.01%
                  
          
Total     265  0.98%     399  1.39%
                  
*Amount is less than 0.01 percent.

 

145164


ITEM 13-CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
We are a cooperative, and ownership of our capital stock is a statutory requirement for our members to transact business with us. In recognition of this organizational structure, the SEC granted us an accommodation pursuant to a “no action letter,” dated May 23, 2006, which relieves us from the requirement to make disclosures under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K for transactions with related persons in the ordinary course of business. Further, the Housing Act codified this accommodation. Members with beneficial ownership of more than five percent of the total outstanding capital stock of the Bank, our directors and executive officers, and their immediate family members are classified as “related persons” under SEC regulations. In the ordinary course of business we transact business with members deemed related persons and with members whose officers or directors serve as our directors, including extensions of credit and transactions in Federal funds, interest bearing deposits, commercial paper and mortgage-backed securities.MBS. These transactions are on market terms that are no more favorable to those members than the terms of comparable transactions with other members. Additionally, the Bank may also use members deemed related persons and members whose officers or directors serve as our directors as securities custodians and derivatives dealer counterparties in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions similar to those that would be available for comparable services if provided by unaffiliated entities.
Information with respect to our directors who are officers or directors of our members is set forth under Item 10 — “Directors and Executive Officers of the FHLBank and Corporate Governance - Directors.” Additional information regarding members that are beneficial owners of more than five percent of our total outstanding capital stock is provided in Item 12 — “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”
The Bank does not have a written policy to have the Board review, approve, or ratify transactions with related persons outside the ordinary course of business. However, the Board is empowered to review, approve and ratify such transactions between the Bank and its related persons should the need arise.when circumstances warrant such consideration. The Board would consider such transactions in the context of the materiality of the transaction to the Bank and to the related person and whether the transaction is likely to affect the judgments made by the affected officer or director on behalf of the Bank.
Bank Headquarters Lease Transaction
The Bank executedoccupies approximately 43,000 square feet of space for its headquarters in Des Moines, Iowa pursuant to a 20-year lease,Lease Agreement (Lease) with an affiliate of a member of the Bank, Wells Fargo N.A., effective January 2, 2007, with a Wells Fargo affiliate to occupy space in a new building for2007. The term of the Bank’s headquarters. The Bank has agreed to an annualized cost of $20.00 per square foot for the first 10 years and $22.00 per square foot in years 11 through 20. The Banklease is leasing approximately 43,000 square feet.20 years. An independent third party representative was retained by the Bank to negotiate the leaseLease on its behalf. See exhibits 10.3 and 10.3.1 as filed with our 2006 annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2007, for more information on our lease agreement.the Lease.

 

146165


Director Independence
General
As of the date of this annual report on Form 10-K, we have 1817 directors, ten12 of whom were elected by our member institutions and eightfive of whom were appointed by the Finance BoardAgency based on recommendations submitted by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the Finance Agency implemented regulations whereby all new or re-elected directors will be elected by our member institutions. All directors are independent of management from the standpoint that they are not Bank employees, officers, or officers.stockholders. Only members, which are institutions, can own the Bank’s stock. Thus, our directors do not personally own stock or stock options in the Bank. In addition, we are required to determine whether our directors are independent under twothree distinct director independence standards. First, Finance BoardAgency regulations and the Housing Act, which applied Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act to the FHLBanks, provide independence criteria for directors who serve as members of our Audit Committee. Second,Additionally, SEC rules require that our Board of Directors apply the independence criteria of a national securities exchange or automated quotation system in assessing the independence of our directors.
Finance BoardAgency Regulations
The Finance BoardAgency director independence standards prohibit individuals from serving as members of our Audit Committee if they have one or more “disqualifying relationships” with us or our management that would interfere with the exercise of that individual’s independent judgment. Disqualifying relationships considered by our Board are: (1) employment with the Bank at any time during the last five years; (2) acceptance of compensation from the Bank other than for service as a director; (3) being a consultant, advisor, promoter, underwriter, or legal counsel for the Bank at any time within the last five years; and (4) being an immediate family member of an individual who is or who has been within the past five years, a Bank executive officer. The Board assesses the independence of all directors under the Finance Board’sAgency’s independence standards, regardless of whether they serve on our Audit Committee. As of February 29, 2008,28, 2009, all of our directors, including all members of our Audit Committee, were independent under these criteria.
Exchange Act
Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act sets forth the independence requirements of directors serving on the Audit Committee of a reporting company. Under Section 10A(m), in order to be considered independent, a member of the Audit Committee may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the Board or any other Board Committee (1) accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensation from the Bank or (2) be an affiliated person of the Bank. As of February 28, 2009, all of our directors, including all members of our Audit Committee, were independent under these criteria.

166


SEC Rules
In addition, pursuant to SEC rules, we adopted the independence standards of the NYSE to determine which of our directors are independent for SEC disclosure purposes. In making an affirmative determination of the independence of each director, the Board first applied the objective measures of the NYSE independence standards to assist the Board in determining whether a particular director has a material relationship with the Bank.

147


Based upon the fact that each of the Bank’s electedmember directors are officers or directors of member institutions, and that each such member routinely engages in transactions with the Bank, the Board affirmatively determined that none of the electedmember directors on the Board meet the NYSE independence standards. In making this determination, the Board recognized that an electeda member director could meet the NYSE objective standards on any particular day. However, because the volume of business between an electeda member director’s institution and the Bank can change frequently, and because the Bank generally encourages increased business with all members, the Board determined to avoid distinguishing among the electedmember directors based upon the amount of business conducted with the Bank and their respective members at a specific time, resulting in the Board’s categorical finding that no electedmember director is independent under an analysis using the NYSE standards.
With regard to the Bank’s appointedindependent directors, the Board affirmatively determined that, at February 29, 2008,28, 2009, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, David Frauenshuh, Lorna Gleason, Labh Hira, John Kennedy, Paula Meyer, and John Robinson (the Bank’s eight appointed directors) are each independent.independent in accordance with NYSE standards. In concluding that its eight appointedseven independent directors are independent under the NYSE rules, the Board first determined that all appointedindependent directors met the objective NYSE independence standards. In further determining that none of its appointedindependent directors had a material relationship with the Bank, the Board noted that the appointedindependent directors were appointed by the Finance Board, are specifically prohibited from being an officer of the Bank or an officer or director of a member, and are prohibited from having any “financial interest,” as defined by Finance Board regulations, in any of the Bank’s members.member.
Our Board has a standing Audit Committee. All Audit Committee members are independent under the Finance Board’sAgency’s independence standards.standards and the independence standards under Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act in accordance with the Housing Act. For the reasons described above, our Board has determined that none of the current electedmember directors serving on our Audit Committee, including Messrs. Pietrini,Eric Hardmeyer, Stewart,Clair Lensing, Dale Oberkfell, and Oberkfell,Joseph Stewart, are independent under the NYSE standards for audit committee members. Our Board has determined that Messrs. Robinson,David Frauenshuh, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, and Frauenshuh, appointedJohn Robinson, independent directors who serve on the Audit Committee, are independent under the NYSE independence standards for audit committee members.

167


Human Resources and Compensation Committee
The Board has a standing Human Resources and Compensation Committee (Compensation Committee).Committee. Our Board has determined that all members of the Compensation Committee are independent under the Finance Board’sAgency’s independence standards. For the reasons described above, our Board has determined that none of the current electedmember directors serving on the Compensation Committee are independent using the NYSE standards for compensation committee member independence. These electedmember directors serving on the Compensation Committee are Michael Guttau, Dennis Lind, Clair Lensing, Dale Oberkfell, and Lynn Schneider. Our Board has determined, however, that the appointedindependent directors serving on the Compensation Committee are independent under the NYSE standards for compensation committee member independence. These appointedindependent directors serving on the Compensation Committee are Lorna Gleason, John Robinson, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, and Gerald Eid.Paula Meyer.

148


ITEM 14-PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Audit Fees
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP fees in 20072008 and 20062007 related to the audit of the Bank’s financial statements were $1.2$0.9 million and $1.5$1.2 million, respectively.
Audit-Related Fees
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP billed the Bank $0.1 million for audit-related fees in 20072008 and $0.1 million for audit-related fees in 2006,2007, which included other audit and attest services and technical accounting consultation.
Tax Fees
The Bank is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except for real property taxes. Therefore, no fees were paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during 20072008 and 20062007 for tax advice.
All Other Fees
The Bank paid no other fees to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during 20072008 and 2006.2007.
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy
The Board of Directors prohibits management from using the Bank’s external audit firm for services not related to the external audit of our financial statements without prior approval of the Audit Committee. Non-audit services that are permitted by the Board of Directors and are for fees payable by our Bank of $5,000 or less may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee Chair with subsequent ratification by the Audit Committee at its next, regularly scheduled meeting.
All of the services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in 20072008 and 20062007 (and the fees paid for those services) were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

149168


PART IV
ITEM 15-EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)Financial Statements
The financial statements included as part of this report are identified in “ItemItem 8- — “ Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” at page 109124 and are incorporated by reference into “ItemItem 15- — “ Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules”.Schedules.”
(b)Exhibits
     
 *3.1  Organization Certificate of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines dated October 13, 19321932.*
     
 *3.2  Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines as amended and restated effective January 12, 2006February 26, 2009.
     
 *4.1  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Capital Plan dated July 8, 2002, approved by the Federal Housing Finance Board July 10, 20022002.*
     
 4.210.1  Reserve Capital PolicyFederal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan effective AugustJanuary 1, 2006 and as amended August 24, 2006,2009.
10.2Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.3Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.17U.S. Department of Treasury Lending Agreement incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC on August 30, 2006September 9, 2008.

169


     
 *10.110.18  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Second Amended and Restated Benefit EqualizationLong-Term Incentive Plan effective December 11, 2003
*10.2Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Directors Deferred Compensation Plan effective NovemberJanuary 1, 2004
10.14Employment Agreement with Nicholas J. Spaeth effective May 1, 2007,2008, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q10-Q/A filed with the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC on May 11, 2007
10.15Management Agreement with Edward McGreen effective July 10, 2007, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 10, 2007
10.16Management Agreement with Steven T. Schuler effective July 10, 2007, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 10, 2007January 12, 2009.
     
 12.1  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed ChargesCharges.

150


     
 31.1  Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.
     
 31.2  Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.
     
 32.1  Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 20022002.
     
 32.2  Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
2002.
* Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Securities and Exchange CommissionSEC on May 12, 2006.

 

151170


SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
     
 FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
(Registrant)
 
 
 By:  /s/ Richard S. Swanson   
  Richard S. Swanson  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  
March 14, 200813, 2009
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
March 14, 200813, 2009
   
Signature Title
   
Chief Executive Officer:
  
   
/s/ Richard S. Swanson
Richard S. Swanson
 President and Chief Executive Officer
Richard S. Swanson
 
   
Chief Financial Officer:
  
   
/s/ Steven T. Schuler
Steven T. Schuler
 Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Steven T. Schuler
 
   
Directors:
  
   
/s/ Michael K. Guttau
Michael K. Guttau
 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Michael K. Guttau
 
   
/s/ Dale E. Oberkfell
Dale E. Oberkfell
 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Dale E. Oberkfell
 
   
/s/ Johnny A. Danos
Director
 
Johnny A. Danos
 Director 
   
/s/ Gerald D. Eid
Director
 
Gerald D. Eid
 Director 
   
/s/ Michael J. Finley
Director
 
Michael J. Finley
 Director 

 

152171


   
Signature Title
   
/s/ David R. FrauenshuhVan D. Fishback
Van D. Fishback
 Director
David R. Frauenshuh
 
   
/s/ Lorna P. GleasonDavid R. Frauenshuh
David R. Frauenshuh
 Director
Lorna P. Gleason
 
   
/s/ Eric A. Hardmeyer
Eric A. Hardmeyer
 Director
Eric A. Hardmeyer 
   
/s/ Labh S. Hira
Director
 
Labh S. Hira
 Director 
   
/s/ John F. Kennedy, Sr.
Director
 
John F. Kennedy, Sr.
 Director 
   
/s/ D.R. Landwehr
Director
 
D.R. Landwehr
 Director 
   
/s/ Clair J. Lensing
Director
 
Clair J. Lensing
 Director 
   
/s/ Dennis A. Lind
Director
 
Dennis A. Lind
 Director 
   
/s/ Paula R. Meyer
Director
 
Paula R. Meyer
 Director 
   
/s/ Kevin E. PietriniJohn H. Robinson
John H. Robinson
 Director
Kevin E. Pietrini
 
   
/s/ John H. RobinsonLynn V. Schneider
Lynn V. Schneider
 Director
John H. Robinson
 
   
/s/ Lynn V. SchneiderDirector
Lynn V. Schneider
/s/ Joseph C. Stewart IIIDirector
 
Joseph C. Stewart III
 Director 

 

153172


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
NumberDescription
3.1Organization Certificate of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines dated October 13, 1932.*
3.2Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines as amended and restated effective February 26, 2009.
4.1Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Capital Plan dated July 8, 2002, approved by the Federal Housing Finance Board July 10, 2002.*
10.1Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan effective January 1, 2009.
10.2Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.3Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.17U.S. Department of Treasury Lending Agreement incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2008.
10.18Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Long-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q/A filed with the SEC on January 12, 2009.
12.1Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
31.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


Exhibit
NumberDescription
31.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on May 12, 2006.


Table of Contents to Financial Statements
Audited Financial Statements
     
  S-2 
     
  S-3 
     
  S-4 
     
  S-5 
     
  S-8 
     
  S-10 
     

 

S-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the
the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines:
In our opinion, the accompanying statementsstatement of condition and the related statements of income, capital, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the Bank)“Bank”) at December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20072008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20072008, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bank’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was anwere integrated auditaudits in 2008 and 2007). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3)(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 14, 200813, 2009

 

S-2


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION

(In thousands, except shares)
                
 December 31,  December 31, 
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 
ASSETS  
Cash and due from banks (Note 3) $58,675 $30,181  $44,368 $58,675 
Interest-bearing deposits 100,136 11,392  152 136 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (Note 4)  305,000 
Federal funds sold 1,805,000 1,625,000  3,425,000 1,805,000 
Investments  
Available-for-sale securities include $208,892 and $513,457 pledged as collateral in 2007 and 2006 that may be repledged (Note 6) 3,433,640 562,165 
Held-to-maturity securities include $0 pledged as collateral in 2007 and 2006 that may be repledged (estimated fair value of $3,900,715 and $5,685,809 in 2007 and 2006)(Note 7)
 3,905,017 5,715,161 
Trading securities (Note 5) 2,151,485  
Available-for-sale securities include $0 and $208,892 pledged as collateral in 2008 and 2007 that may be repledged (Note 6) 3,839,980 3,433,640 
Held-to-maturity securities include $0 pledged as collateral in 2008 and 2007 that may be repledged (estimated fair value of $5,917,288 and $4,000,715 in 2008 and 2007) (Note 7) 5,952,008 4,005,017 
Advances (Note 8) 40,411,688 21,854,991  41,897,479 40,411,688 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans of $300 and $250 in 2007 and 2006 (Note 9) 10,801,695 11,775,042 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans of $500 and $300 in 2008 and 2007 (Note 9) 10,684,910 10,801,695 
Accrued interest receivable 129,758 92,932  92,620 129,758 
Premises and equipment, net 6,966 6,244  8,550 6,966 
Derivative assets (Note 10) 91,901 36,119  2,840 60,468 
Other assets 22,563 27,184  29,915 22,563 
          
  
Total assets $60,767,039 $42,041,411  $68,129,307 $60,735,606 
          
  
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL  
 
LIABILITIES  
Deposits (Note 11)  
Interest-bearing $873,063 $899,520  $1,389,642 $841,762 
Noninterest-bearing demand 20,751 41,929 
Non-interest-bearing demand 106,828 20,751 
          
Total deposits 893,814 941,449  1,496,470 862,513 
          
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (Note 12) 200,000 500,000   200,000 
  
Consolidated obligations, net (Note 13)  
Discount notes 21,500,946 4,684,714  20,061,271 21,500,946 
Bonds 34,564,226 33,066,286  42,722,473 34,564,226 
          
Total consolidated obligations, net 56,065,172 37,751,000  62,783,744 56,065,172 
          
  
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock (Note 16) 46,039 64,852  10,907 46,039 
Accrued interest payable 301,039 300,139  320,271 300,907 
Affordable Housing Program (Note 14) 42,622 44,714  39,715 42,622 
Payable to REFCORP (Note 15) 6,280 5,945  557 6,280 
Derivative liabilities (Note 10) 138,252 163,505  435,015 138,252 
Other liabilities 21,598 20,836  25,261 21,598 
          
  
Total liabilities 57,714,816 39,792,440  65,111,940 57,683,383 
          
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20)  
  
CAPITAL (Note 16)  
Capital stock — Class B putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding shares:
27,172,465 and 19,058,783 shares in 2007 and 2006
 2,717,247 1,905,878 
Capital stock — Class B putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding shares: 
27,809,271 and 27,172,465 shares in 2008 and 2007 2,780,927 2,717,247 
Retained earnings 361,347 344,246  381,973 361,347 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale securities (Note 6)  (25,467) 188 
Pension and postretirement benefits (Note 17)  (904)  (1,341)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities (Note 6)  (144,271)  (25,467)
Employee retirement plans (Note 17)  (1,262)  (904)
          
Total capital 3,052,223 2,248,971  3,017,367 3,052,223 
          
  
Total liabilities and capital $60,767,039 $42,041,411  $68,129,307 $60,735,606 
          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-3


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands)
                        
 For the Years Ended December 31,  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
INTEREST INCOME  
Advances $1,312,133 $1,136,091 $901,248  $1,417,661 $1,312,133 $1,136,091 
Advance prepayment fees, net 1,527 514 294 
Prepayment fees on advances, net 943 1,527 514 
Interest-bearing deposits 2,668 10,986 12,415  107 401 2,456 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 11,904 15,457 10,030   11,904 15,457 
Federal funds sold 188,668 138,716 53,357  72,044 188,668 138,716 
Investments  
Trading securities  311 481  1,052  311 
Available-for-sale securities 111,548 21,939 17,877  133,443 111,548 21,939 
Held-to-maturity securities 270,729 272,647 193,800  209,407 272,996 281,177 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio 561,660 614,753 688,474  533,648 561,660 614,753 
Loans to other FHLBanks  7   93  7 
              
Total interest income 2,460,837 2,211,421 1,877,976  2,368,398 2,460,837 2,211,421 
              
  
INTEREST EXPENSE  
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 424,052 269,278 160,223  616,394 424,052 269,278 
Bonds 1,786,215 1,721,022 1,378,239  1,481,232 1,786,215 1,721,022 
Deposits 51,363 35,173 24,338  22,181 51,363 35,173 
Borrowings from other FHLBanks 119 147 132  26 119 147 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 25,045 28,462 19,393  1,961 25,045 28,462 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 2,902 2,972 2,029  1,029 2,902 2,972 
Other borrowings  31 4    31 
              
Total interest expense 2,289,696 2,057,085 1,584,358  2,122,823 2,289,696 2,057,085 
              
 
NET INTEREST INCOME 171,141 154,336 293,618  245,575 171,141 154,336 
Provision for (reversal of provision for) credit losses on mortgage loans 69  (513)  
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio 295 69  (513)
              
 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER MORTGAGE LOAN CREDIT LOSS PROVISION 171,072 154,849 293,618 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR (REVERSAL OF) CREDIT LOSSES 245,280 171,072 154,849 
              
  
OTHER INCOME  
Service fees 2,217 2,423 2,500  2,341 2,217 2,423 
Net (loss) gain on trading securities   (17) 14 
Net realized gain on available-for-sale securities   2,683 
Net realized gain (loss) on held-to-maturity securities 545   (7)
Net gain on derivatives and hedging activities 4,491 2,278 38,947 
Net gain (loss) on trading securities 1,485   (17)
Net realized gain on held-to-maturity securities 1,787 545  
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities  (33,175) 4,491 2,278 
Other, net 3,080 4,003 2,677   (277) 3,080 4,003 
              
Total other income 10,333 8,687 46,814 
Total other (loss) income  (27,839) 10,333 8,687 
              
  
OTHER EXPENSE  
Compensation and benefits 24,828 22,577 20,259  26,274 24,828 22,577 
Operating 14,589 16,478 15,992  14,118 14,589 16,478 
Federal Housing Finance Board 1,561 1,530 1,733 
Federal Housing Finance Agency 1,852 1,561 1,530 
Office of Finance 1,476 982 1,021  1,843 1,476 982 
              
Total other expense 42,454 41,567 39,005  44,087 42,454 41,567 
              
  
INCOME BEFORE ASSESSMENTS 138,951 121,969 301,427  173,354 138,951 121,969 
              
 
Affordable Housing Program 12,094 10,260 24,905  14,168 12,094 10,260 
REFCORP 25,462 22,342 55,304  31,820 25,462 22,342 
              
Total assessments 37,556 32,602 80,209  45,988 37,556 32,602 
              
  
INCOME BEFORE CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLE 101,395 89,367 221,218 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle   6,444 
       
 
NET INCOME $101,395 $89,367 $227,662  $127,366 $101,395 $89,367 
              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-4


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL

(In thousands)
                                        
 Accumulated    Accumulated   
 Capital Stock Other    Capital Stock Other   
 Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total  Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total 
 Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital  Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital 
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006 19,059 $1,905,878 $344,246 $(1,153) $2,248,971 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 27,173 $2,717,247 $361,347 $(26,371) $3,052,223 
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 20,047 2,004,664   2,004,664  55,797 5,579,766   5,579,766 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (12,111)  (1,211,081)    (1,211,081)  (55,132)  (5,513,225)    (5,513,225)
  
Net shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock 178 17,786   17,786 
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (29)  (2,861)    (2,861)
  
Comprehensive income 
Comprehensive income: 
  
Net income   101,395  101,395    127,366  127,366 
  
Other comprehensive (loss) income 
Other comprehensive loss: 
  
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities     (25,655)  (25,655)     (118,804)  (118,804)
  
Net unrealized gain on employee retirement plans    437 437 
Employee retirement plans     (358)  (358)
                      
  
Total comprehensive income   101,395  (25,218) 76,177  8,204 
  
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.31% annualized)    (84,294)   (84,294)
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.87% annualized)    (106,740)   (106,740)
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 27,173 $2,717,247 $361,347 $(26,371) $3,052,223 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 27,809 $2,780,927 $381,973 $(145,533) $3,017,367 
                      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-5


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL
(In thousands)
                     
              Accumulated    
  Capital Stock      Other    
  Class B (putable)  Retained  Comprehensive  Total 
  Shares  Par Value  Earnings  Loss  Capital 
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005  19,321  $1,932,054  $329,241  $(827) $2,260,468 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  6,802   680,213         680,213 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (7,037)  (703,672)        (703,672)
                     
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (27)  (2,717)        (2,717)
                     
Comprehensive income                    
                     
Net income        89,367      89,367 
                     
Other comprehensive income (loss)                    
                     
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities           246   246 
                     
Net unrealized loss on employee retirement plans           (657)  (657)
                
                     
Total comprehensive income        89,367   (411)  88,956 
                     
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158           85   85 
                     
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.83% annualized)        (74,362)     (74,362)
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006  19,059  $1,905,878  $344,246  $(1,153) $2,248,971 
                
                     
              Accumulated    
  Capital Stock      Other    
  Class B (putable)  Retained  Comprehensive  Total 
  Shares  Par Value  Earnings  Loss  Capital 
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006  19,059  $1,905,878  $344,246  $(1,153) $2,248,971 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  20,047   2,004,664         2,004,664 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (12,111)  (1,211,081)        (1,211,081)
                     
Net shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock  178   17,786         17,786 
                     
Comprehensive income:                    
                     
Net income        101,395      101,395 
                     
Other comprehensive (loss) income:                    
                     
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
           (25,655)  (25,655)
                     
Employee retirement plans              437   437 
                    
                     
Total comprehensive income                  76,177 
                     
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.31% annualized)        (84,294)     (84,294)
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007  27,173  $2,717,247  $361,347  $(26,371) $3,052,223 
                
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-6


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL
(In thousands)
                                        
 Accumulated    Accumulated   
 Capital Stock Other    Capital Stock Other   
 Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total  Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total 
 Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital  Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital 
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2004 22,317 $2,231,674 $162,783 $(594) $2,393,863 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005 19,321 $1,932,054 $329,241 $(827) $2,260,468 
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 8,585 858,477   858,477  6,802 680,213   680,213 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (11,201)  (1,120,102)    (1,120,102)  (7,037)  (703,672)    (703,672)
  
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (380)  (37,995)    (37,995)  (27)  (2,717)    (2,717)
  
Comprehensive income 
Comprehensive income: 
  
Net income   227,662  227,662    89,367  89,367 
  
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Other comprehensive income (loss): 
  
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities    2,797 2,797     246 246 
Reclassification adjustment for gain included in net income relating to available-for-sale securities     (2,683)  (2,683)
  
Net unrealized loss on employee retirement plans     (347)  (347)
Employee retirement plans  (657)  (657)
              
  
Total comprehensive income   227,662  (233) 227,429  88,956 
  
Cash dividends on capital stock (2.82% annualized)    (61,204)   (61,204)
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158    85 85 
 
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.83% annualized)    (74,362)   (74,362)
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005 19,321 $1,932,054 $329,241 $(827) $2,260,468 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006 19,059 $1,905,878 $344,246 $(1,153) $2,248,971 
                      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-7


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)
                        
 For the Years Ended December 31,  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income $101,395 $89,367 $227,662  $127,366 $101,395 $89,367 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle    (6,444)
       
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle 101,395 89,367 221,218 
       
  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities  
Depreciation and amortization  
Net premiums, discounts, and basis adjustments on investments advances, mortgage loans, and consolidated obligations 64,147 47,470 15,922  39,905 64,147 47,470 
Concessions on consolidated obligation bonds 6,079 5,960 2,108  7,559 6,079 5,960 
Premises and equipment 992 460 406  1,026 992 460 
Other  (161) 68  (118)  (103)  (161) 68 
Provision for (reversal of provision for) credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio 69  (513)  
Net realized gain from sale of available-for-sale securities    (2,683)
Net realized (gain) loss from sale of held-to-maturity securities  (545)  7 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio 295 69  (513)
Gain on extinguishment of debt  (698)   
Net realized gain from sale of held-to-maturity securities  (1,787)  (545)  
Net change in fair value adjustment on trading securities  (1,485)  58 
Net change in fair value adjustment on derivatives and hedging activities  (10,788)  (3,134)  (15,988) 20,773  (10,788)  (3,134)
Net realized loss on disposal of premises and equipment 77 20 6  12 77 20 
Net change in:  
Trading securities  8,693 7,925 
Accrued interest receivable  (36,826) 6,800  (2,088) 37,117  (36,826) 6,800 
Accrued interest on derivatives  (36,046)  (17,805) 43,343  59,498  (36,046)  (17,805)
Other assets 224 391  (4,953)  (1,341) 224 391 
Accrued interest payable 900  (15,518) 25,132  19,231 900  (15,518)
Affordable Housing Program (AHP) liability and discount on AHP advances  (2,124)  (1,972) 17,150   (2,963)  (2,124)  (1,972)
Payable to REFCORP 335  (44,999) 37,212   (6,132) 335  (44,999)
Other liabilities 1,199  (2,661) 1,725  3,305 1,199  (2,661)
              
  
Total adjustments  (12,468)  (16,740) 125,106  174,212  (12,468)  (25,375)
              
  
Net cash provided by operating activities 88,927 72,627 346,324  301,578 88,927 63,992 
              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-8


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued from previous page)
(In thousands)
                        
 For the Years Ended December 31,  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in:  
Interest-bearing deposits  (88,744) 688,633  (481,225)  (267,916) 11,256 53,633 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell 305,000     305,000  
Federal funds sold  (180,000) 1,360,000  (2,410,000)  (1,620,000)  (180,000) 1,360,000 
Short-term held-to-maturity securities 1,119,679  (278,194) 456,292 
Trading securities 
Proceeds from maturities and sales   8,635 
Purchases  (2,150,000)   
Available-for-sale securities:  
Proceeds from sales   612,541 
Proceeds from maturities 5,734,866 875,093  
Proceeds from maturities and sales 2,881,611 5,734,866 875,093 
Purchases  (8,630,106)  (1,188,888)  (253,004)  (3,406,551)  (8,630,106)  (1,188,888)
Held-to-maturity securities:  
Proceeds from maturities and sales 762,400 1,047,376 957,455 
Net (increase) decrease in short-term  (84,461) 1,019,679 356,806 
Proceeds from maturities 703,616 762,400 1,047,376 
Purchases  (70,000)  (494,584)  (2,656,980)  (2,564,821)  (70,000)  (494,584)
Advances to members:  
Principal collected 93,835,701 96,517,717 107,756,385  329,770,015 93,835,701 96,517,717 
Originated  (112,007,019)  (96,138,800)  (103,157,391)  (330,411,026)  (112,007,019)  (96,138,800)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:  
Principal collected 1,339,811 1,596,111 2,633,736  1,294,677 1,339,811 1,596,111 
Originated or purchased  (370,977)  (358,595)  (465,950)  (1,184,389)  (370,977)  (358,595)
Additions to premises and equipment  (1,922)  (5,050)  (407)  (2,632)  (1,922)  (5,050)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 131 60 3  10 131 60 
              
  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  (18,251,180) 3,620,879 2,991,455   (7,041,867)  (18,251,180) 3,629,514 
              
  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in:  
Deposits  (47,635) 76,741 59,377  602,657  (47,635) 76,741 
Net decrease in securities sold under agreement to repurchase  (300,000)     (200,000)  (300,000)  
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations 
Net proceeds on derivative contracts with financing elements 24,919   
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations: 
Discount notes 619,804,146 738,751,137 532,070,260  1,143,298,513 619,804,146 738,751,137 
Bonds 8,681,550 5,857,701 10,572,824  21,122,613 8,681,550 5,857,701 
Net payments for maturing and retiring consolidated obligations 
Payments for maturing and retiring consolidated obligations: 
Discount notes  (603,019,683)  (738,144,635)  (533,005,775)  (1,144,771,902)  (603,019,683)  (738,144,635)
Bonds  (7,635,893)  (10,125,865)  (12,700,523)  (13,272,626)  (7,635,893)  (10,125,865)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 2,004,664 680,213 858,477  5,579,766 2,004,664 680,213 
Payments for issuance/repurchase/redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (1,027)  (22,949)  (11,773)
Net payments for repurchase/issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (37,993)  (1,027)  (22,949)
Payments for repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (1,211,081)  (703,672)  (1,120,102)  (5,513,225)  (1,211,081)  (703,672)
Cash dividends paid  (84,294)  (74,362)  (61,204)  (106,740)  (84,294)  (74,362)
              
  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 18,190,747  (3,705,691)  (3,338,439) 6,725,982 18,190,747  (3,705,691)
              
  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks 28,494  (12,185)  (660)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks  (14,307) 28,494  (12,185)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of the year 30,181 42,366 43,026  58,675 30,181 42,366 
              
  
Cash and due from banks at end of the year $58,675 $30,181 $42,366  $44,368 $58,675 $30,181 
              
  
Supplemental disclosures 
Supplemental Disclosures 
Cash paid during the period for  
Interest $2,239,561 $2,017,236 $1,477,343  $2,061,098 $2,239,561 $2,017,236 
AHP 14,186 12,200 8,438  17,075 14,186 12,200 
REFCORP 25,127 67,341 19,703  37,952 25,127 67,341 
Transfers of mortgage loans to real estate owned 9,221 9,988 10,726  12,291 9,221 9,988 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-9


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Background Information
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the Bank) is a federally chartered corporation that is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes and is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks). The FHLBanks were created under the authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932 as amended (FHLBank Act). On July 30, 2008 the passage of the “Housing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008” (Housing Act) amended certain provisions of the FHLBank Act. Prior to the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), primarilyan independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. government, supervised and regulated the FHLBanks and the Federal Home Loan Bank’s Office of Finance (Office of Finance). With the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) was established and became the new independent Federal regulator of the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance, as well as for Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Finance Board will be abolished one year after the date of enactment of the Housing Act, which will be on July 30, 2009. During the one-year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Finance Agency’s principal purpose is to serveensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner. In addition, the Finance Agency ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission and remain adequately capitalized. The Finance Agency establishes policies and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks. Each FHLBank operates as a sourceseparate entity with its own management, employees, and board of reliable, low cost liquidity for financial institutions engaged in housing finance. directors.
The FHLBanks serve the public by enhancing the availability of funds (advances and mortgage loans) for residential mortgages and targeted community development through their member institutions.development. The Bank servesprovides a readily available, low cost source of funds to its member institutions and eligible housing associates in Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota by providing loans, or advances, to those members and purchasing mortgage loans.Dakota. Regulated financial depositories, community development financial institutions, and insurance companies engaged in residential housing finance may apply for membership. State and local housing authoritiesassociates that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow,borrow; housing associates are not members of the Bank and, as such, are not requiredpermitted to hold capital stock.
The Bank is a cooperative. This means the Bank is owned by its customers, whom the Bank calls members. All members must purchase and maintain membership capital stock based on the amount of their total assets as a condition of membership in the Bank. Each member is also required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support certain business activities with the Bank. The Bank conducts business with its stockholders in the normal course of business.

S-10


The Bank’s current members own nearly all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried on the Bank’s statementsStatements of condition.Condition. All stockholders, including current members and former members, may receive dividends on their investment to the extent declared by the Bank’s boardBoard of directors.

S-10


The Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), an independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. government, supervises and regulates the FHLBanks and the Federal Home Loan Banks’ Office of Finance (Office of Finance). The Office of Finance is a joint office of the FHLBanks established by the Finance Board to facilitate the issuance and servicing of the consolidated obligations of the FHLBanks and to prepare the combined quarterly and annual financial reports of all 12 FHLBanks. The primary duties of the Finance Board are to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a financially safe and sound manner, remain adequately capitalized, and are able to raise funds in the capital markets. To the extent consistent with its primary duties, the Finance Board also ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing and community development finance missions. Also, the Finance Board establishes policies and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks. Each FHLBank operates as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and board of directors. The Bank does not have any special purpose entities or any other type of off-balance sheet conduits.Directors.
Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Bank prepares its financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make assumptions and estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expense. Actual results could differ from these estimates significantly.
Interest-Bearing Deposits, Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Federal Funds Sold.Sold
These investments provide short-term liquidity and are carried at cost. See Note 4 for more information on the Bank’s securities purchased under agreements to resell.
Investments.Investments
The Bank classifies certain investments acquired for purposes of liquidity and asset/liability management as trading securities and carries them at fair value. The Bank records changes in the fair value of these investments through other (loss) income as “Net gain (loss) on trading securities.”
The Bank classifies certain investments it may sell before maturity as available-for-sale and carries them at fair value. The change in fair value of the available-for-sale securities not being hedged by derivative instruments is recorded in other comprehensive loss as “Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities.” For available-for-sale securities that have been hedged and qualify as a fair value hedge, the Bank records the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged in other (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative, and records the remainder of the change in other comprehensive loss as “Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities.”
The Bank classifies certain investments as held-to-maturity when it has both the ability and intent to hold them to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the level-yieldeffective-yield method.

S-11


Sale or transfer of held-to-maturity securities.Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 115,Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. Thus, the sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security due to certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness or changes in regulatory requirements, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. Other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity.

S-11


The Bank classifies certain investments itIn addition, in accordance with SFAS 115, sales of debt securities that meet either of the following two conditions may sell beforebe considered maturities for purpose of the classification of securities: 1) the sale occurs near enough to its maturity date (or call date if exercise of the call is probable) that interest-rate risk is substantially eliminated as available-for-salea pricing factor and carries them at fair value. The changethe changes in market interest rates would not have a significant effect on the security’s fair value, or 2) the sale of a security occurs after the Bank has already collected a substantial portion (at least 85 percent) of the available-for-sale securities not being hedged by derivative instruments is recordedprincipal outstanding at acquisition due either to prepayments on the debt security or to scheduled payments on a debt security payable in other comprehensive income as “Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities.” For available-for-sale securities that have been hedgedequal installments (both principal and qualify as a fair value hedge, the Bank records the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged in other income as “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative, and records the remainder of the change in other comprehensive income as “Net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities.”interest) over its term.
The Bank classifies certain investments acquired for asset/liability management purposes as trading securities and carries them at fair value. The Bank records changes in the fair value of these investments through other income as “Net gain (loss) on trading securities.” The Bank does not participate in active trading practices and holds these investments based on management’s evaluation of the Bank’s liquidity needs.
Amortization.The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts on mortgage-backed securities (MBS) using the level-yieldeffective-yield method over the contractual life of the securities adjusted for prepayment activity. For non-MBS, securities, the Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the level yieldeffective-yield method over the contractual life. Amortization and accretion is recorded as a component of interest income.
The Bank computes gains and losses on sales of investment securities using the specific identification method and includes these gains and losses in other (loss) income.

S-12


Impairment.In accordance with SFAS 115, as amended by FSP FAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1,The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, the Bank regularly evaluates its outstanding available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments for changes in fair value and records impairment loss when a decline in fair value is deemed to be other than temporary.determine whether the investment securities have incurred any other-than-temporary impairment. When evaluating whether the impairment is other than temporary,other-than-temporary, the Bank takes into consideration whether or not it is going to receive all of the investment’s contractual cash flows based on factors that include, but are not limited to: the creditworthiness of the issuer (rating agency actions) and the underlying collateral; the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than amortized cost; and the Bank’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient amount of time to recover the unrealized losses. The Bank may also evaluate the issuer’s business and financial outlook as well as broader industry and sector performance indicators. If the Bank determines that an other-than-temporary impairment exists, the impairment loss shall be recognized in other (loss) income equal to the entire difference between the investment’s cost and fair value at the balance sheet date of the reporting period for which the assessment is made. The fair value of the investment would then become the new cost basis of the investment and shall not be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value. The Bank did not experience any other-than-temporary impairment in the value of its investments during 2008, 2007, 2006, or 2005.2006. For more information on the Bank’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments see Notes 5, 6 and 7.
Advances.Advances
The Bank reports advances (loans to members or housing associates) net of unearned commitment fees, discounts and premiums, discounts on AHP advances and hedging fair value adjustments. Premiums and discounts are derived based on market conditions when the Bank purchases advances from another FHLBank as a result of members consolidating their advance business into the Bank. The Bank amortizes the premiums and discounts on advances to interest income using the level-yieldeffective-yield method over the contractual life of the advances. The Bank credits interest on advances to income as earned.

S-12


Following the requirements of the FHLBank Act, the Bank obtains sufficient collateral on advances to protect it from losses. The FHLBank Act limits eligible collateral to certain investment securities, residential mortgage loans, cash or deposits with the Bank, and other eligible real estate related assets. Community financial institutions (CFIs) are eligible to utilize expanded statutory collateral rules that include secured small business and agribusiness loans, and securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans. In 2007, CFIs were defined as Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured institutions with average total assets over the preceding three year period of $599 million or less. The cap may be adjusted by the Finance Board based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.
The Bank has not incurred any credit losses on advances since its inception. Based upon the collateral held as security for the advances and the repayment history of the Bank’s advances, management believes an allowance for credit losses on advances is unnecessary. See Note 8 for more information.
Prepayment Fees.The Bank may charge a prepayment fee when a borrower prepays certain advances before the original maturity.
In cases in which the Bank funds a new advance concurrent with or within a short period of time of the prepayment of an existing advance, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of an existing advance.

S-13


For prepaid advances that are hedged and meet the hedge accounting requirements of SFAS 133, the Bank terminates the hedging relationship upon prepayment and records the associated fair value gains and losses, adjusted for the prepayment fees, in interest income. If the Bank funds a new advance to a member concurrent with or within a short period of time after the prepayment of a previous advance to that member, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance. If the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance, the fair value gains or losses of the prepaid advance and the prepayment fees are included in the carrying amount of the modified advance, and gains or losses and prepayment fees are amortized in interest income over the life of the modified advance using the effective-yield method. If the modified advance is also hedged and the hedge meets the hedging criteria in accordance with SFAS 133, it is marked to fair value and subsequent fair value changes are recorded in other (loss) income.
If the Bank determines that the transaction does not qualify as a modification of an existing advance, it is treated as an advance termination with subsequent funding of a new advance and the net fees are recorded as “Prepayment fees on advances, net” in the Statements of Income.
Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.
The Bank participates in the Mortgage Partnership Finance (register mark) (MPF (register mark))(MPF) program (Mortgage Partnership Finance and MPF are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago) under which the Bank invests in conventional and government-insured (Federal Housing Administration, Veterans Administration, and United StatesU.S. Department of Agriculture) residential mortgage loans that are acquired through or purchased from a participating financial institution member (PFI). MPF loans may also be purchased by the Bank through participations with other FHLBanks. For one of the Bank’s MPF products, a PFI originates mortgage loans as an agent for the Bank and the loans are funded and owned by the Bank. This process is commonly known as table funding. For all other MPF products, a PFI sells closed loans to the Bank. The Bank does not purchase mortgage loans through an intermediary such as a trust. The Bank manages the liquidity, interest rate, and prepayment risk of the loans while the PFI retains the customer relationship and loan servicing activities. If the member is participating in the servicing released program, the member concurrently sells the servicing of the mortgage loans to a designated mortgage service provider.
The Bank classifies mortgage loans as held for portfolio and reports them at their principal amount outstanding, net of premiums and discounts, hedging fair value adjustments, and allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans.
Amortization. The Bank computes amortization and accretion of premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees on mortgage loans using the level yieldeffective-yield method over the contractual life. Amortization and accretion is recorded as a component of interest income.

S-14


The Bank and the PFI share in the credit risk of the loans which involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among the Bank and its participating members. Though the structuring of these layers of loss protection differs slightly between the MPF products the Bank offers, each product contains the same credit risk structure.

S-13


Credit Enhancement Fees.For managing the inherent credit risk, the participating member receives credit enhancement fees from the Bank. This fee is accrued monthly based on the remaining unpaid principal balance. When the Bank incurs losses for certain MPF products, it reduces credit enhancement fee payments until the amount of the loss is recovered up to the limit of the First Loss Account (FLA).
The Bank records credit enhancement fees paid to PFIs as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. The Bank records nonoriginationnon-origination fees received from its PFIs, such as delivery commitment extension fees, and pair off fees, and price adjustment fees, as part of the mark-to-market on derivatives to which they relate or as part of the loan basis, as applicable. Delivery commitment extension fees are received when the PFI requires an extension of the delivery commitment on an MPF loan beyond the original stated maturity date. These fees compensate the Bank for interest lost as a result of the late funding of the loan and represent the member purchasing a derivative from the Bank. Pair offPair-off fees represent a make-whole provision and are received when the amount funded is less than a specific percentage of the delivery commitment amount. Price adjustment fees are received from the PFI when the sum of the principal amount of the mortgages funded under a delivery commitment is less than 95 percent (i.e., under delivery) or greater than 105 percent (i.e., over delivery)a specified percentage of the delivery commitment amount. These fees compensate the Bank for hedge costs associated with the under delivery or over delivery, respectively. To the extent that pair off fees relatesrelate to under deliveries of loans, they are included in the mark-to-market of the related delivery commitment derivative. If theyTo the extent that price adjustment fees relate to over deliveries, they represent purchase price adjustments to the related loans acquired and are recorded as part of the loan basis. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005, pair off fees amounted to $65,000, $75,000 and $0.1 million.
The Bank places a conventional mortgage loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. When a mortgage loan is placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. The Bank records cash payments received on nonaccrual loans as a reduction of principal. A government-insured loan is not placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due because of the (1) U.S. government guarantee of the loan and (2) contractual obligation of the loan servicer.servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.

S-15


Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans.Loans
The Bank establishes an allowance for loan losses on its conventional mortgage loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is an estimate of probable losses contained in the portfolio. On a regular basis, the Bank monitors delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. The Bank does not maintain an allowance for loan losses on the government-insured mortgage loan portfolio because of the (1) U.S. government guarantee of the loans and (2) contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.

S-14


The Bank considers the members’ credit enhancements, including the reductionrecapture of base or performance based credit enhancement fees, when estimating the allowance for loan losses. The allowance estimate is based on historical loss experience, current delinquency levels, economic data, and other relevant factors using a pooled loan approach. The Bank’s historical loss experience and analysis are driven by two primary components: frequency of mortgage loan default and loss severity. Other relevant factors evaluated in the Bank’s methodology include changes in national/local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations.
The Bank monitors and reports portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered quarterly based upon charge-offs, current calculations for probabilitythe amount of default and loss severity,nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Bank recorded an allowance for credit losses in the amount of $0.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million.
Other Real Estate Owned
Nonperforming loans that have been foreclosed but not yet liquidated are reclassified to real estate owned in other assets. At the time of reclassification, the Bank records loan charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses if the fair value of the foreclosed asset is less than the loan’s carrying amount. Subsequent realized gains and realized or unrealized losses are recorded in other (loss) income.
MPF Shared Funding Program.Program
The Bank has participated in the MPF shared funding program which provides a means to distribute both the benefits and the risks of the mortgage loans among a number of parties. The MPF shared funding program was created to (1) provide the FHLBanks with an alternative for managing interest rate and prepayment risk by giving the FHLBanks the ability to transfer those risks to other investors; (2) provide an additional source of liquidity that would allow further expansion of the MPF program; and (3) benefit other FHLBanks and their members by providing investment opportunities in high quality assets.

S-16


Application of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) No. 46-R (a revision to FIN No. 46Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities(FIN 46)) to the Bank is limited to the MPF Shared Fundingshared funding securities. In regards to the Shared Funding Program,shared funding program, the Bank currently holds MPF Shared Fundingshared funding securities which it believes were issued by qualifying special purpose entities (QSPE) that are sponsored by One Mortgage Partners Corporation, a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. A QSPE generally can be described as an entity whose permitted activities are limited to passively holding financial assets and distributing cash flows to investors based on preset terms. A QSPE must meet certain criteria in SFAS No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement 125(SFAS 140) to be considered a QSPE. FIN 46-R does not require an investor to consolidate a QSPE, as long as the investor does not have the unilateral ability to liquidate the QSPE or cause it to no longer meet the QSPE criteria. The Bank meets this scope exception for QSPEs under FIN 46-R, and accordingly, does not consolidate its investments in the MPF Shared Funding securities. Further, even if the special purpose entities were not QSPEs, the Bank would not consolidate under FIN 46-R because it holds the senior interest, rather than residual interest, in theshared funding securities. See Note 9 for more information.

S-15


Premises, Software, and Equipment.Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Bank computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of relevant assets ranging from two to ten years. The Bank amortizes leasehold improvements using the straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease. The Bank capitalizes improvements and major renewals but expenseexpenses ordinary maintenance and repairs when incurred. Depreciation and amortization expense for premises and equipment was $1.0$0.9 million, $0.5$0.9 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. The Bank includes gains and losses on disposal of premises and equipment in other (loss) income. The total net realized loss on disposal of premises and equipment was $0.1 million,$12,000, $77,000, and $20,000 and $6,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.
The cost of computer software developed for internal use is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-1,Derivatives.Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use(SOP 98-1). SOP 98-1 requires the cost of purchased software and certain costs incurred in developing computer software for internal use to be capitalized and amortized over future periods. At December 31, 2008 the Bank had capitalized $1.2 million for internally developed computer software that has not gone into production. Depreciation and amortization expense for computer software was $90,000, $49,000, and $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The amount of unamortized computer software was $1.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

S-17


Derivatives
Accounting for derivatives is addressed in SFAS 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS 137,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — Deferral of Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133, SFAS 138,Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities, and SFAS 149,Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities(herein referred to as SFAS 133). See Note 10 for more information.
All derivatives are recognized in the statementsStatements of conditionCondition at their fair value. Each derivative is designated as one of the following:
 (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge);
 (2) a nonqualifying hedge of an asset, liability, or firm commitment (an economic hedge) for asset-liability management purposes.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability, or unrecognized firm commitment that are attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in other (loss) income as net“Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities. The Bank would have hedge ineffectiveness to the extent that the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in fair value of the hedged item.

S-16


An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging specific or non-specific underlying assets, liabilities, or firm commitments that does not qualify or was not designated for hedge accounting, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under the Bank’s risk management program. These economic hedging strategies also comply with Finance BoardAgency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative hedge transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability caused by the changes in fair value on the derivatives that are recorded in the Bank’s income but not offset by corresponding changes in the value of the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. As a result, the Bank recognizes only the net interest and the change in fair value of these derivatives in other (loss) income as “Net gains (losses)(loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” with no offsetting fair value adjustments for the related assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. Cash flows associated with such stand-alone derivatives (derivatives not qualifying as a hedge) are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the statementsStatements of cash flows.Cash Flows.

S-18


The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognized as adjustments to the income or expense of the designated underlying hedged asset, liability, or firm commitment. The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as economic hedges are recognized in other (loss) income as net“Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities. Both the net interest on the stand-alone derivative and the fair value changes are recorded in other (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”
The Bank may issue consolidated obligations, make advances, or purchase financial instruments in which derivative instruments are embedded. Upon execution of these transactions, the Bank assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the advance or debt (the host contract) and whether a separate, nonembedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative. If the Bank determines that (1) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2) a separate, stand alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand alone derivative instrument used as an economic hedge.
If hedging relationships meet certain criteria specified in SFAS 133, they are eligible for hedge accounting and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging relationship at inception and on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and related hedged items independently. This is known as the “long haul” method of accounting. Transactions that meet more stringent criteria qualify for the “short cut” method of hedge accounting in which an assumption can be made that the change in fair value of a hedged item exactly offsets the change in value of the related derivative.

S-17


Derivatives are typically executed at the same time as the hedged assets or liabilities and the Bank designates the derivative and the hedged item in a qualifying hedging relationship as of the trade date. In many hedging relationships, the Bank may designate the hedging relationship upon its commitment to disburse an advance or trade a consolidated obligation in which settlement occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. The Bank defines market settlement conventions for advances to be five business days or less and for consolidated obligations to be thirty calendar days or less, using a next business day convention. The Bank then records the changes in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item beginning on the trade date. When the Bank meets all the criteria as set forth in SFAS 133 for applying the short cut method of hedge accounting, including that, the hedging relationship is designated on the trade date and the fair value of the derivative is zero on that date, the Bank may assume no ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship.

S-19


The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments); (2) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (4) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument in accordance with SFAS 133 is no longer appropriate.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the Bank determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge of an existing hedged item, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the statementsStatements of conditionCondition at its fair value, ceases to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and amortizes the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item using the level-yieldeffective-yield method.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the Bank continues to carry the derivative on the statementsStatements of conditionCondition at its fair value, removing from the statementsStatements of conditionCondition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording the amount as a gain or loss in current period earnings.

S-18

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase


The Bank periodically holds securities sold under agreements to repurchase those securities. The amounts received under these agreements represent borrowings and are classified as liabilities in the Statements of Condition.
Consolidated Obligations.Obligations
Consolidated obligations consist of consolidated bonds and discount notes and as provided by the FHLBank Act or Finance BoardAgency regulation, are backed only by the financial resources of the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance as their agent. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the amount of debt it wants issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. The Finance BoardAgency and the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury have oversight over the issuance of the FHLBank debt through the Office of Finance. Consolidated bondsBonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate and long-term funds for the FHLBanks and are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits on their maturity. Consolidated discountDiscount notes are issued primarily to raise short-term funds. These notes sell at less than their face amount and are redeemed at par value when they mature.

S-20


Although the Bank is primarily liable for its portion of consolidated obligations (i.e. those issued on its behalf), the Bank is also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. The Finance Board,Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Although it has never occurred, to the extent that a FHLBank makes any payment on a consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank that is primarily liable for such consolidated obligation, Finance BoardAgency regulations provide that the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the noncomplying FHLBank for any payments made on its behalf and other associated costs (including interest to be determined by the Finance Board)Agency). If, however, the Finance BoardAgency determines that the noncomplying FHLBank is unable to satisfy its repayment obligations, the Finance BoardAgency may allocate the outstanding liabilities of the noncomplying FHLBank among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank’s participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance BoardAgency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations between the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.
Concessions on Consolidated Obligations.The Bank defers and amortizes, using the level-yieldeffective-yield method, the amounts paid to dealers in connection with the sale of consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes over the term to maturity of the bonds and discount notes. The Office of Finance prorates the amount of the concession to the Bank based on the percentage of the debt assumed by the Bank. See Note 13 for more information.
Discounts and Premiums on Consolidated Obligations.The Bank uses the level-yieldeffective-yield method to amortize to interest expense the discounts and premiums on consolidated obligation bonds and discount notes over their terms to maturity.

S-19


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.Stock
The Bank accounts for mandatorily redeemable capital stock in accordance with SFAS 150,Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.See Note 16 for more information.
The Bank’s capital stock meets the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument under SFAS 150 and is reclassified from equity to a liability when a member engages in any of the following activities:
 (1) Submits a written notice to the Bank to redeem all or part of the member’s capital stock.
 
 (2) Submits a written notice to the Bank of the member’s intent to withdraw from membership, which automatically commences the five-year redemption period.
 
 (3) Terminates its membership voluntarily as a result of a merger or consolidation into a nonmember or into a member of another FHLBank, involuntarily as a result of action by the Bank’s Board of Directors, or a relocation to another FHLBank district.

S-21


When any of the above events occur, the Bank reclassifies stock from equity to a liability at fair value. The Bank does not take into consideration its members’ right to cancel a redemption request in determining when shares of capital stock should be classified as a liability because the capital planCapital Plan provides for a cancellation fee on all cancellations, which is currently set atcancellations. At December 31, 2008 this cancellation fee was zero. Dividends related to capital stock classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reported as interest expense in the statementsStatements of income.Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments is reflected as a cash outflow in the financing activities section of the statementsStatements of cash flows.Cash Flows.
If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in accordance with SFAS 150. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.
Prepayment Fees.The Bank charges a borrower a prepayment fee when the borrower prepays certain advances before the original maturity. The Bank records prepayment fees net of hedging fair value adjustments included in the book basis of the advance to interest income as advance prepayment fees, net.
In cases in which the Bank funds a new advance concurrent with or within a short period of time of the prepayment of an existing advance, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of an existing advance.

S-20


For prepaid advances that are hedged and meet the hedge accounting requirements of SFAS 133, the Bank terminates the hedging relationship upon prepayment and records the associated fair value gains and losses, adjusted for the prepayment fees, in interest income. If the Bank funds a new advance to a member concurrent with or within a short period of time after the prepayment of a previous advance to that member, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance. If the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance, the fair value gains or losses of the prepaid advance and the prepayment fees are included in the carrying amount of the modified advance, and gains or losses and prepayment fees are amortized in interest income over the life of the modified advance using the level-yield method. If the modified advance is also hedged and the hedge meets the hedging criteria in accordance with SFAS 133, it is marked to fair value and subsequent fair value changes are recorded in other income.
If the Bank determines that the transaction does not qualify as a modification of an existing advance, it is treated as an advance termination with subsequent funding of a new advance and the net fees are recorded as “Prepayment fees on advances, net” in the Statements of Income.
Finance BoardAgency and Office of Finance Expenses.Expenses
The Bank is assessed for its proportionate share of the operating costs of the Finance Board,Agency, the Bank’s primary regulator, and the Office of Finance, which manages the sale and servicing of consolidated obligations. The Finance Board allocates its operatingAgency’s expenses and working capital expendituresfund are allocated to the FHLBanksBank based on the Bank’s pro rata share of the annual assessments based on the ratio between the Bank’s minimum required regulatory capital and the aggregate minimum required regulatory capital of every FHLBank. Each Bank must pay an amount equal to one-half of its annual assessment twice each FHLBank’s percentage of total FHLBank capital.year. The Office of Finance allocates its operating and capital expenditures based on each FHLBank’s percentage of capital stock, percentage of consolidated obligations issued, and percentage of consolidated obligations outstanding.
Affordable Housing Program.Program
The FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an AHP. The Bank accrues this expense monthly based on its earnings excluding mandatorily redeemable capital stock interest expense and establishes a liability. The AHP grants provide subsidies to members to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low, low, and moderate income households. The Bank has the authority to make the AHP subsidy available to members as a grant. As an alternative, the Bank also has the authority to make subsidized AHP advances, which are advances at an interest rate below the Bank’s cost of funds. When the Bank makes an AHP advance, the present value of the variation in the cash flow caused by the difference in the interest rate between the AHP advance rate and the Bank’s related cost of funds for comparable maturity funding is charged against the AHP liability and recorded as a discount on the AHP advance. The discount on AHP advances is accreted to interest income on advances using a level yieldan effective-yield methodology over the life of the advance. See Note 14 for more information.
Section 10(j) of the FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an AHP. Each FHLBank provides subsidies in the form of direct grants and below market interest rate advances. Members use the funds to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low, low, and moderate income households.

 

S-21S-22


Annually, each FHLBank is required to set aside 10 percent of its current year regulatory income to fund next year’s AHP obligation. Regulatory income is defined by the Bank as GAAP income before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock under SFAS 150 and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP. The treatment of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is a regulatory interpretation of the Finance Board.Agency. The AHP and REFCORP assessments are calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence on each other.
If the Bank experienced a regulatory loss during a quarter, but still had regulatory income for the year, the Bank’s obligation to the AHP would be calculated based on the Bank’s year-to-date regulatory income. If the Bank had regulatory income in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a regulatory loss for a full year, the Bank would have no obligation to the AHP for the year except in the following circumstance. If the result of the aggregate 10 percent calculation described above is less than $100.0 million for all 12 FHLBanks, then the FHLBank Act requires that each FHLBank contribute such prorated sums as may be required to assure that the aggregate contributions of the FHLBanks equals $100.0 million. The allocation is based on the ratio of each FHLBank’s regulatory income before REFCORP assessments to the sum of regulatory income before REFCORP assessments of the 12 FHLBanks for the previous year. Each FHLBank’s required annual AHP contribution is limited to its annual net earnings. There was no shortfall in 2008, 2007, 2006, or 2005.2006.
Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP).
Although the FHLBanks are exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except for local real estate tax, the FHLBanks are required to make quarterly payments to the REFCORP to pay toward interest on bonds issued by the REFCORP. REFCORP is a corporation established by Congress in 1989 to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Officers, employees, and agents of the Office of Finance are authorized to act for and on behalf of REFCORP to carry out the functions of REFCORP.
Congress required that each FHLBank annually pay to the REFCORP 20 percent of income calculated in accordance with GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for the REFCORP. Each FHLBank notifies REFCORP of its income before AHP and REFCORP assessments. The AHP and REFCORP assessments are then calculated simultaneously by REFCORP because of their interdependence on each other. The Bank accrues its REFCORP assessment on a monthly basis.
The FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP will terminate when the aggregate actual quarterly payments made by the FHLBanks exactly equal the present value of a $300.0 million annual annuity that commences on the date on which the first obligation of the REFCORP was issued and ends on April 15, 2030.

 

S-22S-23


The Finance BoardAgency is required to shorten the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is an excess quarterly payment. An excess quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment exceeds $75.0 million.
The Finance BoardAgency is required to extend the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is a deficit quarterly payment. A deficit quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment falls short of $75.0 million.
The cumulative amount to be paid to REFCORP by the Bank cannot be determined at this time because it depends on the future earnings of all FHLBanks and interest rates. If the Bank experienced a net loss during a quarter, but still had net income for the year, the Bank’s obligation to the REFCORP would be calculated based on the Bank’s year-to-date net income. The Bank would be entitled to a refund of amounts paid for the full year that were in excess of its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank had net income in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a net loss for a full year, the Bank would have no obligation to the REFCORP for the year. See Note 15 for more information.
Estimated Fair Values.ValuesSome
The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the Bank’s financial instruments lack anuse of unobservable inputs. Fair value is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, where available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, trading market characterized by transactions between a willing buyer and a willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction. Therefore,fair value is determined based on valuation models that use market-based information available to the Bank uses internal models employing significant estimates and present value calculations when disclosing estimated fair values.as inputs to the models. Note 19 details the estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments.
Cash Flows.Flows
In the statementsStatements of cash flows,Cash Flows, the Bank considers cash and due from banks as cash and cash equivalents. Federal funds sold are not treated as cash equivalents for purposes of the statementsStatements of cash flows,Cash Flows, but are instead treated as short-term investments and are reflected in the investing activities section of the statementsStatements of cash flows.
Reclassifications.Certain amounts in the 2006 footnotes have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.
Note 2—Change in Accounting Principle and Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations
Change in Accounting Principle for Amortization and Accretion of Premiums, Discounts, and Other Nonrefundable Fees and Costs.Effective January 1, 2005, the Bank changed its method of amortizing and accreting premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees on mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. In accordance withAccounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases(SFAS 91), the Bank now amortizes and accretes these items to interest income using the interest method over the contractual life of the assets (contractual method).

S-23


The Bank historically computed the amortization and accretion of premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees using the retrospective method; that is, using the interest method over the estimated lives of the assets. This method required a retrospective adjustment of the effective yield each time the Bank changed the estimated life of the assets. Actual prepayment experience and estimates of future principal repayments were used in calculating the estimated lives. The retrospective method was intended to adjust prior reported amounts as if the new estimate had been known since the original acquisition date of the assets.
The Bank changed to the contractual method, which uses the cash flows provided by the underlying assets to apply the interest method. While both methods are acceptable under GAAP, the Bank believes the contractual method is preferable to the retrospective method because under the contractual method, the income effects of premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees are recognized in a manner that is reflective of the actual behavior of the underlying assets during the period in which the behavior occurs while also reflecting the contractual terms of the assets without regard to changes in estimated prepayments based on assumptions about future borrower behavior.
As a result of implementing this change, the Bank recorded a $6.4 million cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2005. The following table shows the impact of this adjustment by asset type (dollars in thousands).
     
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle    
Mortgage-backed securities $(626)
Mortgage loans  9,397 
    
     
Increase to income before assessments  8,771 
AHP and REFCORP assessments  (2,327)
    
     
Increase in net income due to cumulative effect of change in accounting principle $6,444 
    
Cash Flows.

 

S-24


Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the 2007 financial statements and footnotes have been reclassified to conform to the 2008 presentation. In accordance with FIN No. 39-1,Amendment of FIN No. 39(FIN 39-1), the Bank recognized the effects of applying FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all financial statement periods presented. Previously, the cash collateral amounts arising from the same master netting arrangement as the derivative instruments were reported as interest-bearing deposits and the related accrued interest amounts were reported as accrued interest receivable and/or accrued interest payable, as applicable. These amounts are now components of “Derivative assets” and/or “Derivative liabilities.” For more information related to FIN 39-1, see “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations.”
During the first quarter of 2008, on a retrospective basis, the Bank reclassified all purchases, sales and maturities of trading securitiesheld for investmentpurposes, previously reported as cash flows from operating activities, to cash flows from investing activities in the Statement of Cash Flows. Refer to “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations” for further details on this reclassification.
Effective July 1, 2008 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology. Prior period amounts were reclassified to be consistent with the enhanced methodology presented at December 31, 2008. Refer to “Note 18 — Segment Information” for further details on this methodology change.
During the third quarter of 2008, on a retrospective basis, the Bank revised the classification of its investments in certificates of deposit, previously reported as interest-bearing deposits, to held-to-maturity securities in the Statements of Condition and Income based on the definition of a security under SFAS No. 115,Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities(SFAS 115). These financial instruments have been appropriately revised as held-to-maturity securities based on the Bank’s intent of holding them until maturity. This revision had no effect on total assets or net interest income and net income. The certificates of deposit that do not meet the definition of a security will continue to be classified as interest-bearing deposits on the Statements of Condition and Income.

S-25


Note 2—Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations
FSP EITF 99-20-1.On January 12, 2009, the FASB issued FSP EITF 99-20-1,Amendments to the Impairment Guidance of EITF Issue No. 99-20(FSP EITF 99-20-1). FSP EITF 99-20-1 amends the impairment guidance in EITF Issue No. 99-20,Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests That Continue to Be Held by a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, to achieve more consistent determination of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. FSP EITF 99-20-1 also retains and emphasizes the objective of an other-than-temporary impairment assessment and the related disclosure requirement in SFAS 115 and other related guidance. FSP EITF 99-20-1 is effective and should be applied prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods ending after December 15, 2008 (December 31, 2008 for the Bank). The Bank’s adoption of FSP EITF 99-20-1 at December 31, 2008 did not have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
FSP 157-3.On October 10, 2008 the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-3,Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active(FSP 157-3),which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157,Fair Value Measurements(SFAS 157) in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active. Key existing principles of SFAS 157 illustrated in the example include:
A fair value measurement represents the price at which a transaction would occur between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining a financial asset’s fair value, use of a reporting entity’s own assumptions about future cash flows and appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates is acceptable when relevant observable inputs are unavailable.
Broker or pricing service quotes may be an appropriate input when measuring fair value, but they are not necessarily determinative if an active market does not exist for the financial asset.
FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. While revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate consistent with SFAS No. 154,Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, the related disclosure provisions for this change in accounting estimate would not be required. The Bank’s adoption of FSP 157-3 did not have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

S-26


FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4.On September 12, 2008, the FASB issued FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4,Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161 (FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4). FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends SFAS 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45,Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others—an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34(FIN 45) to improve disclosures about credit derivatives and guarantees and clarify the effective date of SFAS No. 161,Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133(SFAS 161). FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 also amends SFAS 133 to require entities to disclose sufficient information to allow users to assess the potential effect of credit derivatives, including their nature, maximum payment, fair value, and recourse provisions. Additionally, FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends FIN 45 to require a disclosure about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee, which could be indicated by external credit ratings or categories by which the Bank measures risk. While the Bank does not currently enter into credit derivatives, it does have guarantees — the FHLBanks’ joint and several liability on consolidated obligations and letters of credit. The adoption of FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 resulted in increased financial statement disclosures. The provisions of FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 that amend SFAS 133 and FIN 45 are effective for fiscal years and interim periods ending after November 15, 2008 (December 31, 2008 for the Bank).
SFAS 161.On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161. SFAS 161 is intended to improve financial reporting for derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures that enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Additionally, FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 clarifies that the disclosures required by SFAS 161 should be provided for any reporting period (annual or quarterly interim) beginning after November 15, 2008 (January 1, 2009 for the Bank). The adoption of SFAS 161, FSP 133-1, and FIN 45-4 will result in increased financial statement disclosures.
SFAS 157 and 159.Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank adopted SFAS 157, and SFAS No. 159,The Fair Value Measurements.On September 15, 2006, theOption for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB issued Statement of Financial Account Standards (SFAS) No. 115(SFAS 159). SFAS 157 (SFAS 157). In definingdefines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value, and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. SFAS 157 retains the exchange price notion in earlier definitions of fair value. However, the definition ofdefines fair value under SFAS 157 focuses onas the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, (an exit price), notin an orderly transaction between market participants at the price that would be paidmeasurement date. SFAS 159 allows an entity to acquire the asset or received to assume the liability (an entry price). SFAS 157 applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not expand the use ofirrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities, with changes in any new circumstances. SFAS 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the information used to develop assumptions for determining the exit price. Under this standard, fair value measurements will be separately disclosed by level within the fair value hierarchy. SFAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank) and interim periods within those fiscal years.recognized in earnings as they occur. The effect of adopting SFAS 157 isdid not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s retained earnings balanceresults of operations or financial condition. The Bank did not elect the fair value option, under SFAS 159, at January 1, 2008.
SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment2008, to FASB Statement No. 115.On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft related to The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115. SFAS 159 allows entities to choose, at specified election dates, to measure eligiblecarry certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value that are not otherwise requiredin the financial statements. Refer to be measured at fair value. If a company elects“Note 19 — Estimated Fair Values” for additional information on the fair value option for an eligible item, changes in that item’s fair value in subsequent reporting periods must be recognized in current earnings. SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to draw comparison between entities that elect different measurement attributes for similarof certain financial assets and liabilities. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank). The effect of adopting SFAS 159 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s retained earnings or other financial assets or liabilities included in the statements of condition.

 

S-25S-27


FASB Staff Position No. Cash Flows from Trading Securities.SFAS 159 amends SFAS 95 and SFAS 115 to specify that cash flows from trading securities (which include securities for which an entity has elected the fair value option) should be classified in the Statement of Cash Flows based on the nature of and purpose for which the securities were acquired. Prior to this amendment, SFAS 95 and SFAS 115 specified that all cash flows from trading securities must be classified as cash flows from operating activities. On a retrospective basis, beginning in the first quarter of 2008, the Bank reclassified all purchases, sales and maturities of trading securitiesheld for investmentpurposes as cash flows from investing activities. Cash flows related to trading securitiesheld for trading purposes continue to be reported as cash flows from operating activities.
FIN 39-1.On April 30, 2007,Effective January 1, 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No.Bank adopted FIN 39-1,Amendment of FASB Interpretation No. 39(FSP FIN 39-1). FSP39-1. FIN 39-1 permits an entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative instruments recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Under FSP FIN 39-1, the receivable or payable related to cash collateral may not be offset if the amount recognized does not represent or approximate fair value or arises from instruments in a master netting arrangement that are not eligible to be offset. The decision whether to offset such fair value amounts represents an elective accounting policy decision that, once elected, must be applied consistently. FSP FIN 39-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 (January 1, 2008 for the Bank), with earlier application permitted. An entity should recognize the effects of applying FSP FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all financial statements presented unless it is impracticable to do so. Upon adoption of FSP FIN 39-1, an entity is permitted to change its accounting policy to offset or not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements. The effectBank elected to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral. The adoption of adopting FIN 39-1 isdid not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition at January 1, 2008.
SFAS 133 Derivative Implementation Group (DIG) Issue No. E23 (DIG E23), Issues Involving the Application of the Shortcut Method under Paragraph 68.On January 10, 2008, the FASB issued DIG E23, which clarifies interest rate swaps that have a non-zero fair value at inception can qualify for the shortcut method provided the difference between the transaction price and the fair value is solely attributable to a bid-ask spread. Further, hedged items that have a settlement date subsequent to the swap trade can qualify for the shortcut method. DIG E23 is effective January 1, 2008. The effect of adopting DIG E23 is not expected to have a material impact to the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition at January 1, 2008.condition.
Note 3—Cash and Due from Banks
The Bank maintains collected cash balances with commercial banks in return for certain services. These arrangements contain no legal restrictions on the withdrawal of funds. The average collected cash balances for the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 that were held for these purposes were $0.8$6.4 million and $0.6$0.8 million.
The Bank maintains average compensating balances with Federal Reserve Banks as clearing balances to facilitate the movement of funds supporting the Bank’s and its members activities. There are no legal restrictions under these agreements on the withdrawal of these funds. Earnings credits on these balances may be used to pay for services received. The average compensating balances for this account were approximately $33.9$20.5 million and $35.0$33.9 million for the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

 

S-26S-28


Pass-through Deposit Reserves.The Bank acts as a pass-through correspondent for member institutions required to deposit reserves with the Federal Reserve Banks. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the amount shown as cash and due from banks includes pass-through reserves deposited with Federal Reserve Banks of $1.8$4.1 million and $3.3$1.8 million. The Bank classifies member reserve balances as deposits in the statementsStatements of condition.Condition.
Note 4—Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell
The Bank periodically holds securities purchased under agreements to resell those securities. These amounts represent short-term loans and are classified as assets in the statementsStatements of condition.Condition. These securities purchased under agreements to resell are held in safekeeping in the name of the Bank by a Federal Reserve Bank or third party custodians approved by the Bank. Should the market value of the underlying securities decrease below the market value required as collateral, the counterparty must place an equivalent amount of additional securities in safekeeping in the name of the Bank or the dollar value of the resale agreement will be paid down and the asset balance will be decreased accordingly. The Bank is permitted to sell or repledge these assets. At December 31 2006, the fair value of collateral accepted by theThe Bank in connection with these securities was $305.0 million. Thedid not hold any securities purchased under agreement to resell at December 31, 2008 or 2007. At December 31 2006, the Bank held securities purchased under agreements to resell. These securities matured and were sold during 2007.
Note 5—Trading Securities
Major Security Types.Trading securities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
         
  2008  2007 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities $2,151,485  $ 
       
Trading securities represented investments in Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) debt. The Bank sold its trading securities in November of 2006TLGP was created by the FDIC and did not classify any security purchases as trading during 2007. The securities sold were Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) securities that were classified as U.S. government agency-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned government corporation that guarantees payment on mortgage-backed securities that arerepresents corporate debentures backed by federally insured or guaranteed loans. The Bank recorded a gain on salethe full faith and credit of the trading securities of $41,000 and a loss of $58,000 through unrealized holding gain (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2006. Therefore, the Bank recorded aU.S. Government.

S-29


The following table summarizes net loss on its trading securities of $17,000 during the year ended December 31, 2006. Net gain (loss) on trading securities duringfor the years ended December 31, 2005 included a change2008, 2007 and 2006 (dollars in net unrealized holding gain (loss) of $14,000.thousands):

S-27

             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on trading securities $1,485  $  $(58)
Gain on the sale of trading securities        41 
          
             
Total net gain (loss) on trading securities $1,485  $  $(17)
          


Note 6—Available-for-Sale Securities
Major Security Types.Available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                 
      Gross  Gross    
  Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized  Estimated Fair 
  Cost  Gains  Losses  Value 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                
State or local housing agency obligations $580  $  $  $580 
             
                 
Mortgage-backed securities                
Government-sponsored enterprise  3,983,671      144,271   3,839,400 
             
                 
Total $3,984,251  $  $144,271  $3,839,980 
             
Available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated Fair  Gross Gross   
 Cost Gains Losses Value  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated Fair 
  Cost Gains Losses Value 
Non-mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations $219,014 $62 $ $219,076  $219,014 $62 $ $219,076 
                  
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise 3,240,093 529 26,058 3,214,564  3,240,093 529 26,058 3,214,564 
                  
  
Total $3,459,107 $591 $26,058 $3,433,640  $3,459,107 $591 $26,058 $3,433,640 
                  

S-30


Available-for-sale securities
State or local housing agency obligations represented Housing Finance Agency (HFA) bonds that were purchased by the Bank, at December 31, 2006 were as follows (dollarspar, from housing associates in thousands):
                 
  Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized  Estimated Fair 
  Cost  Gains  Losses  Value 
                 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations $561,977  $245  $57  $562,165 
             
the Bank’s district under standby bond purchase agreements. These standby bond purchase agreements are purchased and sold by the Bank at par in accordance with the agreement. For additional details, refer to “Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies” at page S-73.
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations represented Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae) and/or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) debt securities. Government-sponsored enterprise investments represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac debt securities.
The Bank reviewed its available-for-sale investment holdings Government-sponsored enterprise MBS represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. During 2008 and at December 31, 20072008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
The following tables summarize the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and determined 16 available-for-sale investments werethe length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position due to the current market environment. The Bank determined all unrealized losses are temporary, based(dollars in part on the creditworthiness of the issuers as well as the underlying collateral, if applicable. The Bank has the ability and the intent to hold such securities through to recovery of the unrealized losses and does not consider the investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.thousands).

S-28

                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
                         
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise $1,487,246  $45,639  $2,352,154  $98,632  $3,839,400  $144,271 
                   


The following tables summarize the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
 
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise $2,709,538  $26,058  $  $  $2,709,538  $26,058 
                   

S-31


Other-than-Temporary Impairment Analysis on Available-for-Sale Securities.The following tables summarize theBank evaluates its individual available-for-sale securities withfor other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. As a result of these evaluations and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold securities through the recovery of the unrealized losses, the Bank believes that it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts when due according to the contractual terms of the individual securities and does not consider its securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2006. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations $149,106  $57  $  $  $149,106  $57 
                   
2008.
Redemption Terms.The following table shows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 categorized by contractual maturity (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities of some securities and mortgage-backed securitiesMBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated  Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated 
Year of Maturity Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value  Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value 
  
Due in one year or less $219,014 $219,076 $561,977 $562,165  $ $ $219,014 $219,076 
Due after ten years 580 580   
         
          580 580 219,014 219,076 
  
Mortgage-backed securities 3,240,093 3,214,564    3,983,671 3,839,400 3,240,093 3,214,564 
                  
  
Total $3,459,107 $3,433,640 $561,977 $562,165  $3,984,251 $3,839,980 $3,459,107 $3,433,640 
                  

S-29


The amortized cost of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securitiesMBS classified as available-for-sale includes net discounts of $3.8$7.3 million and $0.0$3.8 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

S-32


Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details interest rate payment terms for investment securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities other than mortgage-backed securities  
Fixed rate $219,014 $561,977  $ $219,014 
Variable rate    580  
          
 219,014 561,977  580 219,014 
 
Amortized cost of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities  
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Fixed rate   
Variable rate 3,240,093   3,983,671 3,240,093 
     
 3,240,093  
          
  
Total $3,459,107 $561,977  $3,984,251 $3,459,107 
          
Gains on sales.The Bank did not sell any available-for-sale securities during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. Gross gains of $2.7 million were realized on sales of available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2005.

S-30


Note 7—Held-to-Maturity Securities
Major Security Types.Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20072008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                
 Gross Gross    Gross Gross   
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated 
 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value  Cost Gains Losses Fair Value 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securitiesNon-mortgage-backed securities 
Commercial paper $199,979 $ $ $199,979  $384,757 $146 $1 $384,902 
State or local housing agency obligations 73,960 2,888  76,848  92,765 1,878 80 94,563 
Other 8,436 190  8,626  6,906 166  7,072 
                  
Total non-mortgage-backed securities 282,375 3,078  285,453  484,428 2,190 81 486,537 
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprises 3,457,801 14,393 20,302 3,451,892 
U.S. government agency- guaranteed 64,099 303 65 64,337 
Government-sponsored enterprise 5,329,884 64,310 87,540 5,306,654 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 52,006  981 51,025 
MPF shared funding 53,142  1,136 52,006  47,156  2,573 44,583 
Other 47,600  573 47,027  38,534  10,045 28,489 
                  
Total mortgage-backed securities 3,622,642 14,696 22,076 3,615,262  5,467,580 64,310 101,139 5,430,751 
                  
  
Total $3,905,017 $17,774 $22,076 $3,900,715  $5,952,008 $66,500 $101,220 $5,917,288 
                  

 

S-31S-33


Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20062007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                
 Gross Gross    Gross Gross   
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated 
 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value  Cost Gains Losses Fair Value 
  
Non-mortgage-backed securitiesNon-mortgage-backed securities 
Certificates of deposit $100,000 $ $ $100,000 
Commercial paper $1,322,441 $ $ $1,322,441  199,979   199,979 
State or local housing agency obligations 4,930 12 6 4,936  73,960 2,888  76,848 
Other 8,275 165  8,440  8,436 190  8,626 
                  
Total non-mortgage-backed securities 1,335,646 177 6 1,335,817  382,375 3,078  385,453 
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprises 4,144,054 5,081 33,510 4,115,625 
U.S. government agency- guaranteed 81,053 500 23 81,530 
Government-sponsored enterprise 3,457,801 14,393 20,302 3,451,892 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 64,099 303 65 64,337 
MPF shared funding 60,364  1,897 58,467  53,142  1,136 52,006 
Other 94,044 327 1 94,370  47,600  573 47,027 
                  
 4,379,515 5,908 35,431 4,349,992 
Total mortgage-backed securities 3,622,642 14,696 22,076 3,615,262 
                  
  
Total $5,715,161 $6,085 $35,437 $5,685,809  $4,005,017 $17,774 $22,076 $4,000,715 
                  
State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds purchased by the Bank from housing associates within its district. Other investments represented investments in municipal bonds, Small Business Investment Company, and other non-Federal agency MBS.
Government-sponsored enterprise investmentsMBS represented Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac securities. U.S. government agency-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities (MBS)MBS represented Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae)Ginnie Mae securities and Small Business Administration (SBA) Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represent undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Other investments represented investments in municipal bonds, Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) investment,Government. During 2008 and other non-Federal agency MBS.
The Bank reviewed its held-to-maturity investment holdings at December 31, 20072008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

S-34


The following table shows the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and determined 40 held-to-maturity investments werethe length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position due to the current market environment. The Bank determined all unrealized losses are temporary, based(dollars in part on the creditworthiness of the issuers as well as the underlying collateral, if applicable. The Bank has the ability and the intent to hold such securities through to recovery of the unrealized losses and does not consider the investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                        
Commercial paper $99,903  $1  $  $  $99,903  $1 
State or local housing agency obligations  19,920   80         19,920   80 
                   
   119,823   81         119,823   81 
                         
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise  1,933,043   61,049   653,825   26,491   2,586,868   87,540  
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  47,939   901   3,085   80   51,024   981 
MPF shared funding        44,583   2,573   44,583   2,573 
Other  321   2   28,168   10,043   28,489   10,045 
                   
   1,981,303   61,592   729,661   39,187   2,710,964   101,139 
                         
Total $2,101,126  $62,033  $729,661  $39,187  $2,830,787  $101,220 
                   

 

S-32S-35


The following table shows the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                                                
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total  Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total 
 Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized  Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized 
 Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses  Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses 
 
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprises $942,596 $6,031 $939,310 $14,271 $1,881,906 $20,302 
Government-sponsored enterprise $942,596 $6,031 $939,310 $14,271 $1,881,906 $20,302 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 4,729 5 1,852 60 6,581 65  4,729 5 1,852 60 6,581 65 
MPF shared funding   52,006 1,136 52,006 1,136    52,006 1,136 52,006 1,136 
Other 46,551 573   46,551 573  46,551 573   46,551 573 
                          
  
Total $993,876 $6,609 $993,168 $15,467 $1,987,044 $22,076  $993,876 $6,609 $993,168 $15,467 $1,987,044 $22,076 
                          
Other-than-Temporary Impairment Analysis on Held-to-Maturity Securities. The following table shows theBank evaluates its individual held-to-maturity securities withfor other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the strength of the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. As a result of these evaluations and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold securities through the recovery of the unrealized losses, the Bank believes that it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts when due according to the contractual terms of the individual securities and does not consider its securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2006 (dollars in thousands). The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
                         
Non-mortgage-backed securities                        
State or local housing agency obligations $3,464  $6  $  $  $3,464  $6 
                         
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprises  1,134,345   3,706   1,994,805   29,804   3,129,150   33,510 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  2,306   18   205   5   2,511   23 
MPF shared funding        58,467   1,897   58,467   1,897 
Other  23   1         23   1 
                   
   1,136,674   3,725   2,053,477   31,706   3,190,151   35,431 
                   
                         
Total $1,140,138  $3,731  $2,053,477  $31,706  $3,193,615  $35,437 
                   
2008.

 

S-33S-36


Redemption Terms.The amortized cost and estimated fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 by contractual maturity are shown below (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities of some securities and mortgage-backed securitiesMBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated  Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated 
Year of Maturity Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value  Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value 
  
Due in one year or less $205,428 $205,443 $1,322,441 $1,322,441  $384,757 $384,902 $305,428 $305,443 
Due after one year through five years 2,987 3,162 4,622 4,787  2,989 3,154 2,987 3,162 
Due after five years through ten years      3,205 3,261   
Due after ten years 73,960 76,848 8,583 8,589  93,477 95,220 73,960 76,848 
                  
 282,375 285,453 1,335,646 1,335,817  484,428 486,537 382,375 385,453 
  
Mortgage-backed securities 3,622,642 3,615,262 4,379,515 4,349,992  5,467,580 5,430,751 3,622,642 3,615,262 
                  
  
Total $3,905,017 $3,900,715 $5,715,161 $5,685,809  $5,952,008 $5,917,288 $4,005,017 $4,000,715 
                  
The amortized cost of the Bank’s mortgage-backed securitiesMBS classified as held-to-maturity included net discounts of $23.6$22.6 million and $27.6$23.5 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details interest rate payment terms for investment securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities other than mortgage-backed securities  
Fixed rate $282,375 $1,335,646  $484,428 $382,375 
Variable rate   
     
 282,375 1,335,646 
  
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities  
Pass-through securities  
Fixed rate 508,236 607,815  404,078 508,236 
Variable rate 9,860 12,827  8,093 9,860 
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Fixed rate 2,096,269 2,478,403  2,318,079 2,096,269 
Variable rate 1,008,277 1,280,470  2,737,330 1,008,277 
          
 3,622,642 4,379,515  5,467,580 3,622,642 
          
  
Total $3,905,017 $5,715,161  $5,952,008 $4,005,017 
          

 

S-34S-37


Gains and lossesLosses on sales.Maturities.The Bank sold mortgage-backed securitiesMBS with a carrying value of $47.4 million out of its held-to-maturity portfolio and recognized a gain of $1.8 million in other (loss) income during 2008. In 2007 the Bank sold MBS with a carrying value of $32.5 million and $5.2 million out of its held-to-maturity portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2005. The Bank recognized a gain of $545,000 and a loss of $7,000$0.5 million in other income on the sale of held-to-maturity securities for the year ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2005.(loss) income. The mortgage-backed securitiesMBS sold had less than 15 percent of the acquired principal outstanding. As such, the sales arewere considered maturities for the purpose of the securities classification and dodid not impact the Bank’s ability and intent to hold the remaining investments classified as held-to-maturity through their stated maturities. The Bank did not have any sales of investments classified as held-to-maturity during 2006.
Note 8—8���Advances
Members use the Bank’s various advance programs as sources of funding for mortgage lending, affordable housing and other community lending (including economic development), liquidity management, and general asset-liability management. Advances also may be used to provide funds to any community financial institutionCFI for loans to small businesses, small farms, and small agribusinesses. Our primary advance products include the following:
Overnight advancesthat are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. These advances are automatically renewed until the borrower pays down the advances. Interest rates are set daily.
Fixed rate advancesthat are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of the Bank’s borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advances are an effective tool to help manage long-term lending and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advancesthat provide a source of short-term and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).

S-35


Callable advancesthat may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers with a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advancesthat the Bank may, at our discretion, terminate and require the borrower to repay at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity dates of the advances. Should an advance be terminated, the Bank will offer to provide replacement funding based on the Bank’s available advance products, subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.

S-38


Community investment advancesare below-market rate funds used by borrowers in both affordable housing projects and community development. The Community Investment Cash Advance Program (CICA) advances are provided at interest rates that represent the Bank’s cost of funds plus a markup to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for CICA advances and the total amount of CICA advances outstanding at any point in time.
Redemption Terms.At December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 2006average interest rates paid on the Bank hadBank’s advances, outstanding, including AHP advances (see Note 14), at interest rates ranging from 2.17 percent to 8.25 were 3.11 percent and 2.07 percent to 8.255.31 percent. During the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, advances with interest rates ranging from 3.50 percent to 6.00 percent were AHP subsidized advances.

S-36


The following table shows the Bank’s advances outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount Rate % Amount Rate %  Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
Overdrawn demand and overnight deposit accounts $414  $628  
2007   5,624,396 4.81 
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $623  $414  
2008 19,817,080 4.50 3,636,567 4.85    19,817,080 4.50 
2009 3,498,660 4.88 2,048,650 5.10  9,332,574 2.70 3,498,660 4.88 
2010 2,907,585 5.13 2,045,968 5.33  5,212,502 3.97 2,907,585 5.13 
2011 2,225,344 5.04 2,171,469 5.20  3,656,941 3.45 2,225,344 5.04 
2012 2,965,609 4.78 1,322,516 5.14  5,014,300 2.25 2,965,609 4.78 
2013 4,893,217 2.37 1,375,054 4.93 
Thereafter 8,607,244 4.71 5,000,424 4.81  12,552,790 3.32 7,232,190 4.67 
          
  
Total par value 40,021,936 4.68 21,850,618 4.95  40,662,947 3.03 40,021,936 4.68 
  
Commitment fees  (2)  (3)  *  (2) 
Discounts on AHP advances  (90)  (122)   (34)  (90) 
Premiums 449 520  380 449 
Discounts  (37)  (110)   (9)  (37) 
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain (loss) 382,899  (3,298) 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges 6,533 7,386 
Cumulative fair value gain 1,082,129 382,899 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 152,066 6,533 
          
  
Total $40,411,688 $21,854,991  $41,897,479 $40,411,688 
          
*Amount is less than one thousand.

S-39


The Bank offers advances to members that may be prepaid on pertinent dates (call dates) without incurring prepayment or termination fees (callable advances). Other advances may only be prepaid by paying a fee to the Bank (prepayment fee) that makes the Bank financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank had callable advances of $1,329.1 million$7.9 billion and $339.2 million.$1.3 billion.

S-37


The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007, by year of contractual maturity or next call date for callable advances (dollars in thousands):
                
Year of Maturity or Next Call Date 2007 2006 
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date 2008 2007 
  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $414 $628  $623 $414 
2007  5,743,864 
2008 21,009,660 3,732,242   21,009,660 
2009 3,530,926 2,093,591  16,934,745 3,530,926 
2010 2,929,738 2,104,202  5,279,406 2,929,738 
2011 2,244,741 2,191,714  3,652,944 2,244,741 
2012 1,984,624 1,322,290  2,290,764 1,984,624 
2013 3,292,310 1,375,053 
Thereafter 8,321,833 4,662,087  9,212,155 6,946,780 
          
  
Total par value $40,021,936 $21,850,618  $40,662,947 $40,021,936 
          
The Bank also offers putable advances. With a putable advance, the Bank has the right to terminate the advance at predetermined exercise dates, which the Bank typically would exercise when interest rates increase, and the borrower may then apply for a new advance at the prevailing market rate. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank had putable advances outstanding totaling $7.5$8.5 billion and $6.0$7.5 billion.
The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007, by year of contractual maturity or next put date for putable/convertibleputable advances (dollars in thousands):
                
Year of Maturity or Next Put Date 2007 2006 
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date 2008 2007 
  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $414 $628  $623 $414 
2007  10,337,246 
2008 23,679,230 2,287,567   23,679,230 
2009 4,326,960 2,451,050  14,353,624 4,326,960 
2010 2,985,136 896,518  5,754,252 2,985,136 
2011 1,809,744 1,685,169  3,973,741 1,809,744 
2012 2,562,909 1,173,016  4,631,600 2,562,909 
2013 4,566,317 1,109,553 
Thereafter 4,657,543 3,019,424  7,382,790 3,547,990 
          
  
Total par value $40,021,936 $21,850,618  $40,662,947 $40,021,936 
          

 

S-38S-40


Security Terms.The Bank lends to financial institutions within its district according to Federal statutes, including the FHLBank Act. The FHLBank Act requires the Bank to obtain sufficient collateral on advances to protect against losses and permits the Bank to accept the following as eligible collateral on such advances: whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the government-sponsored housing enterprises, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property. As additional security, the FHLBank Act provides that the Bank has a lien on each borrower’s capital stock in the Bank. CFIs are defined under applicable law as those institutions that have, as of the date of the transaction at issue, less than $1.0 billion in average total assets over the three years preceding that date (subject to annual adjustment by the Finance Agency director based on the consumer price index). CFIs are eligible under expanded statutory collateral rules to pledge as collateral for advances small-business, small- farm and small-agribusiness loans fully secured by collateral other than real estate, or securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans. Secured loans for “community development activities” also constitute eligible collateral for advances to CFIs.
At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank had rights to collateral with an estimateda discounted value greater than the related outstanding advances. OnCollateral discounts, or haircuts, are applied to the basisunpaid principal balance or market value, if available, of the financial conditioncollateral to determine the advance equivalent value of the borrower,collateral securing each borrower’s obligations. The amount of these discounts, or haircuts, will vary based on the type of collateral and security agreement, and other factors,agreement. Additionally, the Bank imposes one of twothe following requirements to protect the collateral secured:advances made:
 (1) Requiring the borrower to execute a written security agreement whereby the borrower retains possession of the collateral assigned to the Bank and agrees to hold such collateral for the benefit of the Bank.Bank; or
 (2) Requiring the borrower specifically to assign or place physical possession of such collateral with the Bank or a third-party custodian approved by the Bank.
Beyond these provisions, Section 10(e) of the FHLBank Act affords any security interest granted by a member or any affiliate of the member to the Bank, priority over the claims and rights of any other party except those claims that would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and that are held by bona fide purchasers for value or by secured parties with perfected security interests. The Bank may perfect its security interest in accordance with applicable state laws through means such as filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or through taking possession of collateral.
Credit Risk.While theThe Bank has never experienced a credit loss on an advance to a member, the expansion of collateral for CFIs provides the potential for additional credit risk.member. Bank management has policies and procedures in place to appropriately manage this credit risk. Accordingly, the Bank has not provided any allowance for losses on advances.

S-41


Although management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bank may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’s collateral. The Bank mitigates this risk through applying collateral discounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit. The Bank’s potential credit risk from advances is concentrated in commercial banks and insurance companies.
At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank had $23.2$18.3 billion and $5.8$23.2 billion of par value advances outstanding that were greater than or equal to $1 billion per member. These advances were made to seven and four member institutions, respectively, representing 5845 percent and 2758 percent of total advances outstanding.outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Bank holds sufficient collateral to cover the advances to these institutions, and does not expect to incur any credit losses on these advances.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details additional interest rateinterest-rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
        
 2007 2006         
  2008 2007 
Par amount of advances  
Fixed rate $35,303,332 $17,828,325  $28,050,033 $35,303,332 
Variable rate 4,718,604 4,022,293  12,612,914 4,718,604 
          
  
Total $40,021,936 $21,850,618  $40,662,947 $40,021,936 
          

S-39


Prepayment Fees. The Bank recorded prepayment fees net of hedging fair value adjustments of $0.9 million, $1.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.3$0.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. Gross advance prepayment fees received from members and former members were $3.2 million, $3.6 million, $1.3 million, and $0.5$1.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.
Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
The MPF program involves investment by the Bank in mortgage loans that are held-for-portfolio which are either funded by the Bank through, or purchased from, participating members.members (collectively, MPF loans). MPF loans may also represent the Bank’s participation in such mortgage loans from other FHLBanks. The Bank’s members originate, service, and credit enhance home mortgage loans that are then sold to the Bank. Members participating in the servicing release program do not service the loans owned by the Bank. The servicing on these loans is sold concurrently by the memberparticipant to a designated mortgage service provider.

S-42


Mortgage loans with a contractual maturity of 15 years or less are classified as medium term,medium-term, and all other mortgage loans are classified as long term.long-term. The following table presents information at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 on mortgage loans held for portfolio (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Real Estate:  
Fixed medium-term single family mortgages $2,569,808 $2,943,839 
Fixed long-term single family mortgages 8,220,921 8,816,457 
Fixed rate, medium-term single family mortgages $2,409,977 $2,569,808 
Fixed rate, long-term single family mortgages 8,266,134 8,220,921 
          
  
Total par value 10,790,729 11,760,296  10,676,111 10,790,729 
  
Premiums 96,513 112,726  86,355 96,513 
Discounts  (93,094)  (107,452)  (81,547)  (93,094)
Basis adjustments from mortgage loan commitments 7,847 9,722  4,491 7,847 
Allowance for credit losses  (300)  (250)  (500)  (300)
          
  
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net $10,801,695 $11,775,042  $10,684,910 $10,801,695 
          
The par value of mortgage loans held for portfolio outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 consisted of government-insured loans totaling $461.1$423.4 million and $511.0$461.1 million and conventional loans totaling $10.3 billion, respectively.
The Bank’s management of credit risk in the MPF program involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among the Bank and $11.2 billion, respectively.its participating members. Though the nature of these layers of loss protection differs slightly among the MPF products we offer, each product contains similar credit risk structures. For conventional loans, the credit risk structure contains the following layers of loss protections in order of priority:
Homeowner equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance for all loans with home owner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
FLA established by the Bank. FLA is a memorandum account for tracking losses and such losses are either recoverable from future payments of performance based credit enhancement fees to the member or absorbed by the Bank.
Credit enhancements (including supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI)) provided by participating members. The size of the participating member’s credit enhancement is calculated so that any losses in excess of the FLA are limited to those of an investor in a mortgage-backed security that is rated the equivalent of AA by an NRSRO. To cover losses equal to all or a portion of the credit enhancement obligations, participating members are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligations or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer for the benefit of the Bank.
Losses greater than credit enhancements provided by members are the responsibility of the Bank. The Bank utilizes an allowance for any estimated losses beyond the above layers.

 

S-40S-43


The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans was as follows (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Balance, beginning of year $250 $763 $760  $300 $250 $763 
  
Charge-offs  (19)     (95)  (19)  
Recoveries   3     
              
Net (charge-offs) recoveries  (19)  3   (95)  (19)  
  
Provision for (reversal of provision for) credit losses 69  (513)  
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 295 69  (513)
              
  
Balance, end of year $300 $250 $763  $500 $300 $250 
              
On a regular basis, the Bank monitors delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. Other relevant factors evaluated in its methodology include changes in national/local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations. The Bank monitors and reports portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered quarterly based upon charge-offs, current calculations for probabilitythe amount of default and loss severity, member credit enhancements,nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. As a result of this analysis, during the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank increased its allowance for credit losses through a provision of $69,000$295,000 and recorded a reversal to its provision for credit losses of $0.5 million.
Mortgage loans other than those included in large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the mortgage loan agreement. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Bank had no recorded investments in impaired mortgage loans. See Note 1 for discussion of the Bank’s allowance for loan loss policy on large groups of smaller balance homogenous mortgage loans.$69,000.
During the year ended December 31, 2007,2008, the Bank recorded charge-offs of $19,000.$95,000. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank had $27.3$48.4 million and $23.5$27.3 million of nonaccrual loans. Interest income that was contractually owed to the Bank but not received on nonaccrual loans was $0.5 million and $0.3 and $0.8 million for the years endedat December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank’s other assets included $5.6$7.6 million and $6.3$5.6 million of real estate owned.

S-41


The Bank records credit enhancement fees as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. Credit enhancement fees totaled $18.8 million, $20.8 million, $23.2 million, and $26.9$23.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.

S-44


Note 10—Derivatives and Hedging Activities
The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps, swaptions, interest rate cap and floor agreements,caps, floors, calls, puts, and futures and forward contracts (collectively, derivatives) to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The Bank may adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristics of financial instruments to achieve risk management objectives. The Bank uses derivatives as either a fair value hedge or in asset-liability management (i.e., an economic hedge). For example, the Bank uses derivatives in its overall interest rate risk management to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of consolidated obligations to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of assets (advances, investments, and mortgage loans), and/or to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of advances, investments, or mortgage loans to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of liabilities. The Bank also uses derivatives to manage embedded options in assets and liabilities, to hedge the market value of existing assets and liabilities and anticipated transactions, to hedge the duration risk of prepayable instruments, and to reduce funding costs.
Consistent with Bank policy and Finance Board regulations,Agency regulation, the Bank enters into derivatives only to reduce the interest rate risk exposures inherent in otherwise unhedged assets and funding positions. Bank management uses derivatives in cost-efficient strategies and may enter into derivatives that do not necessarily qualify for hedge accounting (economic hedges). As a result, the Bank recognizes only the change in fair value of these derivatives and the related net interest income or expense in other (loss) income as net“Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activitiesactivities” with no offsetting fair value adjustments for the related asset, liability, or firm commitment.
The Bank transacts its derivatives with large banks and major broker-dealers or their affiliates. Some of these banks and broker-dealers or their affiliates buy, sell, and distribute consolidated obligations. The Bank is not a derivatives dealer and thus does not trade derivatives for short-term profit.
Types of Assets and Liabilities Hedged. The Bank documents at inception all relationships between derivatives designated as hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and its method of assessing hedge effectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges to assets and liabilities on the statementsStatements of condition.Condition. The Bank also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and at least quarterly) whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Bank uses the variability-reduction method to assess prospective hedge effectiveness. The Bank uses regression analyses to assess the effectiveness of its hedges.hedges on a retrospective basis.

 

S-42S-45


The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when any of the following occur:
 (1) Management determines the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions).
 
 (2) The derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised.
 
 (3) A hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment.
 
 (4) Management determines that the hedge designation is no longer appropriate.
Consolidated Obligations — The Bank manages the risk arising from changing market prices and volatility of a consolidated obligation by matching the cash inflow on the derivative with the cash outflow on the consolidated obligation. While consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank has consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. The Bank enters into derivative agreements to hedge the interest rate risk associated with its specific debt issues.
In a typical transaction, fixed rate consolidated obligations are issued for one or more FHLBanks. Theand the Bank simultaneously enters into a matching derivative in which the counterparty pays fixed cash flows to the Bank designed to mirror in timing and amount the cash outflows the Bank pays on the consolidated obligation. The Bank pays a variable cash flow that closely matches the interest payments it receives on short-term or variable rate advances (typically one- or three-month LIBOR). These transactions are treated as fair value hedges under SFAS 133. This intermediation between the capital and derivative markets permits the Bank to raise funds at lower costs than would otherwise be available through the issuance of variable rate consolidated obligations in the capital markets.
Advances— The Bank offers a wide array of advance structures to meet members’ funding needs. These advances may have maturities up to 30 years with variable or fixed rates and may include early termination features or options. The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances in order to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank’s funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed-ratefixed rate advance or a variable-ratevariable rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute a derivative with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. For example, the Bank may hedge a fixed-ratefixed rate advance with an interest-rate swap where the Bank pays a fixed-ratefixed rate coupon and receives a floating-ratefloating rate coupon, effectively converting the fixed-ratefixed rate advance to a floating-ratefloating rate advance. Alternatively, the advance may have a floating-ratefloating rate coupon based on an interest-rate index other than LIBOR, in which case the Bank would receive a coupon based on the non-LIBOR index and pay a LIBOR-based coupon. These types of hedges are treated as fair-valuefair value hedges under SFAS 133.
Mortgage Assets — The Bank invests in mortgage loans and securities. The prepayment options embedded in mortgage assets can result in extensions or contractions in the expected repayment of these investments, depending on changes in estimated prepayment speeds.

 

S-43S-46


The Bank manages the interest rate and prepayment risk associated with mortgages through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank issues a mixture of index amortizing notes, non-callable debt, and callable debt to achieve cash flow patterns and liability durations similar to those expected on the mortgage assets. The Bank also purchases interest rate caps floor, and swaptions to minimize the prepayment risk embedded in the mortgage portfolio. Although these derivatives are valid economic hedges against the prepayment risk of the assets, they are not specifically linked to individual loans and therefore do not receivequalify for hedge accounting. The derivatives are marked to market through other (loss) income in the Statements of Income.Income with no offsetting adjustment to the related mortgage assets.
Mortgage Commitments — Mortgage purchase commitments that obligate the Bank to purchase closed mortgage loans from its members are considered derivatives. The Bank may establish an economic hedge of these commitments by selling derivatives such as mortgage-backed securitiesMBS to be announced (TBA) for forward settlement. A TBA represents a forward contract for the sale of mortgage-backed securitiesMBS at a future agreed upon date for an established price. Upon expiration of the mortgage purchase commitment, the Bank purchases the TBA to close the hedged position.
Both the mortgage purchase commitment and the TBA used in the hedging strategy are recorded as a derivative asset or derivative liability at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. When the mortgage purchase commitment derivative settles, the current market value of the commitment is included with the basis of the mortgage loan and amortized accordingly.using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the mortgage loan.
Investments — The Bank invests in U.S. agency obligations, mortgage-backed securities,MBS, and the taxable portion of state or local housing finance agency obligations, which may be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading securities. The interest rate and prepayment risk associated with these investment securities is managed through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank may manage prepayment and interest rate risk by funding investment securities with consolidated obligations that have call features, by hedging the prepayment risk with interest rate caps or floors, callable swaps, or swaptions.
The Bank may manage the risk arising from changing market prices and volatility of investment securities classified as trading by entering into derivatives (economic hedges) that offset the changes in fair value of the securities. The market value changes of both the trading securities and the associated derivatives are included in other income as net gain (loss) on trading securities and net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities. The net interest income or expense on the derivatives is recorded in other income.

S-44


For available-for-sale securities that have been hedged and qualify as a fair value hedge, the Bank records the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged and the related change in the fair value of the derivative in other income as net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities. The remainder of the change is recorded in other comprehensive income as net unrealized gain or loss on available-for-sale securities. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank did not have any available-for-sale securitiesinvestments in hedging relationships.
Balance Sheet — The Bank enters into certain economic derivatives as macro balance sheet hedges to protect against changes in interest rates. These economic derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, and floors.
Credit Risk.The Bank is subject to credit risk due to the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative agreements. The degree of counterparty risk depends on the extent to which master netting arrangements are included in such contracts to mitigate the risk. The Bank manages counterparty credit risk through credit analysis, collateral requirements, and adherence to the requirements set forth in Bank policy and Finance BoardAgency regulations. Based on credit analyses and collateral requirements, management does not anticipate any credit losses on its agreements.

S-47


The contractual or notional amount of derivatives reflects the involvement of the Bank in the various classes of financial instruments. The notional amount of derivatives does not measure the credit risk exposure of the Bank, and the maximum credit exposure of the Bank is substantially less than the notional amount. The Bank requires collateral agreements on all derivatives that establish collateral delivery thresholds. The maximum credit risk is the estimated cost of replacing interest rate swaps, forward interest rate agreements, mandatory delivery contracts for mortgage loans, and purchased caps and floors that have a net positive market value, assuming the counterparty defaults and the related collateral, if any, is of no value to the Bank. This collateral has not been sold or repledged.
At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, the Bank’s maximum credit risk, as defined previously,above, was $91.9$2.8 million and $36.1$91.9 million. These totals include $76.4$0.6 million and $28.3$76.4 million of net accrued interest receivable. In determining maximum credit risk, the Bank considers accrued interest receivables and payables and the legal right to offset derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty. The Bank held no cash ofas collateral at December 31, 2008 and held $31.3 million and $1.6 million as collateral at December 31, 2007 and 2006.2007.

S-45


Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 and 2005were as follows (dollars in thousands):
             
  2007  2006  2005 
             
Net gain related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness $3,145  $2,680  $5,949 
Net gain (loss) related to economic hedges and embedded derivatives  1,346   (402)  32,998 
          
             
Net gain on derivatives and hedging activities $4,491  $2,278  $38,947 
          
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Net (loss) gain related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness $(4,021) $3,145  $2,680 
Net (loss) gain related to economic hedges and embedded derivatives  (29,154)  1,346   (402)
          
             
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities $(33,175) $4,491  $2,278 
          
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank realized a $0.4 million loss within net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities as a result of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. declaring bankruptcy. Subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, Lehman Brothers Financial Products, a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., declared bankruptcy. The bank held derivative contracts with Lehman Brothers Financial Products in a net derivative liability position. The Bank terminated these positions and paid Lehman Brothers Financial Products $3.0 million on November 4, 2008.

S-48


The following table represents outstanding notional balances and estimated fair values of the derivatives outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Estimated Estimated  Estimated Estimated 
 Notional Fair Value Notional Fair Value  Notional Fair Value Notional Fair Value 
Interest rate swaps  
Fair value $31,225,432 $(183,819) $27,426,995 $(228,998) $23,470,693 $(779,200) $31,225,432 $(183,819)
Economic 1,410,000  (2,015) 515,000  (192) 3,640,595  (1,840) 1,410,000  (2,015)
Interest rate swaptions  
Economic 6,500,000 973 1,425,000 2    6,500,000 973 
Interest rate caps and floors 
Interest rate caps 
Economic 1,700,000 679 100,000   2,340,000 2,481 1,700,000 679 
Forward settlement agreements  
Economic 22,500  (28) 17,000 114  289,000  (2,323) 22,500  (28)
Mortgage delivery commitments  
Economic 23,425 68 15,792  (57) 288,175 2,017 23,425 68 
                  
Total notional and fair value $40,881,357 $(184,142) $29,499,787 $(229,131) $30,028,463 $(778,865) $40,881,357 $(184,142)
                  
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest  (184,142)  (229,131)  (778,865)  (184,142)
Accrued interest 137,791 101,745  78,769 137,791 
Net cash collateral 267,921  (31,433)
          
Net derivative balance $(46,351) $(127,386) $(432,175) $(77,784)
     
      
Net derivative assets 91,901 36,119  2,840 60,468 
Net derivative liabilities  (138,252)  (163,505)  (435,015)  (138,252)
          
Net derivative balance $(46,351) $(127,386) $(432,175) $(77,784)
          

S-46


At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank did not have any embedded derivatives that required bifurcation. At
The Bank performs retrospective hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly. Hedges that fail retrospective hedge effectiveness are deemed ineffective and are classified as an economic hedge with gains and losses reported in other (loss) income. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the Bank had one callable bond with a par amount of $15.0recorded in other (loss) income for hedges that fail retrospective hedge effectiveness was $1.5 million, that contained an embedded derivative that had been bifurcated from its host. The fair value of this embedded derivative was presented on a combined basis with the host contract$4.2 million, and not included in the above table. The fair value of the embedded derivative was a liability of $0.1 million at December 31, 2006.$0.

S-49


Note 11—Deposits
The Bank offers demand and overnight deposits for members and qualifying nonmembers. In addition, the Bank offers short-term interest bearing deposit programs to members. During 2008 and 2007 average deposits amounted to $1.4 billion and $1.1 billion. The average interest rates paid on average deposits during 2008 and 2007 and 2006 were 4.791.64 percent and 4.784.79 percent. At December 31, 20062008 and 2005,2007, deposits had maturities of less than one year.
Certain financial institutions have agreed to maintain compensating balances in consideration of correspondent and other noncredit services. These balances are classified as deposits on the statementsStatements of condition.Condition. The compensating balances held by the Bank averaged $4.1 billion and $36.2 million during 2008 and $38.3 million during 2007 and 2006.2007.
The following table details deposits with the Bank that are interest bearing and non-interest bearing as of December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Interest bearing:  
Demand and overnight $802,128 $878,925  $924,956 $802,127 
Term 70,935 20,595  464,686 39,635 
Non-interest bearing:  
Demand 20,751 41,929  106,828 20,751 
          
Total deposits $893,814 $941,449  $1,496,470 $862,513 
          
The aggregate amount of term deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $70.9$464.7 million and $20.5$39.6 million as of December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
Note 12—Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The Bank hasperiodically holds securities sold securities under agreements to repurchase agreements.those securities. The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings and are classified as liabilities in the Statements of Condition. During 2008, the Bank sold one long-term borrowingovernight security repurchase agreement and received proceeds in the amount of $10.0 million. In 2007, the Bank sold securities under repurchase agreements and received proceeds in the amount of $200.0 million with final maturity ofin March 2008. This borrowing is a liability in the statements of condition. The Bank has delivered securities sold under agreements to repurchase to the primary dealer. Should the market value of the underlying securities fall below the market value required as collateral, the Bank must deliver additional securities to the dealer. Investments in government-sponsored enterprise obligations having a book value of $208.9 million and $513.0 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006 were pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements. The secured party is permitted to sell or repledge the entire amounts pledged.

S-47


Note 13—Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations are issued with either fixed-ratefixed rate coupon payment terms or variable-ratevariable rate coupon payment terms that use a variety of indices for interest rate resets including the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR),LIBOR, Constant Maturity Treasury, (CMT), Treasury Bills, (T-Bills), the Prime rate, and others. To meet the expected specific needs of certain investors in consolidated obligations, both fixed rate bonds and variable rate bonds may contain features, which may result in complex coupon payment terms and options. When such consolidated obligations are issued, the Bank enters into derivatives containing offsetting features that effectively convert the terms to those of a simple variable rate or a fixed rate bond.

S-50


These consolidated obligations,bonds, beyond having fixed-ratefixed rate or simple variable-ratevariable rate coupon payment terms, may also have the following broad terms regarding either principal repayment or coupon payment terms:
Indexed Principal Redemption Bonds(index amortizing notes) repay principal according to predetermined amortization schedules that are linked to the level of a certain index. These notes have fixed-ratefixed rate coupon payment terms. Usually, as market interest rates rise (fall), the average life of the index amortizing notes extends (contracts); and
Optional Principal Redemption Bonds(callable bonds) may be redeemed by the Bank in whole or in part at its discretion on predetermined call dates according to the terms of the bond offerings.
Consolidated bondsBonds also vary in relation to interest payments:
Step-up Bondsgenerally pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond. These bonds generally contain provisions enabling the Bank to call bonds at its option on the step-up dates.
Range Bondspay interest based on the number of days a specified index is within/outside of a specified range. The computation of the variable interest rate differs for each bond issue, but the bond generally pays zero interest or a minimal rate of interest if the specified index is outside the specified range.
Callable Capped Floater Bondspay a floating rate interest that is capped at a specified rate called the strike. These bonds generally contain provisions enabling the Bank to call bonds at its option on specified dates.
The par amounts of the 12 FHLBanks’ outstanding consolidated obligations including consolidated obligations held by otherof the 12 FHLBanks were approximately $1,189.6$1,251.5 billion and $951.7$1,189.6 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.

 

S-48S-51


Redemption Terms.The following table shows the Bank’s participation in consolidated bonds outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 by year of contractual maturity (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
Year of Maturity Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
2007 $  $6,098,300 3.40 
2008 6,437,800 4.19 5,660,200 4.10  $  $6,437,800 4.19 
2009 5,628,300 4.66 4,505,300 4.51  15,962,600 3.10 5,628,300 4.66 
2010 4,328,950 4.71 2,622,100 4.84  6,159,050 4.01 4,328,950 4.71 
2011 2,754,300 4.99 2,291,800 4.97  4,670,100 4.34 2,754,300 4.99 
2012 2,017,950 4.74 1,679,200 4.71  2,231,050 4.54 2,017,950 4.74 
2013 2,417,500 4.35 1,500,000 4.96 
Thereafter 10,587,200 5.17 7,544,400 5.18  8,408,700 5.13 9,087,200 5.21 
Index amortizing notes 2,667,322 5.12 2,977,416 5.12  2,420,099 5.12 2,667,322 5.12 
          
  
Total par value 34,421,822 4.80 33,378,716 4.51  42,269,099 4.04 34,421,822 4.80 
  
Premiums 48,398 33,183  50,742 48,398 
Discounts  (37,650)  (22,578)   (40,699)  (37,650) 
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value loss (gain) 226,071  (194,877) 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges  (94,415)  (128,158) 
Cumulative fair value loss 348,214 226,071 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 95,117  (94,415) 
          
  
Total $34,564,226 $33,066,286  $42,722,473 $34,564,226 
          
The following table shows the Bank’s total consolidated bonds outstanding at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 
Par amount of consolidated bonds 
Par amount of bonds 
Noncallable or nonputable $26,044,522 $22,421,116  $39,214,099 $26,044,522 
Callable 8,377,300 10,957,600  3,055,000 8,377,300 
          
  
Total par value $34,421,822 $33,378,716  $42,269,099 $34,421,822 
          

 

S-49S-52


The following table shows the Bank’s total consolidated bonds outstanding by year of contractual maturity or next call date at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
2007 $ $15,453,100 
2008 12,806,100 3,871,200  $ $12,806,100 
2009 3,888,300 2,560,300  18,507,600 3,888,300 
2010 3,306,950 1,425,100  6,229,050 3,306,950 
2011 2,379,300 1,754,300  4,060,100 2,379,300 
2012 1,697,950 1,264,200  1,801,050 1,697,950 
2013 1,807,500 910,000 
Thereafter 7,675,900 4,073,100  7,443,700 6,765,900 
Index amortizing notes 2,667,322 2,977,416  2,420,099 2,667,322 
          
  
Total par value $34,421,822 $33,378,716  $42,269,099 $34,421,822 
          
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table shows consolidated bonds by interest rate payment type at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Par amount of consolidated bonds: 
Par amount of bonds: 
Fixed rate $33,967,822 $32,623,716  $37,954,099 $33,967,822 
Simple variable rate 265,000 90,700  4,315,000 265,000 
Variable rate with cap  100,000 
Step-up 50,000 327,500   50,000 
Range bonds 139,000 236,800   139,000 
          
  
Total par value $34,421,822 $33,378,716  $42,269,099 $34,421,822 
          
Consolidated Extinguishment of Debt.Gains on early extinguishment of debt totaled $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to the extinguishment of a bond with a par value of $500.0 million in April 2008 and a bond with a par value of $10.0 million in November 2008. There were no gains or losses on early extinguishment of debt for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006. The gains on early extinguishment of debt were recorded as a component of other (loss) income in the Statements of Income.
Discount Notes.Consolidated discountDiscount notes are issued to raise short-term funds. Discount notes are consolidated obligations with original maturities up to 365/366 days. These notes are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par value when they mature.

 

S-50S-53


The Bank’s participation in consolidated discount notes, all of which are due within one year, waswere as follows at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
 Amount Rate %(1) Amount Rate %(1)  Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
Par value $21,544,125 4.10 $4,699,916 5.02  $20,153,370 1.83 $21,544,125 4.10 
Discounts  (43,179)  (15,202)   (92,099)  (43,179) 
Hedging fair value adjustments *  
          
  
Total $21,500,946 $4,684,714  $20,061,271 $21,500,946 
          
(1) The consolidated discount notes weighted average interest rate represents an implied rate.
*Amount is less than one thousand.
The FHLBank Act givesauthorizes the Secretary of theU.S. Treasury discretion to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. As a result of the passage of the Housing Act, this authorization was supplemented with a temporary authorization for the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks aggregating not more than $4.0 billionin any amount deemed appropriate under certain conditions. The terms, conditions, and interest rates are determined by the SecretaryThis temporary authorization expires December 31, 2009. As of the Treasury, who madeDecember 31, 2008, no such purchases duringhad been made by the three years ended December 31, 2007.U.S. Treasury.
Note 14—Affordable Housing Program
The Bank accrues its AHP assessment monthly based on its income before assessment. The Bank reduces the AHP liability as members use subsidies. In 2005, the Bank contributed $0.1 million to AHP in addition to its 10 percent of current year regulatory income. The Bank’s restatement in 2005 resulted in an increase to prior period regulatory income, therefore, the Bank’s prior period AHP assessments increased by $18.7 million.
In January of 2007, the Bank recorded a $0.5 million adjustment increasing AHP assessments in the Statements of Income. The adjustment related to a No-Action Letter received from the Finance Board’s Office of Supervision that allowed the Bank to retain control over its uncommitted AHPprogram funds resulting from the 2005 financial statement restatement. The adjustment recorded is subject to changes in future periods due to changes in interest rates and the Bank’s actual commitment of the uncommitted AHP funds. The amount of uncommitted funds related to the adjustment at December 31, 2007 was $0.1 million.
are distributed. If a FHLBank finds that its required contributions are contributing to the financial instability of that FHLBank, it may apply to the Finance BoardAgency for a temporary suspension of its contributions. The Bank did not make such an application in 2008, 2007, 2006, or 2005.2006.

S-51


The following table presents a roll forward of the Bank’s AHP liability for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Balance, beginning of year $44,714 $46,654 $29,471  $42,622 $44,714 $46,654 
  
Assessments 12,094 10,260 25,521  14,168 12,094 10,260 
Additional Contribution   100 
Disbursements  (14,186)  (12,200)  (8,438)  (17,075)  (14,186)  (12,200)
              
  
Balance, end of year $42,622 $44,714 $46,654  $39,715 $42,622 $44,714 
              

S-54


Assessments for 2005 in the above table include amounts recorded in the cumulative effect of change in accounting principle for that period.
In addition to the AHP grant program, the Bank also had AHP-related advances with a principal balance of $2.0$1.0 million and $2.1$2.0 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. Discounts recorded by the Bank on these advances are treated as a reduction of the AHP liability at origination. The Bank did not issue AHP advances in 2008, 2007, 2006, or 2005.2006.
Note 15—Resolution Funding Corporation
The FHLBanks’ aggregate payments through 2007 have exceeded2008 were below the required scheduled payments, effectively acceleratingextending payment of the REFCORP obligation and shorteninglengthening its remaining term to firstsecond quarter of 2014.2013. The following table presents information on the status of the FHLBanks’ REFCORP payments through the fourth quarter of 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
             
      Interest Rate    
      Used to    
  Amount of  Discount the  Present 
  Benchmark  Future  Value of the 
  Payment  Benchmark  Benchmark 
Payment Due Date Defeased  Payment  Payment Defeased 
             
April 15, 2014 $64,190   3.28% $52,337 
January 15, 2014  75,000   3.24%  61,794 
October 15, 2013  24,159   3.13%  20,190 
           
             
Total $163,349      $134,321 
           
             
      Interest Rate    
      Used to  Present 
  Amount of  Discount the  Value of the 
  Benchmark  Future  Benchmark 
  Payment  Benchmark  Payment 
Payment Due Date Reinstated  Payment  Reinstated 
 
April 15, 2013 $32,459   1.15% $30,907 
January 15, 2013  75,000   1.03%  71,980 
October 15, 2012  75,000   1.06%  72,090 
July 15, 2012  48,802   1.00%  47,164 
           
Total $231,261      $222,141 
           

S-52


The benchmark payments or portions of them could bewere reinstated if thein 2008 due to actual REFCORP payments of the FHLBanks fallfalling short of $75.0the $300.0 million in a quarter.annual requirement. The maturity date of the REFCORP obligation may be extended beyond April 15, 2030 if such extension is necessary to ensure that the value of the aggregate amounts paid by the FHLBanks exactly equals a $300.0 million annual annuity. Any payment beyond April 15, 2030 will be paid to the Department of Treasury.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank recorded a receivable in other assets from REFCORP amounting to $0.4 million. The receivable resulted from an overpayment in third quarter of 2008. The receivable will be offset against future payments due to REFCORP. Over time, as the Bank uses this receivable against the future REFCORP assessments, the receivable will be reduced until it has been exhausted. If any amount of the receivable still remains at the time the REFCORP obligation for the FHLBank system as a whole is fully satisfied, REFCORP, in consultation with the U.S. Treasury, will implement a procedure so that the Bank would be able to collect on its remaining receivable. The net change in the REFCORP receivable, reported in other assets, and the REFCORP payable is reported as “Net change in payable to REFCORP” in the Bank’s Statements of Cash Flows.

S-55


Note 16—Capital
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLB Act) resulted in a number of changes in the capital structure of all FHLBanks. The final Finance Board capital rule was published on January 30, 2001 and required each FHLBank to submit a capital structure plan to the Finance Board by October 29, 2001 in accordance with the provisions of the GLB Act and final capital rules. The Finance Board approved the Bank’s capital plan on July 10, 2002. The Bank converted to its new capital structure July 1, 2003 and was in compliance with its capital plan on the conversion date. The conversion was considered a capital transaction and was accounted for at par value.
The Bank is subject to three regulatory capital requirements under the new capital structure.requirements. The Bank must maintain at all times permanent capital in an amount at least equal to the sum of its credit, risk capital requirement, its market, risk capital requirement, and its operations risk capital requirement,requirements, calculated in accordance with Bank policy and rules and regulations of the Finance Board.Agency. Only permanent capital, defined as Class B stock and retained earnings, satisfies this risk based capital requirement. Regulatory capital, as defined by the Finance Agency, includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock and excludes accumulated other comprehensive loss. For reasons of safety and soundness, the Finance BoardAgency may require the Bank to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required as defined by the risk based capital requirements. Additionally, the Bank is required to maintain at least a four percent total capital-to-asset ratio and at least a five percent leverage ratio at all times. The leverage ratio is defined as the sum of permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and nonpermanent capital weighted 1.0 time divided by total assets. For reasons of safety and soundness, the Finance BoardAgency may require the Bank to maintain a higher total capital-to-asset ratio. Mandatorily redeemable capital stock is considered capital for determining the Bank’s compliance with its regulatory capital requirements.

S-53


The following table shows the Bank’s compliance with the Finance Board’sAgency’s capital requirements at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 December 31, 2007 December 31, 2006  December 31, 2008 December 31, 2007 
 Required Actual Required Actual  Required Actual Required Actual 
Regulatory capital requirements:  
Risk based capital $578,319 $3,124,633 $490,820 $2,314,976  $1,967,981 $3,173,807 $578,319 $3,124,633 
Total capital-to-asset ratio  4.00%  5.14%  4.00%  5.50%  4.00%  4.66%  4.00%  5.14%
Total regulatory capital $2,430,682 $3,124,633 $1,681,653 $2,314,976  $2,725,172 $3,173,807 $2,429,424 $3,124,633 
Leverage ratio  5.00%  7.71%  5.00%  8.26%  5.00%  6.99%  5.00%  7.71%
Leverage capital $3,038,352 $4,686,949 $2,102,066 $3,472,464  $3,406,465 $4,760,711 $3,036,780 $4,686,949 

S-56


The Bank issues a single class of capital stock (Class B stock). The Bank’s Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share, and all shares are purchased, repurchased, redeemed, or transferred only at par value. The Bank has two subclasses of Class B stock: membership stock and activity-based stock.
Each member must maintain Class B membership stock in an amount equal to 0.12 percent of the member’s total assets as of the preceding December 31 subject to a cap of $10.0 million and a floor of $10,000.
Excess Stock.The Bank had excess stock (including excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock) of $95.1$61.1 million and $91.9$95.1 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. The Bank repurchased $5.6 billion, $1.2 billion, $0.7 billion, and $1.1$0.7 billion of excess stock (including excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, as a result of current market conditions, the Bank indefinitely discontinued its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. Members may continue to use this excess activity-based capital stock to satisfy activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conserve its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.

 

S-54S-57


Capital Stock Rollforward.The following table presents a roll forward of the Bank’s required membership stock, excess membership stock, required activity-based stock, and excess activity-based stock (excluding mandatorily redeemable capital stock) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in thousands).:
                                        
 Capital Stock - Class B (putable)    Capital Stock — Class B (putable)   
 Membership Stock Activity-based Stock    Membership Stock Activity-based Stock   
 Required Excess Required Excess Total 
 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2004 344,274 29,502 1,810,614 47,284 2,231,674 
           
 
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 22,853  835,624  858,477 
 
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock     (1,120,102)  (1,120,102)
 
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (10,000)  (3,174)  (24,613)  (208)  (37,995)
 
Net shares transferred from required to excess stock  (1,339) 1,339  (1,121,602) 1,121,602  
            Required Excess Required Excess Total 
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005 355,788 27,667 1,500,023 48,576 1,932,054  $355,788 $27,667 $1,500,023 $48,576 $1,932,054
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 22,168  658,045  680,213  22,168  658,045  680,213 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock   (99)   (703,573)  (703,672)   (99)   (703,573)  (703,672)
  
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock   (1,357)  (1,310)  (50)  (2,717)   (1,357)  (1,310)  (50)  (2,717)
  
Net shares transferred from required and excess stock 576  (576)  (705,722) 705,722  
Net shares transferred to required from excess stock 576  (576)  (705,722) 705,722  
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006 378,532 25,635 1,451,036 50,675 1,905,878  378,532 25,635 1,451,036 50,675 1,905,878 
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 24,068  1,980,596  2,004,664  24,068  1,980,596  2,004,664 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (82)    (1,210,999)  (1,211,081)  (82)    (1,210,999)  (1,211,081)
  
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock   (3,738)  (2,273)  (315)  (6,326)   (3,738)  (2,273)  (315)  (6,326)
  
Shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock 10,000  13,956 156 24,112  10,000  13,956 156 24,112 
  
Net shares transferred from required to excess stock  (1,912) 1,912  (1,212,398) 1,212,398    (1,912) 1,912  (1,212,398) 1,212,398  
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 $410,606 $23,809 $2,230,917 $51,915 $2,717,247  410,606 23,809 2,230,917 51,915 2,717,247 
                      
 
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 68,966  5,510,800  5,579,766 
 
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock   (31,621)   (5,481,604)  (5,513,225)
 
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (857)  (1,095)  (825)  (84)  (2,861)
 
Net shares transferred from required to excess stock  (8,907) 8,907  (5,490,829) 5,490,829  
           
 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 $469,808 $ $2,250,063 $61,056 $2,780,927 
           

 

S-55S-58


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The Bank is a cooperative whose member financial institutions and former members own all of its capital stock. Member shares cannot be purchased or sold except between the Bank and its members at its $100 per share par value. If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the Bank will reclassify mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in accordance with SFAS 150. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock would no longer be classified as interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 2006 and 2005,2006, dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the amount of in the amount of$1.0 million, $2.9 million, $3.0 million and $2.0$3.0 million were recorded as interest expense.
The following table shows the Bank’s capital stock subject to mandatory redemption by reason for redemption at December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in thousands).:
                                                
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
 Number Number Number    Number Number Number   
 of of of    of of of   
 Members Amount Members Amount Members Amount  Members Amount Members Amount Members Amount 
  
Voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation into a member of another FHLBank 32 $45,616 25 $53,173 23 $63,701  10 $10,907 32 $45,616 25 $53,173 
Member withdrawal   1 11,256 1 21,125      1 11,256 
Member requests for partial redemptions of excess stock 8 423 8 423 5 258 
Member requests for partial redemption of excess stock   8 423 8 423 
                          
  
Total 40 $46,039 34 $64,852 29 $85,084  10 $10,907 40 $46,039 34 $64,852 
                          
A majority of the capital stock subject to mandatory redemption at December 31, 20072008 and December 31, 20062007 was due to voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation into a nonmember or into a member of another FHLBank. In addition, during the second quarterThe remainder of 2005, a member submitted a notice of withdrawal. The balance in mandatorily redeemable capital stock relatedwas due to this withdrawal was $11.3members requesting partial repurchases of excess stock. These partial repurchases amounted to $0.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2006. During the third quarter of 2007, this member rescinded their notice of withdrawal2008 and the Bank reclassified $24.1 million from mandatorily redeemable capital stock to capital stock.2007.

 

S-56S-59


The following table shows the amount of capital stock subject to redemption or repurchase by year of redemption or repurchase at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands). Membership stock is shown by year of earliest mandatory redemption, which reflects the earliest time at which the Bank is required to repurchase the member’s capital stock. Activity-based stock is shown by year of anticipated repurchase assuming that the Bank will repurchase activity-based stock as the associated activities are reduced or no longer outstanding and that the underlying activities are no longer outstanding on their contractual maturity dates (which may be before or after the expiration of the five-year notice of redemption or withdrawal).
                
Year of Redemption or Repurchase 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
2007 $ $6,315 
2008 14,366 19,328  $ $14,366 
2009 15,890 16,120  3,487 15,890 
2010 9,278 20,112  5,924 9,278 
2011 1,903 2,096  492 1,903 
2012 3,887 357  383 3,887 
2013 305 117 
Thereafter 715 524  316 598 
          
  
Total $46,039 $64,852  $10,907 $46,039 
          
The Bank’s activity for mandatorily redeemable capital stock was as follows in 2008, 2007 2006 and 20052006 (dollars in thousands).:
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Balance, beginning of year $64,852 $85,084 $58,862  $46,039 $64,852 $85,084 
 
Mandatorily redeemable stock issued 13,468 1,187   49 13,468 1,187 
Capital stock subject to mandatory redemption reclassified from equity 6,326 2,961 37,995  2,861 6,326 2,961 
Capital stock previously subject to mandatory redemption reclassified to equity  (24,112)  (244)     (24,112)  (244)
Redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (14,495)  (24,136)  (11,773)  (38,042)  (14,495)  (24,136)
              
  
Balance, end of year $46,039 $64,852 $85,084  $10,907 $46,039 $64,852 
              

 

S-57S-60


Note 17—Employee Retirement Plans
The Bank participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan), a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. The plan covers substantially all officers and employees of the Bank. Funding and administrative costs of the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan charged to other operating expenses were $3.2 million in 2008, $3.3 million in 2007, and $2.4 million in 2006, and $1.9 million in 2005.2006. The Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan is a multiemployermulti-employer plan in which assets contributed by one participating employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers since assets contributed by an employer are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits only to employees of that employer. As a result, disclosure of the accumulated benefit obligations, plan assets, and the components of annual pension expense attributable to the Bank are not made.
The Bank also participates in the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions, a tax-qualified defined contribution pension plan. The plan covers substantially all employees of the Bank that meet certain eligibility requirements. The Bank’s contributions are equal to a percentage of participants’ compensation and a matching contribution equal to a percentage of voluntary employee contributions, subject to certain limitations. The Bank contributed $0.6 million, $0.5$0.6 million, and $0.5 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.
In addition, the Bank offers the Benefit Equalization Plan (BEP). The BEP is a nonqualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the qualified plans which have been limited by laws governing such plans. The BEP covers selected officers of the Bank. There are no funded assets that have been designated to provide benefits under this plan.
BEP.The Bank contributed $69,000, $66,000, $15,000, and $49,000$15,000 in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 for the defined contribution portion of the BEP.
The second portion of the BEP is a nonqualified defined benefit plan. The projected benefit obligation of the Bank’s BEP at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Change in benefit obligation  
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $4,615 $4,888  $4,379 $4,615 
Service cost 60 54  157 60 
Interest cost 265 281  280 265 
Actuarial gain 111  (164) 327 111 
Benefits paid  (249)  (307)  (358)  (249)
Change due to increase in discount rate  (423)  (137) 143  (423)
          
  
Projected benefit obligation at end of year $4,379 $4,615  $4,928 $4,379 
          

 

S-58S-61


Amounts recognized in other liabilities on the statementsStatements of conditionCondition for the Bank’s BEP at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 were (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
Accrued benefit liability $4,379 $4,615  $4,928 $4,379 
Intangible asset      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (1,305)  (1,771)  (1,627)  (1,305)
          
  
Net recorded liability $3,074 $2,844  $3,301 $3,074 
          
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive incomeloss for the Bank’s BEP for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 were (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
Net periodic benefit cost  
Service cost $60 $54 $219  $157 $60 $54 
Interest cost 265 281 245  280 265 281 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost 54 55 73  54 54 55 
Amortization of unrecognized net loss 101 159 131  93 101 159 
              
  
Net periodic benefit cost $480 $549 $668  $584 $480 $549 
              
The following table details the change in the accumulated other comprehensive incomeloss balances related to the defined benefit portion of the Bank’s BEP for the year ended December 31, 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
            
             Prior Service Net Loss   
 Prior Service Net (Gain)    Cost (Gain) Total 
 Cost Loss Total  
Balance at beginning of year $294 $1,477 $1,771  $240 $1,065 $1,305 
Net gain on defined benefit pension plan   (311)  (311)
Net loss on defined benefit pension plan  469 469 
Amortization  (54)  (101)  (155)  (54)  (93)  (147)
              
  
Balance at end of year $240 $1,065 $1,305  $186 $1,441 $1,627 
              

S-59


Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive incomeloss expected to be recognized as components asof net periodic benefit costs during 20082009 are (dollars in thousands):
        
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost $54  $54 
Amortization of unrecognized net loss 63  119 
      
Total amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive income $117 
Total amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss $173 
      

S-62


The measurement date used to determine the current year’s benefit obligations was December 31, 2007.2008.
Key assumptions and other information for the actuarial calculations for the Bank’s BEP for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 20052006 were:
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
Discount rate — benefit obligations  6.25%  5.75%  5.50%  6.00%  6.25%  5.75%
Discount rate — net periodic benefit cost  5.75%  5.50%  6.00%  6.25%  5.75%  5.50%
Salary increases  4.80%  5.50%  5.50%  4.80%  4.80%  5.50%
Amortization period (years) 11 11 10  9 11 11 
The 20072008 discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation of the BEP was determined using a discounted cash flow approach which incorporates the timing of each expected future benefit payment. Future benefit payments were estimated based on census data, benefit formula and provisions, and valuation assumptions reflecting the probability of decrement and survival. The present value of the future benefit payments was calculated using duration based interest rate yields from the Citibank Pension Discount Curve at December 31, 2007,2008, and solving for the single discount rate that produced the same present value.
Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future services for the years ended after December 31, 20072008 were (dollars in thousands):
        
Year Amount  Amount 
2008 $253 
2009 257  $257 
2010 260  261 
2011 264  264 
2012 268  277 
2013 through 2017 1,517 
2013 287 
2014 through 2018 1,857 

 

S-60S-63


Note 18—Segment Information
Effective July 1, 2008 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology and modified the segment information reported below to reflect this change. The Bank has identifiedmaintained the two primary operating segments based on its method of internal reporting: Member Finance and Mortgage Finance. Thesegments; however, the products and services providedincluded within each segment were slightly modified to reflect the manner in which management evaluates the Bank’s financial information is evaluated by management.information. In particular, HFA and SBA investments were reclassified from the Member Finance segment to the Mortgage Finance segment as a result of their underlying mortgage characteristics. In addition, the Bank modified its allocation of capital to each segment. Previously the Bank’s allocation of capital only included estimated capital stock for each segment. This was modified to include the estimated amount of capital stock, retained earnings and other comprehensive income for each segment. A summary of each segment’s products and services can be found below.
The Member Finance segment includes products such as advances, investments (excluding MBS, HFA, and theirSBA investments), and the related funding.funding and hedging of those assets. Member deposits are also included in this segment. Income from the Member Finance segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread between the yield on advances and investments and the borrowing and hedging costs related to those assets. Additionally expenses associated with member deposits impact income from the Member Finance segment.
The Mortgage Finance segment includes mortgage loans acquired through the MPF program, MBS, Housing Finance Authority (HFA)HFA, and SBA investments, and theirthe related funding.funding and hedging of those assets. Income from the Mortgage Finance segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread between the yield on mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and HFASBA investments and the borrowing and hedging costs related to those assets.
Capital is allocated to the Member Finance and Mortgage Finance segmentsegments based on a percentageeach segment’s amount of the average balance of business segment assets; the remaining capital is then allocated to Member Finance.stock, retained earnings, and other comprehensive income.
The Bank evaluatescontinues to evaluate performance of the segments based on adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision and therefore does not allocate otherprovision. Adjusted net interest income other expenses, or assessments to the operating segments, exceptis net interest income adjusted for economic hedging costs included in other (loss) income.

 

S-61S-64


The following table shows the Bank’s financial performance by operating segment (dollars in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005 (dollars in thousands):2006. Prior period amounts have been adjusted to reflect the Bank’s enhanced segment methodology.
                        
 Member Mortgage    Member Mortgage   
 Finance Finance Total 
2008 
Adjusted net interest income $117,729 $125,668 $243,397 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans   295  295 
       
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $117,729 $125,373 $243,102 
       
 
Average assets for the year $50,613,222 $19,040,595 $69,653,817 
Total assets at year end $48,064,653 $20,064,654 $68,129,307 
 Finance Finance Total  
2007  
Adjusted net interest income $145,129 $24,316 $169,445  $138,963 $30,482 $169,445 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  69 69   69 69 
              
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $145,129 $24,247 $169,376  $138,963 $30,413 $169,376 
              
  
Average assets for the year $31,125,844 $16,235,006 $47,360,850  $31,112,454 $16,248,396 $47,360,850 
Total assets at year end $43,065,957 $17,701,081 $60,767,039  $43,022,745 $17,712,861 $60,735,606 
  
2006  
Adjusted net interest income $122,079 $32,030 $154,109  $114,779 $39,330 $154,109 
Reversal of provision for credit losses on mortgage loans   (513)  (513)   (513)  (513)
              
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $122,079 $32,543 $154,622  $114,779 $39,843 $154,622 
              
  
Average assets for the year $26,720,662 $17,120,326 $43,840,988  $26,702,674 $17,138,314 $43,840,988 
Total assets at year end $25,897,172 $16,144,239 $42,041,411  $25,869,011 $16,159,487 $42,028,498 
 
2005 
Adjusted net interest income $111,209 $46,887 $158,096 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans    
       
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $111,209 $46,887 $158,096 
       
 
Average assets for the year $29,498,835 $17,719,076 $47,217,911 
Total assets at year end $27,794,045 $17,928,434 $45,722,479 

 

S-62S-65


The Bank includes interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges in its evaluation of financial performance for its two operating segments. Net interest income does not include these amounts in the Statements of Income for financial reporting purposes. Interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges are recorded in other (loss) income in “Net (loss) gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” on the Statements of Income. The following table reconciles the Bank’s financial performance by operating segment to the Bank’s total income before assessments for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 20052006 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2007 2006 2005  2008 2007 2006 
  
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $169,376 $154,622 $158,096  $243,102 $169,376 $154,622 
Net interest expense on economic hedges 1,696 227 135,522 
Adjustments for net interest expense on economic hedges 2,178 1,696 227 
              
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision 171,072 154,849 293,618  245,280 171,072 154,849 
  
Other income 10,333 8,687 46,814 
Other (loss) income  (27,839) 10,333 8,687 
Other expenses 42,454 41,567 39,005  44,087 42,454 41,567 
              
  
Income before assessments $138,951 $121,969 $301,427  $173,354 $138,951 $121,969 
              
Note 19—Estimated Fair Values
The following estimatedEstimated fair value amounts have beenvalues are determined by the Bank using available market information and the Bank’s best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to the Bank at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.December 31, 2007. Although management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Bank’s financial instruments, in certain cases fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may change as economic and market factors and evaluation of those factors change. Therefore, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions. The
As discussed in “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations,” the Bank adopted SFAS 157 and SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 defines fair value, summary tables on pages S-66establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and S-67 doexpands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not represent an estimateexpand the use of the overall marketfair value of the Bank as a going concern, which would take into account future business opportunities and the net profitability of assets versus liabilities.in any new circumstances.

 

S-63S-66


Subjectivity of estimates.Estimates ofSFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value in the financial statements. It requires entities to display the fair value of advances with options, mortgage instruments, derivatives with embedded optionsthose assets and bonds with options usingliabilities for which the methods described belowcompany has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. In addition, unrealized gains and other methods are highly subjective and require judgments regarding significant matters such as the amount and timing of future cash flows, prepayment speed assumptions, expected interest rate volatility, methods to determine possible distributions of future interest rates used to value options, and the selection of discount rates that appropriately reflect market and credit risks. Changes in these judgments often have a material effectlosses on items for which the fair value estimates. Since these estimatesoption has been elected are reported in earnings. Under SFAS 159, fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities, and commitments, with the changes in fair value recognized in net income. Upon adoption and at December 31, 2008, the Bank made no elections, under SFAS 159, to record specific financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
The Bank records trading investments, available-for-sale investments, derivative assets, and derivative liabilities at fair value in the Statements of Condition in accordance with SFAS 157. Fair value is a market-based measurement and defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represent the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition. In determining whether a transaction price represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition, each reporting entity is required to consider factors specific pointto the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability, and market participants with whom the entity would transact in time, they are susceptible to material near term changes.that market. In situations in which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, the price that would be received by the holder of the financial asset in an orderly transaction and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date.
Cash and Due from Banks and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell.The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance.
Interest-bearing Deposits and Deposits.Effective January 1, 2008, with the adoption of FAS 157, the Bank was required to change its valuation methodology for interest-bearing deposits. For instruments with more than three months to maturity the estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows.
Federal Funds Sold.Effective January 1, 2008, with the adoption of FAS 157, the Bank was required to change its valuation methodology for term Federal funds sold. The estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows for instrumentsterm Federal funds sold with more than three months to maturity. Interest-bearing Deposits andTerm Federal Fundsfunds sold are discounted at comparable debt rates plus a profit margin.current market rates. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance of interest-bearing depositsovernight and term Federal funds sold with three months or less to maturity.

S-67


Investment Securities. The fair value of investment securities is estimated using information from a specialized pricing service that use pricing models and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Inputs into the pricing models are market based and observable. The estimated fair value is determined based on each security’s quoted price excluding accrued interest as of the last business day of the year. When quoted prices are not available, or for Certificates of Deposit classified as SFAS 115 securities, the estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows and reducing the amount for accrued interest receivable.
The Bank performs several validation steps in order to verify the accuracy and reasonableness of the investment fair values provided by the pricing service. These steps may include, but are not limited to, a detailed review of instruments with significant price changes and a comparison of fair values to those derived by an alternative pricing service.
Advances and Other Loans.The Bank determines the estimated fair value of advances by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the advances and excluding accrued interest receivable. The discount rates used in these calculationsBank’s primary inputs for measuring the fair value of advances are the replacement advance rates for advances with similar terms. consolidated obligation yield curve (CO Curve) published by the Office of Finance and available to the public, and LIBOR swap curves and volatilities. The Bank considers both these inputs to be market based and observable as they can be directly corroborated by market participants.
Under Bank policy and Finance BoardAgency regulations, advances with a maturity and repricing period greater than six months generally require a prepayment fee sufficient to make the Bank financially indifferent to the borrower’s decision to prepay the advances. Therefore, the estimated fair value of advances does not assume prepayment risk.
Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.The estimated fair values for mortgage loans are determined based on contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment assumptions and credit risk factors, discounted using the quoted market prices of similar mortgage loans, and reduced by the amount of accrued interest receivable. These prices, however, can change rapidly based on market conditions and are highly dependent on the underlying prepayment assumptions.
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable.The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book value.

S-64


Derivative Assets and Liabilities.The Bank bases the estimated fair values of derivatives with similar terms on available market prices including accrued interest receivable and payable. The estimated fair value is based on the LIBOR swap curve and forward rates at year end and, for agreements containing options, the market’s expectations of future interest rate volatility implied from current market prices of similar options. The estimated fair values use standard valuation techniques for derivatives, such as discounted cash-flow analysis and comparisons to similar instruments. The fair values are netted by counterparty where such legal right of offset exists. If these amounts are positive, they are classified as an asset and if negative, a liability.

S-68


Deposits.The Bank determines estimated fair values of deposits by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and reducing this amount by accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are LIBOR rates with similar terms. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance for deposits with three months or less to maturity.
Consolidated Obligations.The Bank estimates fair values based on the cost of issuing debt with comparable terms. We determine the fair value of our consolidated obligations by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows and reducingdiscounted by the CO curve published by the Office of Finance, excluding the amount of accrued interest. The discount rates used are the consolidated obligation rates for accrued interest payable discounted at comparable debt rates.instruments with similar terms.
Borrowings.The Bank determines the estimated fair value of borrowings by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the borrowings and reducing this amount by accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are the estimated cost of borrowings with similar terms. For borrowings with three months or less to maturity, the estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance.
Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The fair value of capital subject to mandatory redemption is generally reported at par value. Fair value also includes estimated dividends earned at the time of the reclassification from equity to liabilities, until such amount is paid. Stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed at par value. Stock is not traded and no market mechanism exits for the exchange of stock outside the cooperative structure.
Commitments to Extend Credit for Mortgage Loans.The estimated fair value of the Bank’s commitments to table fund mortgage loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. The estimated fair value of these fixed rate loan commitments also takes into account the difference between current and committed interest rates.
Standby Letters of Credit.The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties.
Standby Bond Purchase Agreements. In 2008, the Bank entered into a number of standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within its district. The estimated fair value of standby bond purchase agreements is calculated using the present value of expected future fees related to the agreements. The discount rates used in the calculations are based on municipal spreads over the Treasury curve, which are comparable to discount rates used to value the underlying bonds. Upon purchase of any bonds under these agreements, the Bank estimates fair value based upon the Investment Securities fair value methodology.

 

S-65S-69


The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2008 FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
             
      Net    
  Carrying  Unrealized  Estimated 
Financial Instruments Value  Gains (Losses)  Fair Value 
Assets            
Cash and due from banks $44,368  $  $44,368 
Interest-bearing deposits  152      152 
Federal funds sold  3,425,000      3,425,000 
Trading securities  2,151,485      2,151,485 
Available-for-sale securities  3,839,980      3,839,980 
Held-to-maturity securities  5,952,008   (34,720)  5,917,288 
Advances  41,897,479   (32,839)  41,864,640 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net  10,684,910   299,758   10,984,668 
Accrued interest receivable  92,620      92,620 
Derivative assets  2,840      2,840 
             
Liabilities            
Deposits  (1,496,470)  605   (1,495,865)
             
Consolidated obligations            
Discount notes  (20,061,271)  (80,016)  (20,141,287)
Bonds  (42,722,473)  (1,517,362)  (44,239,835)
          
Consolidated obligations, net  (62,783,744)  (1,597,378)  (64,381,122)
          
             
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (10,907)     (10,907)
Accrued interest payable  (320,271)     (320,271)
Derivative liabilities  (435,015)     (435,015)
             
Other            
Standby letters of credit  (1,945)     (1,945)
Commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans  (1,406)  (20)  (1,426)
Standby bond purchase agreements  482   (219)  263 

S-70


The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2007 FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
                        
 Net    Net   
 Carrying Unrealized Estimated  Carrying Unrealized Estimated 
Financial Instruments Value Gains (Losses) Fair Value  Value Gains (Losses) Fair Value 
Assets  
Cash and due from banks $58,675 $ $58,675  $58,675 $ $58,675 
Interest-bearing deposits 100,136  100,136  136  136 
Federal funds sold 1,805,000  1,805,000  1,805,000  1,805,000 
Available-for-sale securities 3,433,640  3,433,640  3,433,640  3,433,640 
Held-to-maturity securities 3,905,017  (4,302) 3,900,715  4,005,017  (4,302) 4,000,715 
Advances 40,411,688 121,866 40,533,554  40,411,688 121,866 40,533,554 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,801,695  (130,595) 10,671,100  10,801,695  (130,595) 10,671,100 
Accrued interest receivable 129,758  129,758  129,758  129,758 
Derivative assets 91,901  91,901  60,468  60,468 
  
Liabilities  
Deposits  (893,814) 4  (893,810)  (862,513) 2  (862,511)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  (200,000)  (347)  (200,347)  (200,000)  (347)  (200,347)
  
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes  (21,500,946) 767  (21,500,179)  (21,500,946) 767  (21,500,179)
Bonds  (34,564,226)  (450,582)  (35,014,808)  (34,564,226)  (450,582)  (35,014,808)
              
Consolidated obligations, net  (56,065,172)  (449,815)  (56,514,987)  (56,065,172)  (449,815)  (56,514,987)
              
  
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (46,039)   (46,039)  (46,039)   (46,039)
Accrued interest payable  (301,039)   (301,039)  (300,907)   (300,907)
Derivative liabilities  (138,252)   (138,252)  (138,252)   (138,252)
  
Other  
Standby letters of credit  (765)   (765)  (765)   (765)
SFAS 157 established a fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of how market observable the fair value measurement is and defines the level of disclosure. The following outlines the application of the fair value hierarchy established by SFAS 157 to the Banks’ financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition.

 

S-66S-71


Level 1— inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 1 fair value include certain derivative contracts such as forward settlement agreements that are highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2— inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 2 fair value include the Bank’s investment securities such as commercial paper, state or local housing agency obligations, TLGP debt, and MBS, including U.S. government agency and certain derivative contracts.
Level 3— inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity or by the entity’s own assumptions. The Bank does not currently have any assets and liabilities carried at Level 3 fair value.
The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, where available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, fair value is determined based on valuation models that use market-based information available to the Bank as inputs to the models.
SFAS 157 clarified that the valuation of derivative assets and liabilities must reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and must also take into account the company’s own credit standing. The Bank has collateral agreements with all its derivative counterparties and enforces collateral exchanges. The Bank and each derivative counterparty have bilateral collateral thresholds that take into account both the Bank’s and counterparty’s credit ratings. As a result of these practices and agreements, the Bank has concluded that the impact of the credit differential between the Bank and its derivative counterparties was sufficiently mitigated to an immaterial level and no further adjustments for credit were deemed necessary to the recorded fair values of derivative assets and liabilities in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

S-72


The carrying valuesfollowing tables present for each SFAS 157 hierarchy level, the FHLBanks’ assets and estimatedliabilities that are measured at fair valuesvalue on its Statements of Condition (in thousands):
                     
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using: 
              Netting    
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Adjustment1  Total 
Assets                    
Trading investments $  $2,151  $  $  $2,151 
Available-for-sale investments     3,840         3,840 
Derivative assets     404      (401)  3 
                
                     
Total assets at fair value $  $6,395  $  $(401) $5,994 
                
                     
Liabilities                    
Derivative liabilities $(3) $(1,101) $  $669  $(435)
                
                     
Total liabilities at fair value $(3) $(1,101) $  $669  $(435)
                
1Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Bank to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties. Net cash collateral plus accrued interest totaled $267,921 at December 31, 2008.
For instruments carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition, the Bank reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the Bank’svaluation attributes may result in a reclassification to the hierarchy level for certain financial instruments at December 31, 2006 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2006 FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
             
      Net    
  Carrying  Unrealized  Estimated 
Financial Instruments Value  Gains (Losses)  Fair Value 
Assets            
Cash and due from banks $30,181  $  $30,181 
Interest-bearing deposits  11,392      11,392 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  305,000      305,000 
Federal funds sold  1,625,000      1,625,000 
Available-for-sale securities  562,165      562,165 
Held-to-maturity securities  5,715,161   (29,352)  5,685,809 
Advances  21,854,991   (24,908)  21,830,083 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net  11,775,042   (294,258)  11,480,784 
Accrued interest receivable  92,932      92,932 
Derivative assets  36,119      36,119 
             
Liabilities            
Deposits  (941,449)  4   (941,445)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  (500,000)  (2,207)  (502,207)
 
Consolidated obligations            
Discount notes  (4,684,714)  1,923   (4,682,791)
Bonds  (33,066,286)  (17,923)  (33,084,209)
          
Consolidated obligations, net  (37,751,000)  (16,000)  (37,767,000)
          
             
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (64,852)     (64,852)
Accrued interest payable  (300,139)     (300,139)
Derivative liabilities  (163,505)     (163,505)
             
Other            
Standby letters of credit  (663)     (663)
assets or liabilities.
Note 20—Commitments and Contingencies
As described in Note 13, the 12 FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all consolidated obligations issued. Accordingly, should one or more of the FHLBanks be unable to repay its participation in the consolidated obligations, each of the other FHLBanks could be called upon by the Finance BoardAgency to repay all or part of such obligations, as determined or approved by the Finance Board.Agency. No FHLBank has ever had to assume or pay the consolidated obligation of another FHLBank.

 

S-67S-73


The Bank considered the guidance under FIN No. 45Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others(FIN 45),and determined it was not necessary to recognize a liability for the fair value of the Bank’s joint and several liability for all the consolidated obligations. The joint and several obligations are mandated by Finance BoardAgency regulations and are not the result of arms-length transactions among the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks have no control over the amount of the guaranty or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligations. Because the FHLBanks are subject to the authority of the Finance BoardAgency as it relates to decisions involving the allocation of the joint and several liability for the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations, the Bank’s joint and several obligation is excluded from the initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45. Accordingly, the Bank has not recognized a liability for its joint and several obligations related to other FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations at December 31, 20062008 and 2005.2007. The par amounts of the FHLBanks’ outstanding consolidated obligations for which the Bank is jointly and severally liable were approximately $1,133.7$1,189.1 billion and $913.6$1,133.7 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank entered into a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of the Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (GSECF), as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF is designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing GSEs, including each of the 12 FHLBanks. Any borrowings by one or more of the FHLBanks under the GSECF are considered consolidated obligations with the same joint and several liability as all other consolidated obligations. The terms of any borrowings are agreed to at the time of issuance. Loans under the Lending Agreement are to be secured by collateral acceptable to the U.S. Treasury, which consists of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and MBS issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The Bank is required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent of the U.S. Treasury, a list of eligible collateral, updated on a weekly basis. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of advance collateral amounting to $6.9 billion, which provides for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. The amount of collateral can be increased or decreased (subject to the approval of the U.S. Treasury) at any time through the delivery of an updated listing of collateral. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank has not drawn on this available source of liquidity.

S-74


There were no commitments that legally bind and unconditionally obligate the Bank for additional advances at December 31, 20072008 or 2006.2007. Advance commitments are fully collateralized throughout the life of the agreements (see Note 8). Standby letters of credit are executed for members for a fee. A standby letter of credit is a short-term financing arrangement between the Bank and a member. If the Bank is required to make payment for a beneficiary’s draw, these amounts are converted into a collateralized advance to the member. Outstanding standby letters of credit were approximately $1.8$3.4 billion at December 31, 2008 and $1.3had original terms of 4 days to 13 years with a final expiration in 2020. Outstanding standby letters of credit were approximately $1.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and 2006 and had original terms of nine9 days to thirteen13 years with a final expiration in 2020. Unearned fees are recorded in other liabilities and amount to $0.8$1.9 million and $0.7$0.8 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. Based on management’s credit analyses and collateral requirements, the Bank does not deem it necessary to have any provision for credit losses on these commitments. The estimated fair value of commitments at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 is reported in Note 19.
Commitments that unconditionally obligate the Bank to fund/purchase mortgage loans from members in the MPF program totaled $23.4$289.6 million and $15.8$23.4 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. Commitments are generally for periods not to exceed forty-five business days. Commitments that obligate the Bank to purchase closed mortgage loans from its members are considered derivatives under SFAS 149, and their estimated fair value at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 is reported in Note 10 as mortgage delivery commitments. Commitments that obligate the Bank to table fund mortgage loans are not considered derivatives under SFAS 149, and the estimated fair value at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 is reported in Note 19 as commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans.

S-68


As described in Note 1,9, for managing the inherent credit risk in the MPF program, participating members receive base and performance based credit enhancement fees from the Bank. When the Bank incurs losses for certain MPF products, it reduces base and performance based credit enhancement fee payments until the amount of the loss is recovered up to the limit of the FLA. The FLA is an indicator of the potential losses for which the Bank is liable (before the member’s credit enhancement is used to cover losses). The FLA amounted to $96.8$105.9 million and $94.1$96.8 million at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007.
The Bank entered into $1.0 billion and $49.8 million par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $1.0 billion and $0.5 billion that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank had $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2008 and had no cash pledged as collateral at December 31, 2007. The Bank generally executes derivatives with large highly rated banks and broker-dealers and enters into bilateral collateral agreements. The Bank had no cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2007 for derivatives and $11.3 million at December 31, 2006. Cash pledged as collateral is classified as interest-bearing deposits in the statements of condition.

S-75


The Bank charged to operating expenses net rental costs of approximately $1.3 million, $1.1$1.3 million, and $1.1 million for the years ending December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. Future minimum rentals for premises and equipment at December 31, 20072008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
        
Year Amount  Amount 
  
2008 $1,194 
2009 1,082  $1,116 
2010 911  946 
2011 894  906 
2012 869  869 
2013 869 
Thereafter 13,036  12,167 
      
  
Total $17,986  $16,873 
      
Lease agreements for Bank premises generally provide for increases in the basic rentals resulting from increases in property taxes and maintenance expenses. Such increases are not expected to have a material effect on the Bank.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank had executed nine standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within its district whereby the Bank would be required to purchase bonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. The Bank would hold investments in the bonds until the designated remarketing agent could find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby bond purchase agreement. The nine outstanding standby bond purchase agreements total $259.7 million and expire seven years after execution, with a final expiration in 2015. The Bank received fees for the guarantees that amounted to $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank was required to purchase $79.6 million of HFA bonds under three of these standby bond purchase agreements. $79.0 million of these HFA bonds were remarketed and sold during 2008. The remaining $0.6 million of HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments on the Statements of Condition. See “Note 6 — Available-for-Sale Securities” at page S-30 for further information.
In September 2008, the Bank entered into a $0.3Bond Purchase Contract with the Missouri Housing Development Commission (the Commission). The contract obligates the Bank to purchase up to $75 million of taxable single family mortgage revenue bonds within six months of the contract date. The bonds will be purchased in up to ten subseries and will be purchased at par value consolidated obligation discount notewithout any accrued interest. When the Commission wishes to sell the bonds, it will provide the Bank notification on the day they wish to sell. Bonds will be settled fourteen days after that had traded but not settled atdate and will mature on November 1, 2039. At December 31, 2006. The2008 the Bank entered into $49.8had purchased $20.0 million par value traded but not settled consolidated obligationin mortgage revenue bonds at December 31, 2007. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $500.0 million thatfrom the Commission and had traded but not settled at December 31, 2007. The Bank entered into $7.5 million of advances that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2006.received no notification from the Commission to purchase additional mortgage revenue bonds in 2009.

 

S-69S-76


The Bank is subject to legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, management does not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters will have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations.
Notes 1, 8, 10, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19, and 21 discuss other commitments and contingencies.
Note 21—Activities with Stockholders and Housing Associates
Under the Bank’s capital plan, the onlyCapital Plan, voting rights conferred upon the Bank’s members are for the election of member directors and independent directors. In accordance withSince the FHLBankpassage of the Housing Act, and pursuant to Finance BoardAgency regulations, members now elect a majority ofall directors that will serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors. The remaining directorsDirectors for terms beginning January 1, 2009. Member directorships are appointed by the Finance Board. Beginning in 2007, the Finance Board made those appointments from a pool of recommendations submitted by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under statute and regulations, each elective directorship is designated to one of the five states in the Bank’s district and a member is entitled to nominate and vote for candidates for the state in which the member’s principal place of business is located. A member is entitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship, one vote for each share of capital stock that the member is required to hold, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the total number of votes that a member may cast is limited to the average number of shares of the Bank’s capital stock that were required to be held by all members in that state as of the record date for voting. The remaining independent directors are nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors after consultation with the FHLBank’s Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’s five-state district. Non-member stockholders are not entitled to cast votes for the election of directors. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, no member owned more than 10 percent of the voting interests of the Bank due to statutory limits on members’ voting rights as discussed above.
Transactions with Stockholders.The Bank is a cooperative, which means that current members own nearly all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank and may receive dividends on their investment. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried on the Bank’s statementsStatements of condition.Condition. All advances are issued to members and former members, and all mortgage loans held for portfolio are purchased from members. The Bank also maintains demand deposit accounts for members primarily to facilitate settlement activities that are directly related to advances and mortgage loan purchases. The Bank may not invest in any equity securities issued by its stockholders. The Bank extends credit to members in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral that must be pledged to us, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other members unless otherwise discussed. These extensions of credit do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility and do not present other unfavorable features.
In addition, the Bank has investments in Federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits, commercial paper, and mortgage-backed securities that were issued by affiliates of its members. All investments are transacted at market prices and mortgage-backed securities are purchased through securities brokers or dealers.

 

S-70S-77


The following table shows transactions with members and their affiliates, former members and their affiliates, and housing associates at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2007 2006  2008 2007 
  
Assets:  
Deposits $18,839 $568 
Federal funds sold $135,000 $420,000  1,110,000 135,000 
Investments  248,130 
Available-for-sale securities1
 580  
Held-to-maturity securities1
 377,619 73,960 
Advances 40,411,688 21,854,991  41,897,479 40,411,688 
Accrued interest receivable 48,622 16,333  21,555 48,622 
Derivative assets 15,724 6,507  2,655 9,608 
Other assets 77 86  615 77 
          
  
Total $40,611,111 $22,546,047  $43,429,342 $40,679,523 
          
  
Liabilities:  
Deposits $845,127 $903,426  $1,394,198 $845,127 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 46,039 64,852  10,907 46,039 
Accrued interest payable 779 424  853 779 
Derivative liabilities 27,698 11,383  57,519 27,698 
Other liabilities 765 663  1,945 765 
          
  
Total $920,408 $980,748  $1,465,422 $920,408 
          
  
Notional amount of derivatives $2,912,091 $2,534,362  $939,650 $2,912,091 
Standby letters of credit 1,760,006 1,295,576 
Notional amount of standby letters of credit 3,400,001 1,760,006 
Notional amount of standby bond purchase agreements 259,677  
1Available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities consist of state or local housing agency obligations and commercial paper.

S-78


Transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions.In the normal course of business, the Bank extends credit to its members whose directors and officers serve as its directors (Directors’ Financial Institutions). Finance BoardAgency regulations require that transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions be subject to the same eligibility and credit criteria, as well as the same terms and conditions, as all other transactions. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, advances outstanding to the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions aggregated $561.6 million and $207.1 million, and $158.7 million, representing 0.51.4 percent and 0.70.5 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding advances. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005,2006, the Bank acquired approximately $3.8 million, $1.3 million, $0.7 million, and $3.6$0.7 million, respectively, of mortgage loans that were originated by the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions. At December 31, 20072008 and 2006,2007, capital stock outstanding to the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions aggregated $33.0 million and $21.4 million, and $19.4 million, representing 0.81.2 percent and 1.00.8 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding capital stock. The Bank did not have any investment or derivative transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006.

S-71


Business Concentrations. The Bank has business concentrations with stockholders whose capital stock outstanding was in excess of 10 percent of the Bank’s total capital stock outstanding.
Capital Stock — The following tables present members and their affiliates holding 10 percent or more of outstanding capital stock (including stock classified as mandatorily redeemable) at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 (shares in thousands):
             
      Shares at  Percent of 
      December 31,  Total Capital 
Name City State 2007  Stock 
             
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Sioux Falls SD  5,129   18.6%
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company Minneapolis MN  4,474   16.2 
           
             
       9,603   34.8%
           
                 
          Shares at  Percent of 
          December 31,  Total Capital 
Name City  State  2008  Stock 
                 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN  4,499   16.2%
               
             
      Shares at  Percent of 
      December 31,  Total Capital 
Name City State 2006  Stock 
             
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company Minneapolis MN  4,639   23.5%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Sioux Falls SD  189   1.0 
           
             
       4,828   24.5%
           
                 
          Shares at  Percent of 
          December 31,  Total Capital 
Name City  State  2007  Stock 
                 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.1
 Sioux Falls SD  5,129   18.6%
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN  4,474   16.2 
               
                 
           9,603   34.8%
               
The Bank participated in the MPF shared funding program, but only if participating members purchased the Bank’s stock to support its ability to fund its purchase of Shared Funding Certificates. Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior) was the only member who participated in the shared funding program with the Bank. The Bank reached an understanding with Superior that it would provide Superior a return on this transaction that was comparable to the return that the Bank provided to Superior under the MPF program through the payment of an additional fee. The total amount paid to Superior under the letter agreement was $2,000 in 2006 and $29,000 in 2005. The letter agreement was terminated by the Bank by letter dated January 13, 2006. Consequently, there were no fees paid to Superior under the letter agreement in 2007.
1Superior Guaranty Insurance Company is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
In the normal course of business, the Bank invested in interest-bearing deposits, commercial paper, and overnight and term Federal funds from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Wells Fargo) during the years ended December 31, 20072008 and 2005. The Bank did not invest in these transactions with Wells Fargo in 2006.2007.

 

S-72S-79


Advances — The Bank had advances with Wells Fargo of $11.3$0.2 billion and $0.2$11.3 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 20062007 and advances with Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior) of $1.3$2.3 billion and $0.5$1.3 billion at December 31, 20072008 and 2006.2007. The Bank made $171.4 billion and $21.5 billion of advances with Wells Fargo during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank made $0.2 billion and $1.0 billion of advances with Wells Fargo and Superior during the yearyears ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank did not make any new advances or collect principal from Superior or Wells Fargo during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Total interest income from Wells Fargo amounted to $275.8 million, $55.3 million, $10.5 million, and $88.2$10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. Total interest income from Superior amounted to $39.9 million, $35.8 million, $25.8 million, and $16.8$25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.2006. The Bank held sufficient collateral to cover the members’ advances and expected to incur no credit losses as a result of them. The Bank did not receive any prepayment fees from Wells Fargo or Superior during 2008, 2007, 2006, or 2005.2006.
Mortgage Loans -The Bank did not purchase mortgage loans from Superior during 2007 and 2006. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, and 2006, 8374 percent and 8583 percent, respectively, of the Bank’s loans outstanding were from Superior.
Other — The Bank has a 20 year lease with an affiliate of Wells Fargo for approximately 43,000 square feet of office space in a building for the Bank’s headquarters that commenced on January 2, 2007. An independent third party representative negotiated the transaction on behalf of the Bank. The Bank has agreed to an annualized cost of $20.00 per square foot for the first 10 years and $22.00 per square foot in years 11 through 20. Future minimum rentals to the Wells Fargo affiliate are as follows (dollars in thousands):
        
Year Amount  Amount 
  
2008 $869 
2009 869  $869 
2010 869  869 
2011 869  869 
2012 869  869 
2013 869 
Thereafter 13,036  12,167 
      
  
Total $17,381  $16,512 
      

 

S-73S-80


Note 22—Activities With Other FHLBanks
The Bank may invest in other FHLBank consolidated obligations, for which the other FHLBanks are the primary obligor, for liquidity purposes. If made, these investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations would be purchased in the secondary market from third parties and would be accounted for as available-for-sale securities.
The Bank did not have any investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations at December 31, 20062008 and 2007. The Bank sold all of its investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations in December 2005 and recorded a gain of $0.5 million on the sale of these investments. The Bank recorded interest income from these investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations. Interest income amounted to $3.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the FHLBank of San Francisco. Interest income amounted to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from the FHLBank of Indianapolis.
The Bank purchased MPF shared funding certificates from the FHLBank of Chicago (see Notes 1Chicago. See “Note 7 — Held to Maturity Securities” at page S-33 for balances at December 31, 2008 and 7).2007.
In addition,July 2008, the Bank entered into a participation agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago whereby the Bank agreed to purchase 100 percent participation interests from the FHLBank Chicago in new MPF loans. The participation interests were limited to $150.0 million over the period beginning July 2, 2008 through October 31, 2008. The participation agreement provided that no mortgage delivery commitments would be issued after October 31, 2008 but loan fundings could occur after October 31, 2008 based on the expiration date of the existing mortgage delivery commitments. The MPF loan participations were subject to the same credit risk sharing arrangements as those MPF loans purchased from our PFIs. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had purchased $115.2 million of MPF loans and had executed all mortgage delivery commitments with the FHLBank of Chicago.
The Bank recorded service fee expense as an offset to other (loss) income due to its relationship with the FHLBank of Chicago in the MPF program. The Bank recorded $0.9 million, $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.4$0.5 million in service fee expense to the FHLBank of Chicago for the yearyears ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 20052006 which was recorded as a reduction of other (loss) income.
The FHLBank of Chicago pays the Bank a monthly participation fee based on the aggregate amount of outstanding loans purchased under the MPF program. TheIn December 2008, the Bank recorded other incometerminated its participation agreement and received a lump sum payment of $0.3$2.2 million for eachfrom the FHLBank of Chicago. This payment satisfied all future participation fee obligations to the Bank. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, participation fees recorded in other (loss) income amounted to $2.5 million, $0.3 million, and 2005.$0.3 million.
The Bank may sell or purchase unsecured overnight and term Federal funds at market rates to or from other FHLBanks.

 

S-74S-81


The following tables show loan activity to other FHLBanks at December 31, 20062008 (dollars in thousands). All these loans were overnight loans. The Bank did not make any loans to other FHLBanks during 2007 and 2005.2007.
                 
          Principal    
  Beginning      Payment  Ending 
Other FHLBank Balance  Advance  Received  Balance 
                 
2006                
Dallas $  $(50,000) $50,000  $ 
                 
          Principal    
  Beginning      Payment  Ending 
Other FHLBank Balance  Advance  Received  Balance 
                 
2008          
Atlanta     176,000   (176,000)   
Boston     524,000   (524,000)   
Chicago     250,000   (250,000)   
San Francisco     1,150,000   (1,150,000)   
Topeka     201,000   (201,000)   
             
  $  $2,301,000  $(2,301,000) $ 
             
The following table shows loan activity from other FHLBanks at December 31, 2007, 2006,2008 and 20052007 (dollars in thousands). All these loans were overnight loans.
                                
 Beginning Principal Ending  Beginning Principal Ending 
Other FHLBank Balance Borrowings Payment Balance  Balance Borrowings Payment Balance 
 
2008 
Chicago  305,000  (305,000)  
Cincinnati  63,000  (63,000)  
Topeka  200,000  (200,000)  
         
 $ $568,000 $(568,000) $ 
         
  
2007  
Atlanta $ $86,700 $(86,700) $  $ $86,700 $(86,700) $ 
Cincinnati  459,000  (459,000)    459,000  (459,000)  
San Francisco  370,000  (370,000)    370,000  (370,000)  
                  
  $ $915,700 $(915,700) $ 
Total $ $915,700 $(915,700) $ 
                  
 
2006 
Cincinnati $ $255,000 $(255,000) $ 
San Francisco  640,000  (640,000)  
         
 
Total $ $895,000 $(895,000) $ 
         
 
2005 
Chicago $ $25,000 $(25,000) $ 
Cincinnati  593,000  (593,000)  
Indianapolis  15,000  (15,000)  
San Francisco  535,000  (535,000)  
         
 
Total $ $1,168,000 $(1,168,000) $ 
         

 

S-75S-82


Note 23—Other Expense
The following table shows the major components of other expense for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006, and 2005 (dollars in thousands).
             
  2007  2006  2005 
             
Compensation and benefits $24,828  $22,577  $20,259 
             
Occupancy cost  1,608   720   726 
Other operating expenses  12,981   15,758   15,266 
          
Total operating expenses  14,589   16,478   15,992 
             
Finance Board  1,561   1,530   1,733 
Office of Finance  1,476   982   1,021 
          
             
Total other expense $42,454  $41,567  $39,005 
          

S-76


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
No.Description
12.1Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
31.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002